Handbook: Humanistic

$4.
95
A
HANDBOOK
FOR THE
HUMANISTIC
ASTROLOGER
MICHAEL R MEYER
PREFACE BY DANE RUDHYAR
L
A HANDBOOK
FOR THE HUMANISTIC
ASTROLOGER
Michael R. meyer is Director of the International Committee
the
for a Humanistic Astrology and for many years a student of astrology
and occult philosophy. His articles have appeared in every leading
astrological periodical, including Horoscope, The Aquarian Agent,
and Aquarian Astrology. He is currently living in Berkeley, California.
a han6Book
the humanistic
astRoLoqeR
MICHAEL R. MEYER
ANCHOR BOOKS
ANCHOR PRESS/DOUBLEDAY
GARDEN CITY, NEW YORK
isbn: 0-384-05729-6
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 73-83657
Copyright © 1974 by Michael r. meyer
All Rights Reserved
Printed in the United States of America
BOOK DESIGN BY BENTE HAMANN
Illustrations by Michael R. Meyer and Nancy Kleban
L
For
VIOLET UNDINE
may you fulfill the splendor
of your innermost being
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2012
http://archive.org/details/handbookforhumanOOmeye
CONTENTS
Foreword xiii
Preface by dane rudhyar xvii
Part One: Astrological Philosophy;

Astrology as a Discipline of Mind
1. THE ORIGIN OF ASTROLOGY 3
2. WHAT IS ASTROLOGY FOR? 7
3. TWO APPROACHES TO ASTROLOGICAL KNOWL-
EDGE 12
4. OPERATIVE PRINCIPLES 15
Part Two: Astrological Principles;

Astrology as a Symbolic Language
1. THE BIRTH-CHART AND ITS IMPLICATIONS 21

2. THE AXES OF INDIVIDUAL SELFHOOD AND THE
CIRCLE OF HOUSES 26
3. THE ZODIAC AND ITS SIGNS 46
4. THE 360 DEGREES AND THEIR SYMBOLS 64
5. THE PLANETS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS 67
6. THE QUESTION OF PLANETARY RULERSHIP 78
7. PLANETARY ASPECTS:
THE FORMATION OF RELATIONSHIP 81
8. PLANETARY ORBS!
THE QUALITY OF RELATIONSHIP 103
9. PLANETARY MID-POINTS:
THE RELEASE OF RELATIONSHIP 110
Viil CONTENTS
10. PLANETARY NODES AND PARTS:

THE SYNTHESIS OF RELATIONSHIP 114
11. SYSTEMS OF HOUSE DIVISION 120
Part Three: Technique and Procedure of Astrological

Interpretation;
Astrology as an Instrument of Self-

Actualization
1. THE PROCESS OF ASTROLOGICAL INTERPRETA-

TION 133
2. WHOLE PLANETARY PATTERNS 139
3. FOCAL POINTS 151
4. PLANETARY FORMATIONS 166
5. THE LUNATION CYCLE:
THE ARCHETYPAL CYCLE OF RELATIONSHIP 191
6. PLANETARY GROUPING:
THE REALM OF MULTIFUNCTIONAL INTEGRA-
TION 203
7. DIRECTIVE faculties:
GUIDES TO LIVING 219
8. SYNTHETIC POINTS:
INDICATORS OF STRENGTH AND SENSITIVITY 240
9. THE BIRTH-CHART AS A WHOLE 254
Part Four: The Birth-Chart and Time:

Techniques of Astrological Time Analysis
1. THE CONCEPT OF ASTROLOGICAL TIME ANALY-

SIS 259
2. TECHNIQUES OF SYMBOLIC TIME ANALYSIS 266
3. THE STUDY OF TRANSITS IN ASTROLOGICAL TIME
ANALYSIS 275
Epilogue: The Personal Significance

of Astrological Study 279
CONTENTS IX
Appendixes:
I. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CASTING THE BIRTH-CHART 284

H. ANALYSIS OF ASTROLOGICAL EQUIPMENT 319
HI. TABLES 327
IV. CALCULATIONS FOR SYMBOLIC DIRECTIONS 342
V. BIRTH DATA FOR SAMPLE CHARTS 347
VI. ASTRONOMICAL DATA 350
Bibliography 357
SAMPLE CHARTS
1. JANIS JOPLIN 128

2. MARC EDMUND JONES 138
3. ALICE BAILEY 141
4. SIGMUND FREUD 142
5. RICHARD M. NIXON 143
6. J. KRISHNAMURTI 144
7. JOHN BRZOSTOSKI 145
8. MARIA MONTESSORI 147
9. C. G. JUNG 149
10. BOBBY SEALE 150
11. BOB DYLAN 153
12. ANNIE BESANT 162
13. GEORGE SAND 167
14. MARIE CURIE 169
15. THEOSOPHICAL SOCIETY 171
16. ROBERTO ASSAGIOLI 173

17. LEWIS CARROLL 175
18. ADELLE DAVIS 176

19. TIMOTHY LEARY 177
20. MEHER BABA 178
21. WILLIAM BLAKE 179
22. KARL KRAFFT 183
23. SARAH BERNHARDT 185

Xll SAMPLE CHARTS
24. ISADORA DUNCAN 186

25. GEORGE GURDJIEFF 187
26. BAB ARAM DASS 188
27. HERMANN HESSE 269
28. HERMANN HESSE (2ND NEW MOON CHART) 270
29. hermann hesse (new-moon-before-birth
chart) 272
FOREWORD
Astrology today offers significant answers to the very critical ques-

tions posed by contemporary men and women in search of a deeper
meaning of life; at the same time, it is regarded with blatant prejudice
by large segments of the academic and scientific communities. This
situation, of course, is not entirely new. Astrology has probably been
the most controversial, disputed, and maligned system of knowledge
of the historical era. Much of the intolerance to astrology stems from
simple misunderstandings and misrepresentations about its operative
principles and the way in which astronomical data may be related to
the destinies and free wills of human beings. The most detrimental
point of contention is the popular misconception (widely believed by
many astrologers and laymen alike) that astrology is founded upon
the belief that the positions of celestial bodies determine specific
events, on an individual as well as collective scale— a belief naturally
unacceptable to modern science and religion.
To my mind, astrology should be primarily concerned with the
cyclic process of unfoldment as it is operative within all forms of
existence— as it can be observed by the annual cycle of seasons and
by the cyclic motion of the planets; as it is observable in the most

basic and inevitable cycle of human existence: birth to death to re-
birth into a new phase of existence. By correlating the cyclic motions
of the planets and the phenomena associated with their motion and
interrelationship to the growth process (beginning with birth) of in-
dividual human beings, astrology is able to reliably describe the
unique potential focused within each of us and decipher the "instruc-
tions" for setting into motion the process of their fuller actualization.
Less than a century ago Sigmund Freud encountered hysterical
criticism and resistance in his effort to legitimatize the study of psy-
chology by formulating it into a scientifically accurate body of knowl-
XIV FOREWORD
edge. In much the same way, though hopefully dissimilar in terms
of values, meaning, and goals, astrology is today experiencing a re-
birth. There is a new approach to astrology which is re-examining the
traditional concepts and principles and reformulating them around a
new meaning and purpose. This new astrology hopes to assist men
and women in fulfilling their individual potential and realizing the
meaning of their individual selfhood in terms of individual, collec-
tive, and global significance.
My initial contact with Dane Rudhyar and

his astrological work
came during was living in Berkeley,

the early part of 1968, while I
California. I had been interested in astrology and had studied it for
some time before then, but the traditional and sometimes sensational
quality of nearly all available astrological literature during that time
had discouraged my intense involvement.
It was during a visit to the San Francisco Theosophical Library
that I first noticed a copy of Rudhyar's newly published The Luna-

tion Cycle, among a small assortment of books offered for sale. I
realized, after reading it, that Rudhyar's approach represented a sig-
nificant break with traditional values. Rudhyar happened to be giving
a series of lectures around the San Francisco Bay Area that summer,
which enabled me to hear him speak and casually meet him before
returning to New York.
On East Ninth Street, on New York's Lower East Side, I opened a
small astrological-theosophical bookshop, in 1969, while at the same
time reading, researching, teaching, and practicing astrology. Al-
though several of Rudhyar's books were becoming available at that
time, I thought a complete and concise textbook of astrology from

the new approach Rudhyar was introducing would be of value.
After another two years of intense preparation, I began the mun-
dane work on the project— at the Spring Equinox of 1971. Working
with the vernal energies, was able to complete much of the organi-
I
zation work for the text in a few months and began the actual drafts
during the early summer of the same year in New York. Work con-
tinued in Cambridge, Massachusetts, during the midsummer of 1971
and in Berkeley, California, from September 1971 until now, May

20, 1973.
FOREWORD XV
I have attempted to present the subject of astrology here in a man-

ner useful to both the beginner and the more experienced student of
astrology.The "cookbook" type of presentation (which gives a
"meaning" or, more traditionally, "delineation" to every planet in each
sign, house, aspect, etc.) has been purposely avoided to discourage
dependence upon an extensive memorization of combined astrologi-
cal factors and to encourage an organized understanding of the basic
tools and frames of reference employed by astrologers, beginning
with their most basic or essential meanings and progressing to an
application of these meanings to all levels of personal existence, but
essentially to the process of the fulfillment of human potentialities.
The text has been divided into four parts with several appendixes,
for the convenience of the reader. Part One introduces the philo-
sophical basis of astrological thought. Part Two presents the deriva-
tion and significance of astrological cycles A scheme of
and symbols.
interpretation for birth-charts and a presentation of various tech-
niques related to the process of astrological interpretation are given in
Part Three, while Part Four discusses the use of progressions and
transits in the practice of astrology. In addition, I have chosen birth-
charts of well-known and interesting persons to examples
illustrate
of certain configurations and factors throughout the text.
I would like to warmly thank all those who helped in making this
book a reality.
Nancy Kleban was an invaluable help to me in preparing and
illustrating the manuscript. My appreciation also goes to Robert
Grantham, Marcia Poole, Pat Crawford, and F. Emptysky for their
perceptive comments and helpful suggestions, and to Susan Meyer-
Bear who first encouraged me to pursue the study of astrology.
I'm particularly indebted to Dane Rudhyar, whose inspiration and
guidance are the foundation of this book.
PREFACE
The inner urge to start the International Committee for Human-

istic Astrology (ICHA) came to me rather unexpectedly in the late
evening of February 26, 1969. The immediate incentive to make such
a move was the reading of printed material that emphasized the need
and indirectly if not
for using the scientific tool of statistical research,
explicitly downgraded any other approach to astrology. I realized that
the time had come to publicize the fact that the scientific analytical
and "event-oriented" approach to astrology was not the only and most
significant one, even though it was most specifically appealing to the
modern mentality, carrying an official stamp of "respectability," as
well as (in the form of fortunetelling) most appealing to the general
public.
I also realized that the situation resembled in many ways the one
that led to the emergence of humanistic psychology, under the leader-
ship of Abraham Maslow, Anthony Sutich, etc.— a psychology tracing
its immediate origin to the work of Carl G. Jung, which in turn had
ancient European and Asiatic roots. The humanistic psychologists
spoke of their movement as a "third force" in order to situate it in
relation to Freudian psychoanalysis and the experimental laboratory

psychology developed in universities especially since the behaviorists
and, in Russia, Pavlov. In a similar sense, my approach to astrology
differs from the traditional type of predictive fortunetelling and the
recent research movement based on empirical and statistical tech-
niques. As a result, after some hesitation because of the (to my think-
ing) unfortunate concepts associated with classical humanism as a
life philosophy, I decided to use the term "humanistic astrology."
The general response to my initiative, and to the booklets I sub-
sequently wrote— published with the enlightened co-operation of Ed
O'Neal, director of the CSA Press, in Lakemont, Georgia— has been
XV111 PREFACE
far beyond my expectations. Some of the most progressive-minded

astrologers and leaders in the research movement gave me their moral
support, and gradually an unceasing stream of applications for mem-
bership in ICHA reached my wife and me, warmly and often elo-
quently testifying to the interest of young people in my ideas and
style of presentation, and in the approach to astrology I was promot-
ing. The appearance in paperback editions of my earlier books, The
Astrology of Personality, The Planetarization of Consciousness, The
Lunation Cycle, Practice of Astrology, and my latest work, The As-
trological Houses: The Spectrum of Individual Experience, has made
it possible for the new generations to become acquainted with what
I had been writing since 1932, and now a number of humanistic as-
trologers between the ages of twenty and thirty-five are, according to
their own often outstanding abilities, spreading out and adding to
what Marc Edmund Jones and I envisioned and formulated.
Michael Meyer is one of the most gifted exponents of the hu-
manistic approach, and his textbook is a remarkable work which I
commend highly. Though during the time he wrote this book we met
only briefly, as he attended some of my seminars and lectures, he has
been able effectively to organize, condense, and formulate the main
body of my astrological thinking and other relevant material. He has
added original and pertinent ideas to what he learned in books, and,
particularly in view of his youth, we can expect that he will play a
valuable and important role in fecundating the mind of his generation
and of the one now in its teens.
This does not mean, naturally, that I completely agree with every
statement and idea in this large volume, which covers the whole field
of astrology in its humanistic aspect; but I believe he has performed a
very real service to astrology. He has simplified and made clear much
that to young students often seemed too abstract and, to older and
more matter-of-fact readers, and "mystical." Michael
too poetic
Meyer's clear, mind and
organizing his and
intellectual generosity
fairness are demonstrated in every page of this book. I warmly thank
him for work well done.
Dane Rudhyar
A HANDBOOK
FOR THE HUMANISTIC
ASTROLOGER
1
astrological philosophy?
ASTROLOGY
AS A DISCIPLINE OF MIND
THE ORIGIN OF ASTROLOGY
[Astrology is] man's first attempt to understand the apparent

confusion and chaos of his life-experiences by referring them to
the ordered pattern of cyclic activity which he discovers in the
sky.
Dane Rudhyar
THE EMERGENCE OF ASTROLOGY

Astrology is a functional application of the awareness of the active
relationship existingbetween the microcosm (smaller whole) and the
macrocosm (greater whole). At the time when human consciousness
was initially emerging from its primordial condition of undifferentiated
consciousness, the mind sought to bring order and harmony to the
apparent meaninglessness and confusion of human life by consciously
regulating human activity with the flow of nature. Man* was in a
precarious position; in becoming a self-conscious individual, his con-
tact with nature was severed; his activities could no longer follow the
ebb and flow of nature. He had lost his directive instincts and had to
maintain a constant fight for survival in a world filled with chaos and
fear. To overcome the overwhelming forces of nature, the rudimen-
tary intelligence of the human race had to be implemented and

developed.
It was in such conditions that astrology first emerged, from an
awareness of seasonal changes in the environment and the way these

changes affected man's ability to survive. Gradually it was realized
that with the aid of astrological knowledge one could prepare for the
future by gathering food and migrating, closely following the patterns
* All references to "man" used here are in the generic meaning of the word;
that is, referring to humanity as a whole, not to the sexual biology of a person.
4 ASTROLOGICAL PHILOSOPHY
of lower animals, only on a conscious and intellectual level rather

than instinctively. Regardless of how uncertain and confused one's
own existence may have been, there was always order in the sky. This
knowledge gave the much needed psychological and spiritual reas-
surance for coping with the primitive conditions. Astrology was man's
first attempt to bring order within by the realization of the order of
the universe.
Later, when human consciousness became more or less free from
the fear of the immediate, astrology was used in the establishment of
the social state, a system originally set up as a microcosm of the
supreme, solar order. However, even though man had reached a state
of individual consciousness, at this time astrologers were probably
not concerned with the casting of birth-charts, for the tribal or na-
tional community was all-important and the individual had, for the
most part, no identity or meaning outside of the community in which
he was born.
It is difficult to ascertain the degree of exactness and perfection
maintained by the early astrologers. We have only our present knowl-
edge of history, psychology, and, of course, science to base our spec-
ulations on the nature of prehistoric astrology. We know astrological
knowledge was used for more than strictly mundane and political
purposes several thousand years ago, possibly, for example, for the
invocation of spiritual and transcendental experiences. In addition
we know that astrologers of at least as early as 4000 B.C. had a
knowledge of celestial cycles at least as exact and extensive as that
of the modern astrophysicist and scientific astronomer. The Great
Pyramid and Stonehenge stand as monuments of a prehistoric tech-
nology, based on astrological and other types of knowledge that are
today either lost or disregarded, that tapped the source of universal
life energy. This energy was not controlled or produced through the
destruction of matter, resulting in the chain reaction of pollution

which threatens to annihilate all organic life on the earth's surface,
but through the understanding of the cyclic nature of the universe
and all forms of existence.
This knowledge was eventually lost or veiled, and astrology be-

came, for the most part, a device for everyday success. It remained,
however, a very exact instrument— or perhaps its practitioners were
simply able to determine things in a very exact manner by some other
means. The study of astrology was held in the highest respect by most
academic institutions throughout Europe, Asia, and North Africa right
THE ORIGIN OF ASTROLOGY
up until the dawn of the "Age of Reason"— the eighteenth century,

when the "sciences" to which astrology gave birth rationalized that
it was invalid.
THE LNDIVIDUALLZATION OF ASTROLOGY

Astrology probably first became individualized around the sixth
century B.C. (the time of Buddha, Lao-tzu, and Pythagoras), when a
great wave of repolarization took place in man's consciousness, re-
sulting in the transitionfrom a physiological emphasis to a system
of psychological values. It was probably around the Mediterranean
and India that natal astrology first appeared openly, but it may have
been practiced secretly much earlier. The practice of this type of
astrology became very popular; the use of astrology by the Greeks
and the Romans has been well documented. In the second century
a.d., Ptolemy compiled all that was known at the time on natal as-
trology in his Tetrabiblos, and astrologers have closely followed his

values and concepts ever since.
It was during the latter part of the Victorian era that astrology
started to regain popularity after its decline in the eighteenth cen-

tury. met the mass media and became popularized in England
It
through the influence of Alan Leo, and in America by Evangeline

Adams and Max Heindel. Even so, the knowledge of Ptolemy was
handed down in almost unaltered form, with very little question on
the part of contemporary astrologers.
Today an overwhelming, yet steadily decreasing, majority of as-
trologers and astrological writers continue to base their work on anti-
quated information and values still tinged with fear and confusion.
This type of astrology may have been acceptable and helpful for a
humanity living in medieval times, but today's individual needs an
astrology able to give meaning and purpose to the apparently mean-
ingless and confused modern way of life. To answer this need, a
small movement directed toward the re-examination and reformula-
tion of astrological concepts and values was initiated by Marc Ed-
mund Jones in the 1920s and further elucidated by Dane Rudhyar
during the past forty years.
Astrological followers, generally a conservative group, have never
encouraged an extensive questioning of traditional concepts; it has
taken many years for the new approach to astrological knowledge
upon which this book is based to gain extensive recognition. This

recent recognition is largely due to the current changes in intellectual
atmosphere, which have drawn large numbers of younger persons to
search for a new meaning of life through the study of astrology and
other occult and esoteric subjects.
WHAT IS ASTROLOGY FOR?
What is the purpose of astrology? Before any discussion of as-

trological technicalities is begun one should answer this ques-
tion.
Dane Rudhyar
APPROACHING ASTROLOGY
IN A POSITIVE MANNER
It is vital what one is seeking in the process of astro-
to recognize
logical study. True astrology is not a superficial subject, regardless of
how it may be promoted by the media. If, however, you are seeking
( 1 ) a mental discipline that can make your mind, if you can endure
the process of refinement, as sharp as a diamond, (2) a symbolic lan-

guage that may enable you to understand and interpret—if your mind
hasn't become rigid in the process of becoming as sharp as a diamond
—the relationship existing between all organic wholes, and (3) an
instrument of self-transformation that may be used as a means of
actualizing your entire self, of bringing yourself into focus within any
existential situation—if this is what you are seeking, you may find the
study of the type of astrology presented here a fulfilling experience.
ASTROLOGY AS A DISCIPLINE OF MIND

Astrology is firstly a discipline of mind, a technique for the de-
velopment of holistic thinking. The study of the cyclic patterns of
astrology places the mind in the habit of constantly perceiving things
as wholes rather than as unrelated parts. An understanding of as-
trology makes the mind aware that what is at any given
happening
moment is just one point, just one moment of an entire cycle of com-
plex and intricate relationships. It gives one an objective awareness

of the unity of all things, the conscious realization that all things are
in some way intimately related to everything else.
ASTROLOGY AND HOLISM

An outline of the philosophy of astrology naturally includes a
statement of the basic concepts of holism. It is out of the scope of
this work to give a thorough exposition of the philosophical impli-
cations of holism. The interested reader is referred to Holism and
Evolution, by Jan C. Smuts.
The Basic Concepts of Holism
1 Holism regards all organic things as wholes, not just assemblages

of parts.
2 The whole and its parts mutually and reciprocally influence and
change each other.
3 Every whole possesses its own internal order or pattern, as well
as being a part of a more extensive pattern.
4 The parts are molded and adjusted by the whole, just as the
whole in turn depends on the co-operation of its parts.
5 All wholes are ordered and structured systems in which meaning
and purpose are inherent.
6 Evolution is a progressive complexification of parts, giving rise
to an entire series of wholes, from the simplest to the most advanced.
7 Holism characterizes the entire process of evolution in an ever-
increasing manner. The process is continuous in the sense that the
older types of wholes are not discarded, but become starting points
for newer, more advanced patterns.
8 Opposites are reconciled and harmonized within the whole.

9 The whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The whole is crea-
tive; whenever parts come together to form a whole, something arises
that is greater than the parts.
ASTROLOGY AS A SYMBOLIC LANGUAGE

Astrology is a symbolic language in that it enables one to translate
the cyclic interrelationships of all parts of any existential whole. It is
the language of the holistic perception of archetypal and evolving

WHAT IS ASTROLOGY FOR? 9
patterns. As a symbolic language, astrology correlates everything with

everything else, though the procedure of correlation varies depending
upon the nature of the wholes being studied. It is a highly sophisti-
cated system, which reduces all functional activities and experiences
into a few essential categories. Symbolically, the birth-chart of an
individual person is a representation of his archetypal form; it is a
mandala of individual selfhood.
Astrology is indeed much like the Glass-Bead Game, as presented
by Hermann Hesse in the novel of the same name. Hesse describes
the Glass-Bead Game as "a universal language in which all knowledge
is reduced to a single principle [which was] built up over several
centuries into a universal system and language, in order to express

and bring every spiritual and artistic value and concept beneath a
common denominator." Hesse was also aware of the all-significance
of all things: "I understood in a flash that the language, or at least,
in the spirit of theGlass-Bead Game, everything was in actual fact
all each symbol and each combination of symbols
significant, that
led, not hither and thither, not to single examples, experiments and
proofs but towards the center." Both astrology and the Glass-Bead
Game qualify as systems of universal symbolism, which may be de-
fined as techniques that apply holistic perception to the interpreta-
tion of the dynamic relationship existing between and within all
organic wholes for the purpose of revealing a universal or particular

truth.
ASTROLOGY AS AN INSTRUMENT
OF SELF-ACTUALIZATION
The astrological techniques may be used as a tool of self-
actualization after a positive relationship with astrology as a disci-

pline of mind and symbolism has been
as a system of universal
established. Then, after one's and adapted to
mind has been refined
holistic thought, one may wisely use the astrological knowledge one
has acquired as an instrument for the benefit of one's self and others,
of integration through active self-actualization. Knowledge implies
responsibility. The astrologer who practices this art must assume
responsibility for the use of this knowledge. The wise use of astro-
logical knowledge will be discussed more thoroughly later.
AREAS OF APPLICATION
Astrology may be applied to three general areas:
1 to the individual,
2 to the collective,
3 to the occult, or esoteric.
ASTROLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL

Natal Astrology
The present work is primarily concerned with this area of astro-

logical application. It involves (1 ) the casting of a birth-chart, calcu-
lated for the first moment of independent existence of a particular
individual, and (2) various "symbolic" directions, progressions, and
transits,which enable the astrologer to understand the present and
future crises through which the individual should realize progress in
his or her self-development and integration. Of course, the attitude
of the particular astrologer will determine exactly how he will evalu-
ate the significance of the birth-chart and the progressions and trans-
its to the birth-chart.
Horary Astrology
Horary astrology is a technique based upon the theory that the

time a question is asked contains its solution. It involves the casting
of a chart for the exact moment a specific question is asked and the
examination of the chart (employing a unique and special proce-
dure), which reveals the response to the inquiry. Such an application
of astrology is much like the employment of the I Ching for divinatory
purposes, in terms of functional operation.
ASTROLOGY OF THE COLLECTIVE

Political Astrology
Also called "mundane astrology," political astrology is concerned

with the examination and prediction of world events, on the global,
WHAT IS ASTROLOGY FOR? H
the national, and the local levels. It often involves the study of the
birth-charts of political leaders and the examination of current plane-
tary configurations.
Astrology as It Applies to Other Fields
Astrology has also been used for predictive weather analysis and in
fields, though it may not be called "astrology"
various other scientific
by those who use it. In addition, the astrological technique may be
used in the study of the natural and social sciences. As a system of

universal symbolism, astrology may be applied to anything, the only
actual limitation being one's background and creativity.
OCCULT, OR ESOTERIC, ASTROLOGY

This area of astrological application is not entirely removed from
above classifications; in fact, a knowledge of this type of

either of the
astrology may enhance the astrologer's understanding of astrology in
its less abstract applications. It deals with the examination of the na-
ture and origin of the basic principles and symbols used in the astro-
logical technique. The comparative study of astrology in relation to
other systems of symbolism and philosophy is an integral part of the
study of occult astrology. It is perhaps the most open and unlimited
field of astrology and is essentially concerned with the "perfection of
man," and it is the "perfection of man" that should be the motivating
factor in the study of astrology.
TWO APPROACHES TO ASTROLOGICAL
KNOWLEDGE
[The two approaches to astrology] refers to a fundamental du-

is found in every area of human think-
alism of attitudes which
ing and activity.
Dane Rudhyar
THE EVENT-ORIENTED APPROACH

The event-oriented approach to astrology is, generally speaking,
astrology in its Such an approach sees man and his
traditional form.
total environment as being constantly subjected to overwhelming ex-
ternal forces. Man is essentially helpless under such conditions and
simply at their mercy. It sees the Sun, Moon, and planets as great
beings that exert their influence and will upon men, causing events
to happen. This approach considers the birth-chart of a person as
something that must be overcome if one is to be a free, self-
determining individual. It divides astrological factors into opposite
categories: good— bad, fortunate— unfortunate, and benefic— malefic.
Situations and people are seen as separate, unrelated parts. When
the event-oriented astrologer approaches his work, he assumes little
responsibility for the results his statements may have upon the psy-
chological condition of his clients, concerning himself with the ma-
terial success of his clients and the prediction of events, rather than
the personal integration and self-actualization of those who seek his

services.
A person seeking the advice of such an astrologer may be in-
formed to "watch out for accidents; Mars is crossing your Saturn."
Naturally, the person is likely to be terrified. And, of course, the as-
trologer's warnings often become self-fulfilling prophecies. If, and
TWO APPROACHES TO ASTROLOGICAL KNOWLEDGE 13
when, they do actually materialize, the astrologer's success is assured:
the event-oriented astrologer's greatest asset is his fortunetelling
ability.
THE HUMANISTIC, PERSON-CENTERED APPROACH

The humanistic, person-centered approach to astrology, as its
name implies, is an astrological parallel to the "third force" of psy-
chology promoted by Abraham Maslow, Carl Rogers, and many oth-
ers. This new approach to astrological knowledge and practice has
been introduced by Dane Rudhyar in Person-Centered Astrology, a
collection of six essays first published during 1969-71. The formu-
lation of the humanistic, person-centered approach to astrology rep-
resents the culmination of over forty years of extensive research,
reinterpretation, and restatement of the ideas and concepts of as.;.
trology on the part of Rudhyar, and the beginning of a new era in
the history of the ancient study of astrology.
The humanistic approach to astrology sees the person as an inde-
pendent organic whole consisting of an intricate pattern of inter-
related and interacting forces. Rudhyar writes in Person-Centered
Astrology that this pattern, "formulated at the first moment of inde-
pendent existence, establishes the individual's life-purpose and its
basic relation to all other wholes in the universe. This organic whole
-the individual person-is essentially no different from the infinitely
greater and vaster organized whole, which we call the universe-the
individual is this universal whole, focused at a particular point in
space and in terms of the particular need of the exact moment of its
emergence into independent existence."
From the humanistic approach, the birth-chart is not someth ing
the person has to overcome and is not judged in terms of good or
bad. The humanistic, person-centered astrologer sees the birth-chart
as a seed pattern, describing what the individual may grow to become,
what he or she is potentially; though, of course, the person may not
actually fulfill thjs potential to its fullest. In other words, the birth-
chart describes what should be and what experiences are needed to
bring about the actualization of what is at the moment of birth only
a set of potentials.
In practice, the humanistic astrologer studies (perceives) the birth-
chart aesthetically rather than ethically, first as a whole and then in
14 ASTROLOGICAL PRINCIPLES
terms of its individual factors. Nothing in the birth-chart is seen as

good or bad, fortunate or unfortunate; humanistic astrology recog-
nizes no evil planets or bad signs. It considers all astrological factors
as having a place in all things; everything is good when in its place in
the eternal scheme of things and in relation to everything else. From
this approach, the birth-chart is a set of instructions for the actuali-
zation of one's potential.
The individual who approaches astrology (and all forms of knowl-
edge) in this manner is concerned with the whole view of the total
process rather than with a partial view of an isolated life function.
Rudhyar states that this type of astrologer is primarily concerned
"with the fullest possible actualization of the potentialities inherent
in the birth-chart, he considers no significant step ahead can be taken
except through some kind of crisis. [It is not the prediction of events
that carries the primary importance;] for the basic purpose of study-
ing a birth-chart and discussing it with the person to whom it refers is
to help this person to become more positively, more meaningfully,
more creatively, more totally what he potentially is."
4
OPERATIVE PRINCIPLES
To understand correctly the words alchemy and astrology, it is

necessary to understand and realize the intimate relationship
and identity of the Macrocosm and the Microcosm, and their
mutual interaction. All powers of the universe are potentially
contained in man and his physical body, and all his organs are
nothing else but the products and representatives of the powers
of Nature.
P ARACELSUS
WHAT MAKES ASTROLOGY WORK?

The operative principle behind astrology is based upon a con-
nection existing between the life patterns of human beings (or any
other organic wholes) and the dynamic pattern of relationship exist-
ing within the solar system and symbolized by the cyclic patterns of
the planets we see in the sky. The question here is more than merely
recognizing the existence of such a connection; we must attempt to
understand the nature of the relationship.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES
AS A CAUSAL CONNECTING PRINCIPLE
The theory of planetary influence holds that the Sun, Moon, and
planets exert some sort of external influence or force upon human
beings and everything else in the solar system less grand than them-
selves. It is believed that the celestial bodies make things happen and
cause people to feel and react in a certain manner, which may be
predicted by the application of the astrological technique. This theory
sees no possible escape from the all-powerful planetary forces and

believes that through astrology men and women may be better
equipped to survive-"forewamed is forearmed."
SYNCHRONICITY
AS AN ACAUSAL CONNECTING PRINCIPLE
The synchronistic principle was formulated by C. G. Jung as an
explanation for apparently causally unconnected, though simultane-
ous, events and psychological phenomena and the functional opera-
tion of the I Chlng and astrology. It contends that parallel phenomena
may be connected by time rather than by cause. As Jung states in the
Appendix of The Secret of the Golden Flower, astrological deduc-
tions "are not due to the effects of the constellations, but to our
hypothetical time-characters. In other words, whatever is born or
done at this moment, has the qualities of this moment." Both man
and the solar system are in some way a part of the same system, and
there are no rigid or absolute separations existing between the two.
I see the synchronistic principle (in its most inclusive meaning) as
the primary operative principle of astrology, as an aspect of structur-
ing and formative power, the power that defines the nature of all
things.
PART ONE
Notes
The opening statement for Chapter 1 is from Rudhyar's The Practice of
Astrology (Penguin Books, 1970).
A thorough presentation of the emergence of astrology and its early use
may be found in The Astrology of Personality, by Dane Rudbyar (Double-
day, 1970). An intriguing account of the use of astrology during "pre-
pre-historic" times is given in The View over Atlantis, by John Michell
(Ballantine Books, 1972).
The opening quotes for Chapters 2 and 3 are extracted from Rudhyar's·
Person-Centered Astrology (CSA Press, 1973), which gives a complete
introduction to the basic principles of this approach to astrology.
The opening statement for Chapter 4 is from Paracelsus, by Franz Hart-
mann (John W. Lovell, 1891, 1963).
2
astRoloq1cat pR1nc1ptes;
ASTROLOGY
AS A SYMBOLIC LANGUAGE
1
THE BIRTH-CHART AND ITS

IMPLICATIONS
The birth-chart has to be understood as the archetype or seed-

pattern of one's individual being— as the symbolic 'form' of one's
individuality, and therefore also of one's destiny, for the two
are identical.
Dane Rudhyar
THE BIRTH-CHART AS AN ARCHETYPAL PATTERN

OF INDIVIDUAL SELFHOOD
A birth-chart is a two-dimensional, graphic representation of a
number of select factors in the solar system frozen in time for the
exact moment of an individual's initial emergence into existence as
an independent entity (his first breath). This image contains, in
symbolic form, the archetypal seed pattern of the individual it repre-
sents, describing to the astrologer what this individual may potentially
become and how he may fulfill this potential. With the aid of a birth-
chart, the humanistic astrologer is able to evoke the "celestial name"
of the individual, revealing the person's true nature, the "signature"
of the self.
In humanistic astrology, a birth-chart is never judged or qualified

as "good" or "bad"; rather, it is approached aesthetically. First it is
seen and "felt" as a whole, then its individual functional parts are
examined and analyzed, summed up, and finally the chart is perceived
again as a whole consisting of interactive and interrelated functional
processes. Approached in this manner, the birth-chart is in no way
considered as something the individual must struggle to overcome if
he wishes to achieve true freedom. Instead, it is seen as a formula,
a set of instructions, to be lived and actualized to its fullest possible

potential. Considered as an answer to the need of the particular time
(of the individual's first emergence into the realm of independent
being), one's birth-chart is seen as "best" for his particular needs.
Being born at any particular moment is no more limiting than being
born at any other moment; no birth-chart is any more limiting, in
essence, than any other. Birth is the limiting factor; not the time of
one's birth, which defines one's individual pattern of selfhood.
To approach a birth-chart holistically and aesthetically is to realize:
1 A birth-chart is the archet al attem of individual selfhood for
2 considered as a whole is either superior or in-

ferior to any other, though one birth-chart may e more ess
~ited for a particular and limited function or experience.
3 There are no "goad" or "evil'' sjgns. planets. houses, or aspects.
All astrological factors are found in all forms of life manifestation, in
v~ing degree~ -
ELEMENTS OF THE BIRTH-CHART

Every birth-chart is composed of the following elements or factors:
1 The two axes that divide the space surrounding the nativity
(birth) into four equal 90° sections of space. However, because this
m.c.
LC.
Figure 1
THE BIRTH-CHART AND ITS IMPLICATIONS 23
space is distorted when focused at the place of birth, a chart rarely
consists of four equal sections of the zodiac. The horizontal axis (see
Figure 1), called the horizon, connects the ascendant to its opposite
2oint, the descendag!j the vertical axis. the meridian, connects the
medium coe1i (M.C.), popularly known as the midheaven, to the
imum coeli (l.C.), which is its polar opposite. The horizon s mbol-
izes the points of solar asc · scension an
S)'ID olize§ the two points of solar cu!mjnation'-The exact degree of
relationship between the horizon-meridian axes and the ecliptic of
the zodiac is determined by the casting of a birth-chart for the exact
time and place of birth.* The horizon-meridian axes define the basic
structure of a birth-chart.
m.c.
3-$C. 0€C.
LC.
Figure 2
2 The twelve houses, individually referred to by the order of their

position, established by the threefold division of the four quadrants
defined by the horizon-meridian (see Figure 2).
3 The symbolic ecliptic of the zodiac, upon which the twelve signs
(of 30° each) are inscribed.
4 The two "lights" (the . Sun and Moon) and the eight planetary
bodies, placed within the houses according to their relationship to
the zodiac and identified by graphic symbols.
The basic visual impression of the birth-chart is a circle divided
into twelve houses (though divisions into four and eight sections
are not totally unheard of), with degrees and signs of the zodiac
* Complete instructions for casting a birth-chart are included in Appendix I.
inscribed along the periphery of the circle, describing the boundaries

(house cusps) of each house. Within the houses are inscribed the
symbols for the two "lights" and the eight planets, with the degrees
and signs of the zodiac they occupy. Some astrologers use additional
visual indicators: lines may be drawn between planets forming as-
pects (planetary relationships of an angular nature) ; also, abstract
factors involving planetary syntheses (parts) and planetary orbits
(nodes) may be included.
ASTRONOMICAL SIGNIFICANCE
OF STRUCTURAL FACTORS
The Astronomical Significance of the Angles

This is one of the most abstract areas of astronomical significance.
It relates the eastern horizon (the ascendant) and the culminating
point of the Sun as it reaches its greatest height in the sky (the me-
dium coeli) with a degree of the zodiac. At any time, a certain degree
of the zodiac is rising over the eastern horizon while another degree
is culminating at the medium coeli, in relation to the location of the
observer.
In his book The Practice of Astrology Dane Rudhyar describes the
astronomical significance of the angles in this way: "':[he meridian is
the vertical circle which has olar axis as one of its diameters,
and on wh1c t e sun is found at noon. In this circle is a so found the
eoint overhead (the zenith). The line drawn from this point to the
center of the earth is the line of gra_Ylly, or plumb-line. The horizon
and the meridian are always at a 90° angle to each other. As they
are prolonged through space they constitute two celestial planes
which divide the entire universe into four quarters. . . . In usual
practice each of these four departments of experience (quarters) is
divided into three equal 30° sections of space (but not of the zo-
diac); and thus the twelve houses of the chart are formed." How-
ever, the choice of a method by which to divide a chart into twelve
houses is one of the most controversial areas in astrology, as we will
see later.
THE BIRTH-CHART AND ITS IMPLICATIONS 25
The Astronomical Significance of the Ecliptic

The ecliptic is the apparent annual path of the Sun in the sky.
Modern astrologers realize (as did some of their ancient counter-
parts) that the Sun is relatively stationary in space, while the earth
orbits the Sun. But to the observer on earth, the Sun appears to be
orbiting the earth, and the perimeter of the plane of this apparent
orbit is the ecliptic, upon which the zodiac of signs is symbolically
inscribed. One should be careful not to confuse the zodiac of con-
stellations with the zodiac of signs, the latter being a basic astrological
frame of reference and a magnetic field surrounding the earth.
Explanation of the Geocentric and Heliocentric

..
Systems of Astronomy
•
The geocentric (geo-earth; centric-centered) system of astron-
omy observes physical phenomena within the solar system (and on
a larger scale, within the universe) as they appear from the position
of the earthbound observer. This system is almost universally em-
ployed by astrologers. The use of this system gives rise to additional
astronomical phenomena including the apparent motion of the Sun
and retrograde motion (planets appear to have a reverse motion when
they reach certain points on the geocentric orbits). t
The heliocentric (helio-sun; centric-centered) system of astron-
omy observes physical phenomena within the solar system (and the
universe) as they relate to our Sun. It is the only system recognized
by most "educated" people and is the system used by "science"
teachers in our elementary and high schools to illustrate the nature
of the solar system and the universe. This system is, of course, scien-
tifically valid, but it is not entirely adequate for astrological adapta-
tion, because it is not a person-centered system. Natal astrology
requires at least an earth-centered system of astronomy. In a very
true sense, natal astrology should be "person-centric." A heliocentric
system may be adequate for the astrological use of beings living on
the Sun, but not for earth beings. There is one area of astrological
symbolism that does use heliocentric information: the study of plane-
tary nodes, discussed later in Part Two; however, even this is in
reference to the earth, since the geocentric zodiac is used.
t For a discussion of astronomical facts, see Appendix VI.
2
THE AXES OF INDIVIDUAL SELFHOOD

AND THE CIRCLE OF HOUSES
Natal Astrology is the practical application of the "squaring of

the circle"-the Conscious Way: TAO. Fourfold T-A-0 gives
the 12 signs or houses of astrology (3 X 4 = 12).
DANE RUDHYAR
THE CYCLIC PROCESS

A great inadequacy of the traditional form oi astrology js its fail-
ure to regard the houses (as well as other astrological factors) as ill='
v~lving and exolving J?;rts of a whole process. The proced~
traditional texts is simply to list the meaning, key words, and ruler-
sbips of the houses (and other astrological factors) as if one house
were only loosely related to its precedent and succedent, and almost
never considered as a part of a process of unfoldment. Such a presen-
tation of astrological factors naturally leaves gaps in the reader's un-
derstanding of the subject matter.
Humanistic astrology, however, holds that the meaning of any in-
~vidual factor, house, Sigt),1 etanet~netary aspect is inherent
JE. and dependent uoou ( 1) its relation to the nature of the frame oi
eference (process) as a whole, the frames of reference being the
houses si lanets or as ects and (2) its s · e
process its relationship to the other individ arts he same
f ame of reference. ouse s1 anet or whatever has meaning
and significance only because it is a 12art of a whole eye 1c process.
All things that exist possess an individual cyclic order, as well as
being a part of a larger cyclic order, which times its birth, integration,
and rebirth. This is the structural pattern of dynamic unfoldment
("from seed to seed"), and it is operative at all levels of activity.
THE AXES OF INDIVIDUAL SELFHOOD 27
The following description of the cyclic process is a brief statement
of the basis of meaning for all astrological factors of a cyclic nature.
THE BEGINNING
The beginning of the cyclic process is a moment of unity and
ONENESS, whic h immediately ceases to be a manifestation of ex-

te rnal unity and becomes a process. This process is twofold: jn-
vplutionary_and evolutionary. The involutionary hemicycle succeeds
the beginning and involutes lif e into form or matter. During this
phase, life becom e jnyplveri with the byilflifl g of organisms and
st ructures and the continual complexification and differentiation of
i ndividual structural patterns. This is the pr ocess of the Q ne becom-
in g the Manfc
THE MIDDLE
The middle is the p oint of repolarization from the complexifica-
tion and differentiation of structural patterns to the creative release
of their contents. This repolarization usually inv olves som e sort of
crisis, and often the repola rization is n^ ûccelsfiiUy-^cx^tiplisheS.
K the translSon fromthe involutionary to the evolutionary hemi-
cycle fails, eventual breakdown and disintegration of the mental func-
tions, if not of the entire organism, m ay take pla ce. If, on the other
hand, the process of repolarization is successful, the^following phase
w ill be one of growth in meaning and consciousness.
The
axis that extends f rom the mid-point of the involutionary
h emicycle to the mid-poinjj)f the evolutionary hemicycle also con-
stitmesâj^middle," where the involutionary process of differentiation
and organic growth reaches its apex and the evolutionary process of
conscious and social expansion reaches its fullest point.
THE END
The end i s^the moment of in-gathering of the ener gies and fruits
ft T n
of^ thejust-completed cycleTinirir s*eeQ ^moment, when all that has
been actualized during the cycle is formula te d into a highly con -
densed form, which will provide the stru ctural patterns for the^ jiext^
_CY£l£,
THE ANGLES
HORIZON-MERIDIAN
AS THE AXES OF INDIVIDUAL SELFHOOD
The axes of the horizon and the meridian define the basic structure
of individual selfhood, the "dharma" of the
individual and his orien-
These axes of individual selfhood
tation to his basic life experiences.
provide the basic frame of reference that embraces all the individ-
ual's experiences, the focus for his subjective-objective consciousness
and his personal-social experiences, and the lens through which his
solar energy is released. The axes consist of four points called the
angles: the ascendant, descendant, M.C., and I.C.
THE ASCENDANT
The ascendant, the place on the birth-chart where the sun is found
at sunrise (popularly referred to as "the rising"), is the point of
individual selfhood. It is the symbolic point of individualization, de-
fining (by its sign and degree) the person as a unique, self-conscious
individual. It reveals the particular type of activity (sign) that pro-
vides the person with the type of experiences he must live through
ifhe is to realize his destiny. The individual's attitude toward himself
and his particular quality of self-awareness are also symbolized by
the ascendant. The ascendant is the most personal and distinct factor
of a birth-chart. It is the symbol of the person's first emergence
into independent selfhood; it carries the "seed of the self," and ex-
presses the quality of the time of birth. It presents the individual
with basic needs, the need for self-awareness being the most primary.
Within the degree of the ascendant is also found the answer to this
particular need, the "way through" the experience.
THE DESCENDANT
As the ascendant's polar opposite (the descendant is always 180°
from the ascendant), the descendant is the point where the sun is
positioned at sunset. The descendant of a birth-chart is the point

of awareness of others, polarizing the ascendant's quality of self-
awareness. It defines the individual's approach to interpersonal
relationships and to relationships in general. The processes of collecti-
vization and socialization are also represented by this point. It re-
veals the type of activity that provides the individual with the
experiences he needs in order to realize the significance of others.
THE MEDIUM COELI (M.C.)

The medium coeli is the point of social integration and political
power, revealing the individual's orientation to social experiences.
It symbolizes the type of activity that provides the experiences that
should assist the individual in the realization of his social position.

The M.C. describes the individual's position in the outer world and
the power he has over others (or the power others have over him).
Marc Edmund Jones states that the M.C. is "where the individ-
ual must give proof of himself as a responsible member of society."
But the medium coeli is something more than just a symbol of mun-
dane power and responsibility.
Astrologers generally correlate the M.C. with the cardinal point
south, because the sun always appears in the south from the perspec-
tive of the northern temperate zone. However, this is a basic distor-
tion of the meaning of the medium coeli, which is supposed to be
the point where the sun is found when it has reached its greatest
height in the sky (around noon). It is on this premise that I correlate
the M.C. with up. Up has significance in all symbolic languages as
being masculine, the sky, the father principle, and, most significantly,
spirit power. When one considers the M.C. in this light, it becomes
obvious that it is the point of solar sustainment, describing the in-

dividual's spiritual temperament and the quality of his spiritual re-
lease. In short, the medium coeli defines the individual's social inte-
gration and political power on one level and his spiritual identity on
another.
THE IMUM COELI (i.C.)
The I.C. is the polar opposite of the M.C. It describes the point
where the process of growth and differentiation has reached its apex.
The individual's personal integration is symbolized here, but this inte-
gration is limited to a small and well-defined area of The

activity.
I.C. is the matrix of personal growth, the psychological womb. As-

trologers correlate the cardinal point north to the I.C, resulting in
the same distortion as assigning south to the M.C. Down more clearly
symbolizes the nature of the I.C. Down symbolizes the feminine as-
pect of nature, the earth, the mother principle; it is the most secure
place we know, our root. Whatever down means is what the J.C. is,
and whatever up means is what the M.C. is, in terms of astrological
symbolism. Astrology correlates symbols, using them to describe
other symbols.
HORIZON-MERIDIAN AS THE AXES OF AWARENESS AND

GROWTH
Horizon as the Axis of Awareness
In the birth-chart the horizon is the horizontal line, which divides
the upper and lower hemispheres (see Figure 3). It represents in
graphic form the symbolic surface of the earth, with the sky above
and the horizon and the earth below. This axis forms the two poles
of human awareness: self-awareness and awareness of others.
Meridian as the Axis of Growth and Power

In the birth-chart the meridian is the vertical line, which divides
the eastern from the western hemispheres. This axis defines the two
poles of human experience: organic growth and political (or, if trans-
muted, spiritual) power.
Organic Oneness of the Horizon-Meridian Axes

When the angles are understood in this manner, one may visualize
the horizon as the surface of the earth, separating the earth from
the sky, and the meridian as a line extending from the root (the LC.)
to the seed point (point of origin), where the earth meets the sky
and the root meets the stem (medium coeli), and, in the case of
the actualized man or woman, to the "flower of the spiritual self."
THE QUADRANTS
The axes of the horizon-meridian divide the astrological chart into

four quadrants, or spheres of consciousness and experience (sec
Figure 3).
The first, or lower-eastern, quadrant, carrying the significance of
the ascendant, is the area bounded by the ascendant and the LC.
lt signifies intuition (in Jung's terminology) and the discovery of the
Figure 3
self in the subjective sense. Subjective self-awareness and the area

of most-intense organic growth.
The second, or lower-western, quadrant, which carries the signifi-
cance of the I.C., is the area between the l.C. and the descendant.
It symbolizes feelings (in Jung's terminology) and instinctive, spon-
taneous judgment of one's experiences. Subjective awareness of the
not-self. Growth in personal integration.
The third, or upper-western, quadrant, carrying the significance
of the descendant, is the area between the descendant and the
M.C. It represents sensation (in Jung's terminology) or the objec-
tive awareness of the not-self. Creative release through relation-
ships and social participation.
The fourth, or upper-eastern, quadrant, which carries the signifi-
cance of the M.C., is the area between the medium coeli and the
ascendant. It signifies thinking (in Jung's terminology) and the ob-
jective awareness of the self and of one's spiritual-social identity.
THE HOUSES
NUMEROLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE
OF THE CIRCLE OF HOUSES
It has been said that astrology is applied numerology, since the
foundations of astrological symbolism are laid in numerology. This
applies particularly to the derivation of the twelve houses. The houses
are the result of the threefold division of the quadrants of an astro-
logical chart, a process that involves the multiplication of 4, which
symbolizes concrete manifestation (the angles), by 3, symbolizing
the three modes of expression and consciousness operative within
all forms of manifestation, giving rise to 12, the number of the
archetypal houses (and signs). Twelve also carries the value of three;
1 + 2 = 3. Also, by the addition of 3 to 4 we arrive at the number 7,
the symbol of the cyclo-cosmic process. These numbers (3 and 4)
are the base upon which astrological symbolism is built. They are the
first two numbers, according to some Pythagorean systems of mathe-
matics, and have significance in all systems of philosophy and sym-
bolism as representing the three qualities of expression (the trinity
of all religions) and the concrete world.
The threefold division of the quadrants defines the areas within
the quadrants where each of the three qualities of expression is dom-
inant. That is, there are twelve houses, three within each quadrant,
each one of the qualities being predominant in one house within each
quadrant. This brings us once more to the numbers 3 and 4: the
twelve houses are divided by the three qualities, each dominating
four houses.
THE THREE QUALITIES OF HOUSE EXPRESSION
10th) are
1 es. The qu -
ominant within these areas is of an activating, initiating, and
individualizing nature. Th((y set processes into motion and symbolize
· areas of experience. When a planet is found in one of
these houses, it is said to · the closer it is
tG....lh.e-angle, the mgre intensely this motivation should be manifest.
This quality deals with experiences that generate energy.
The Succedent, or Reactive, Quality

lli;uuw~ following the active houses (2nd. 5thJ~ and 11th) are..
c~le.d snseede1;it (tradjtjonallyl or reactive. These houses refer to
the reaction of the action first expressed in the active houses. They
are of a creative significance and represent the expansion, focaliza·
tion, and consolidation of the processes initiated by the active houses.
~lity deals with experiences that concentrate form.
The Cadent, or Resultant, Quality

result se recede the
an les th and 12th houses. These houses are
of a .JJDiversaljzjng and harmonizing nature, tending to fulfill or dis-
integrate the processes initiated by the active houses and focused by
the reactive houses. This quality deals with experiences that disperse
consciousness.
THE CYCLE OF THE TWELVE HOUSES

Once the significance of the horizon-meridian, the hemispheres,
the quadrants, and the qualities of house expression are understood,
the significance of the twelve houses follows naturally.
The twelve houses symbolize the archetypal areas of individual
experience, expression, and circumstance. An interpretation of the
twelve houses follows, with their traditional meanings (which should
not be overlooked) and humanistic meanings, as well as their quali-
ties of expression, key words, and cyclic meanings. Included also is
the meaning of a house when it is found particul arly focused or em-
phasized in a birth-chart. All the meanings given here are necessarily
brief and general and should not be rigidly interpreted.
ASTROLOGICAL PRINCIPLES
FIRST HOUSE
Expression: Active/ generative
Process: Emergence of self-awareness
Purpose: Conscious selfhQQ.d
Experience: Self-consciousness
l.f- Traditional Meaning: The personality, the body, the conditions of
birth.
Humanistic Meaning: Awareness of self. The most predo'E.._inant
or s~ial characteristlCs:Rro jected bii!le person~. The ph~s1-
~-
Cyclic Meaning: The initial emergence of the individual from the
sea of the unconscious. A phase during which the person has little
real sense of self, corresponding to the first two years and four months
of life.
In Emphasis: D_;:notes a person who is apparently open and out-
going, though in many ways insecure. IU planet js found in tnis
Jlo__use, close to the ascendant.1. its function should be very evi0ent
in the personality and physical appearance of the person and sl'iourd
show the way to self-discoycry.
SECOND HOUSE
Expression: Reactive/ concentrative
Process: Identification with substance
Purpose: Definition of self
Experience: Attachment
Traditional Meaning: Possessions and one's attitude toward pos-
sessions.
Humanistic Meaning: Identification of self with substance. The
span of most rapid growth of awareness and separatism. Inherent
qualities.
Cyclic Meaning: Consciousness becomes focused upon substance
and matter; the sense of self becomes more defined and the person
begins to identify himself with what is "his."
In Emphasis: Denotes a person who should be able to focus his
attention well upon practical matters or material things.
THIRD HOUSE
Expression: Resultant/dispersive
Process: Relationship with substance
Purpose: To know
Experience: Association
Traditional Meaning: The lower mjnd, writing;;, brethren, an~ort
journeys.
-.....;__
Humanistic Meaning: The concrete mind, mental functions, sense
impressions, and the associative faculties. Relationship with sub-
stance. The initial emergence of the understanding of relationship.
Cyclic Meaning: Focalization of consciousness upon relationships
existing between the individual person and his environment. The
desire to know the nature of one's environment.
In Emphasis: The person should be concerned with intell~ctual
-
activities, though too much attention may be given to superficialities.
...
FOURTH HOUSE
Expression: Active/generative
Process: Personal integration
Purpose: To establish
Experience: Stability
Traditional Meaning: The home, the conditions of home life, se-
curity, and the mother.
Humanistic Meaning: Concretization of self. Personal integration
within a well-defined and limited area of activity. The parent who
represents inner security.
Cyclic Meaning: The person integrates a part of his environment
(substance) within himself, thus firmly establishing a base of op-
eration.
In Emphasis: Denotes the type of person who can do well by es-
tablishing himself firmly within a defined area of activity, though he
is insecure if he must relate outside of that area. If a planet is found
on or near the I.C., its function will be deeply involved with the
process of personal integration.
FIFTH HOUSE
Expression: Reactive/concentrative
Process: Exteriorization of self
Purpose: Self-expression
Experience: Social insecurity
Traditional Meaning: Children, pleasure, speculation, amusement,
creativity, and casual relationships.
Humanistic Meaning: The exteriorization and creative release of
self. Personal displays and the desire for social relationships.
Cyclic Meaning: The person becomes more secure as he expands
bis area of activity and bis powers of self-expression.
In Emphasis: Denotes the type of person who should seek to ex-
press himself in a creative manner in all that he or she does.
f3&
*SS**~+**>
b\\VH°\ tjj
fS tfZ^fy
SIXTH HOUSE
Process: Introspection
Purpose: Self-improvement
Experience: Personal conflict
Traditional Meaning: Health, employment, accidents, and servi ce
to others.
Humanistic Meaning: Personal inertia and hmitation^c^n^kts-jce.-

sulting from the exteriorizatTori ot self: Self-judgment and intro-
spection.
Cyclic Meaning: The person, once secure as an individual, now

d eals with his particular inadequacies through analytical introspec -
tion and critical judgment.
In Emphasis: Attention should be given to matter s of self-
improvement. There may be a tendency to be intolerant and overly

critical of others.
^k uU*5fy
SEVENTH HOUSE
Expression: Active/ generative.
Process: Objectification of consciousness
Purpose: To relate
Experience: Social shock
Traditional Meaning: Marriage, partnership, contracts, and open
enemies.
Humanistic Meaning: Human relatedness and interchange. The
transition of consciousness from the subjective to the objective realm.
Awareness of others and o f tfip. cnri^T gphflrf
Cyclic Meaning: The process of introspection trices the individua l

t o the threshold o f nbj r "tiv n i"n j ni n£ "âtinnfihip nnrijvutH-
fhfl
patioiix
In Emphasis: A stress is placed u pon s ocial a ctivitie s and relation -

ships. If a planetis found on or near the descendant, its func tion
should be involved in the realization of the meaning of relationship?

£ tf %&*#
EIGHTH HOUSE
Expression: Reactive/generalJYe.
Process: Expansion o f relationship
Purpose: Transcendence oi human limitations
Experience: Identincation^ __
Traditional Meaning: Death, the occult, legacies, business, and sex.
Humanistic Meaning: The transcendence of human limitatio ns
throuj iterpersonal relationships. Identification with something
greater than one's self. Expansion of world view and the exchange,
regeneration, and transmutation of one's vital energies.
Cyclic Meaning: Self becomes iHp.ntjfipH ™\\h nthprg Social par-
ticipation with a limited a nd defined area.
In Emphasis: Special attention should be placed upon interpersonal
relationships.
-
ASTROLOGICAL PRINCIPLES
^ $&
l3
t
NINTH HOUSE
Process: Expansion of consciousness
Purpose: To understand
Experience:
ters of law.
Search for meaning
Traditional Meaning:
Humanistic Meaning: Th( aWr^* minH

*
—
Philosophy, religion, long journeys, and mat-
and the faculties of recog-

«
nition and correlation of relationships^_The power to understand the^,

meaning ot existgn cel
Cyclic Meaning: The expansion of consHnns n^s Thp mind be-

comes aware of the interplay existing between relationships.
In Emphasis: denotes the type of person who w qu)^ do well bv
focusing his mind on philosophical matters.
TENTH HOUSE
Expression: Active/generative
Process: Social participation
Purpose: Collective integration
Experience: Responsibility
Traditional Meaning: Position, honor, status, recognition, career,
and the father.
Humanistic Meaning: Fixation of relationship and one's position

and foundation in the outer world. Social participation, political
power, and the discovery of one's spiritual identity. The parent who
represents the outer world and external security.
Cyclic Meaning: Active participation in the outer world. The as-

sumption of responsibility and the realization of one's social and
spiritual identity.
In Emphasis: Denotes the type of person who could do well by

directing his or her energies toward practical, political,and spiritual
affairs. If a planet is found on or near the M.C., its function will
be involved in the discovery of the individual's social and spiritual

identity.
ELEVENTH HOUSE
Expression: Reactive/concentrative
Process: Fulfillment of one's social position
Purpose: Social expression
Experience: Personal insecurity
Traditional Meaning: Friends, hopes and wishes, social life.
Humanistic Meaning: The exteriorization of one's social position

and the influence one's position has upon one's personal life. Progres-
sive politics and social reform. New forms of social expression and
relationship.
Cyclic Meaning: The individual has now become a social entity,

his social life being all-important, often to the point of abnegation
of his own personal identity.
In Emphasis: Denotes the type of person who may find fulfillment
through involvement with social or political activities.
TWELFTH HOUSE
Expression: Resultant/ dispersive
Process: Self-redemption
Purpose: Rebirth
Experience: Personal and social conflicts
Traditional Meaning: Fate, obstacles, confinement, karma, and hid-
den enemies.
Humanistic Meaning: Conflicts between the individual and society.
Social inertia and the limits of the collective-social consciousness.
The unconscious, both individual and collective. The process of trans-
formation and rebirth. Accumulated resources, both positive and
negative. The inner experiences that bring one to social independence.
Cyclic Meaning: Universalization. Through resolving conflicts of an

internal nature, the individual dissolves his relationship with the past
cycle, proceeding to the next, carrying with him the seed of the past
and his spiritual identity.
In Emphasis: Denotes the type of person whose consciousness is
acutely aware of the limitations and inadequacies of the individual

and society.
- -- --------------
THE ZODIAC AND ITS SIGNS
[One should not] consider the zodiacal signs and the houses of
the birth-chart as separate entities with absolute prerogatives
and sets of characters, rather as sections of complete cycles (or
circles) having meaning only as parts of a whole.
DANE RUDHYAR
TWO TYPES OF ZODIACS

It is essential to understand, before exploring the meaning of the
signs of the zodiac, the nature of the zodiac itself. The zodiac of signs
has nothing to do with the "constellations of the zodiac"; the only
thing they hold in common is their names-a great source of con-
fusion an· ic astrolo uses the zodiac of signs as a basi frame
of reference because it re r h tw ve ases of the c lie
relationship of the sun to the earth. lt..symbolizes the precession of
the seasons and the c cle of or · · · anet. On the other
lian , t e zodiac of constellations refers to groups of "fixed" stars
that have been given names that are the same as the signs of the--
Zodiac. ---.
SIDEREAL ASTROLOGY AND THE SIDEREAL ZODIAC

There is, however, a relatively small group of vocal, "scientifi-
cally oriented" astrologers who claim that the zodiac of constellations
(sidereal zodiac) is the only true zodiac for astrological work. This
school of astrological thought (sidereal astrology) bas been promoted
primarily by Cyril Fagan, on the basis of "extensive research into
ancient records." He states that about 2,500 years ago the sidereal
zodiac coincided with the tropical zodiac (zodiac of signs). The two
zodiacs, however, no longer coincide due to tl1e precession of the
THE ZODIAC AND ITS SIGNS 47
equinoxes-caused by a twisting motion of the earth's polar axis.
Mr. Fagan believes that shortly after the time when the two zodiacs
coincided, astrologers made a grave error by adopting the tropical
zodiac of signs.
In their astrological practice, &idereal astro] o~rs subtract a certain
number of degrees from the positions of the planets and angles__given
ig_ the reference tables for the tropical zodiac, as ephemerides and
tables of houses for the sidereal zodiac are difficult to obtain. Today,
---:...
the~odiac of signs is about 26° in advance of that generally acknowl-
edged as the sidereal zodiac. But there is aissent among sidereal
astrologers as to where the zodiac of constellations begins; this is,
of course, further complicated if one realizes t.bat ths: "fixed" stax:s
are not actuallx .stationary1 they just move slowly; meaning that the
co_ystellations and the sidereal zodiac itself have changed during the
east 2,500 years.
ZODIAC OF SIGNS, OR THE 1ROPICAL ZODIAC

The zodiac of signs is, of course, simply the ecliptic divided into
twelve sections. This zodiac is called "the tropical zodiac" because
it coincides with the seasons, the beginning of the zodiac coinciding
with the vernal equinox in the Northern Hemisphere.
SIGNIFICANCE OF THE ZODIAC

The zodiac of signs is symbolic of the formative powers of the
universe, which are focused upon earth and within human beings.
The zodiac as a whole has been described as being representative
of the macrocosm, the Heavenly Man of which our earth is but a
cell. Every sign is representative of an archetypal quality of release
of energy as well as the expression of an archetypal human activity.
In Astrology of the Personality, Dane Rudhyar refers to the zodiac:
"It is an abstraction and a symbol, just as the Holy City with its
twelve gates-in Biblical allegory-is an abstraction and a symbol. The
zodiac is the Wall that separates all inhabitants of the Earth's surface
from the universe. Symbolically, this Wall has twelve gates, twelve
signs of the zodiac, .twelve channels through which universal energies
----
flow."
The zodia£.(as well as the houses and planets) should not be taken
to be objects that exist only someplace far off in space. Rather, they
are archetypal symbols, which exist everyw here, within us as well
as within everything else!
ZODIAC AS SUBSTANCE
The zodiac consists of four crucial points symbolized by the equi -
noxes (vernal and autumnal) and the solstices (summer and winter).
The equinoxes are the points of the greatest momentum and repola ri-"*
z ation, when the days and nights are equal. The solstices a re tfte"^
points of least momentum, when the davs and nights are not equal
ajodihe sun found to the extreme north or south, when the "quali-
is
tie s life are to be felt in the purest way. [From

of the polarities of
t his evolves] the meaning of the characterizations of the four cru cial
periods o f the~~ year in terms ot tne four 'elements^: "Fire, Harth, Air
r
ana Water?
r
Collective, Organic, and Cyclic Meaning

of the Equinoxes and Solstices
From the_vernal equinox to the autumnal equinox the day forces

are domin ant in nature; the^ days are longer than the nights and the
^njJTîs, js nn nrpanfcTgrnwth f)P H differentiation, the Pr ocess of per-
sonaliz ation. From the autumnal equino x to the vernal ecminox th e
ni ght forces are dominant; lhe_nights_are jongerthan the days ai
the^^ng^
ing processes of nature.
Vernal Equinox (Aries) to Rummer Solstice^JCancer) .
Jis is the period of the m ™( jntrnn^ nrpn nic growth. At the verna l
equinoxJhe_organic of the earth jrepolarizes jhe sun enters the
life ;
N orthern Hemisph ere, and organic life begins n pew c<V c k- ot objective
manifestation.
Summer Solstice (Cancer) o Autumnal Equinox t (Libra).

XjLlhe^sjam rner solstice, the phase of intense or g anic growth reaches
its apex as the day forces overwhelm the night forces, only lastin
g^
a__mornent befo re the sup, enters the return path to equilibr ium
Autumnal Equi nox (Libra) to Winter Solstice (Capricorn).
With the autumnal equinox and the, harvesting nf thr JniiLfJLtlT'
-summer comes the return to latenc y or orpanir anrl nhjpptj y^Llgl^yf .
the ground) manifestation. It marks the return to condition ty^d

a nd the collective in-gathering of life.
Winter Solstice (Capricorn) to Vernal Equinop (AriesX .
At the winter solstice, the night forces are at their apex and the
seed is left as the hope of future manifestation At . this point trip, nighty
forces mu st hepin foeir decline and give way to the day forces and ,
eventually , to the vernal equinox, when the seed gives birth to the
leaf.
MEANING OF THE ELEMENTS
As explain ed above, the division of the zodi ac by the four cardinal

points (equinoxes and solstices) renders an additional group of zodia-
cal factors : the elements. The elements define the type of substance
being expressed by each sign. That is. every sign expresses the sub-
st ance manifested in one of the equinoxes or solstices, being either
Fire, Earth, Air, or Water.
Fire.
The fire element in astrological symbolism represents the principle
of animation, vitality, and action. It refers to experiences that are
intense, emotional, and individual. The vernal equinox.
Earth.
The earth element symbolizes the principle of stability. It refe rs
to the practical, mundane, and collective affairs of l ife. The winte r

solstice.
- ,i—
Air.
The air element represents the principle of adaptability. It refer s
t o life experiences that involve adaptation and the use of the intelle ct.
It is of a collective nature. The autumnal equinox.
Water.
The water element symbolizes the principle of universality. It refers
to sensory, emotional, and creative life experiences. The summer
solstice.
I
ZODIAC AS ENERGY
The division of the zodiac by its crucial points results in the defini-
tion of the four basic types of cosmic substanc e, substance being tfiF
primary necessity for manifestation. As Rudhyar states in The Astrol-
ogy of Personality, "Energy is not very different from substance. It
is substance a ctivated and released, ... as modern physics "Has

shown most definitely. Thus we can expect the principle of 'energy
differentiation' to be similar to that of 'su bstance diff erentiation. ' Both,
are based on the principle of polar dualism, 01 action and reactio n.
. .The energy-zodiac will thus be eight-fold, while the subst ause-
.
* z odiac is four-fold." Tfos division by eight is simply the bisection of

the areas defined by the four crucial points, giving us four a dditio nal
factors^' the mid-points between the equinoxes and the s ols tices (Fig-
ure 4 ) .Jhesje^pomi&jefer to the area of maximum dynamic intensity

.
within the spa n or quadrant of the zodiac defined by two ^ngles

T hese points of maximum intensity are the fo ur portals throug h
w hich cosmic energy flows^the "Four Gates of Avataric bescent."
They represent the creative powers of the universe, which are often
symbolized by the Bull, the Lion, the Eagle, and the Angel, which
are said to guard the four corners of the universe. In basic astrological
terms they are: 15° Taurus, 15° Leo, 15° Scorpio, and 15° Aquarius.
ZODIAC AS FORM
The substance and energy that have been released by the zodiac
must be controlled and given form in order to be manifest. All forms
of energy are bound by the Pythagorean axiom "Everything in the
universe is divisible by three." Alljorms of energy involve a n action^
abac tion, and the intera ction between acti on and reaction. Thus
it is only logicaOor the form zodiac to be based on the threefold
division of the zodiac. Thk tWpfniH Hhn S ion gives, rise to the modes
or qualities of relationshi p between en ergy and form. Each sign car-
ries the meaning of o ne mode.
Cardinal, or Initiatory, Mode.

The cardinal mode is the form of energy expressed at the equinoxes
and solstices. It refers to the principle of change and momentum.
It represents active and intense life experiences This
. mode generates
gower.
Fixed, or Focal, Mode.

The fixed mode concentrates and focalizes energy, thus symbolizing
the principle of definition and structure. It projects the cardinal ex-
perience, giving to it depth and meaning. The fifteenth degree of the
fixed signs is the point of maximum intensity, where power is found
in its most concentrated form. .
Mutable, or Common, Mode.

The mutable mode distributes the energy that has been concen-
trated and released by the fixed mode. It symbolizes the principle
and adaptation. This mode combines and integrates the
of flexibility
cardinal and fixed modes within itself. It distributes the power gen-
erated by the cardinal signs and concentrated by the fixed signs.
ZODIAC AS RELEASE OF POWER

We now return to examine the function of the four points or por-
tals through which power is released.
The nature of the power released through these portals depends
upon the nature of the energy used. The fixed signs, through which
power is concentrated and released, follow the cardinal signs, where
power is generated. There are two types of cardinal signs: those which
generate equinoctial power (Aries and Libra) and those which gen-
erate solstitial power (Cancer and Capricorn).
The points of release may, then, be divided into two basic cate-
gories: those dealing with equinoctial power and those dealing with
solstitial power.
15° Taurus and 15° Scorpio
The Taurus and Scorpio deal with

fifteenth degrees of the signs
equinoctial power. Equinoctial power
is generated by the intense dy-
namism of the equinoctial signs (Aries and Libra), signs of the maxi-
mum speed of solar declination. The fixed signs that follow the
equinoctial cardinal signs must arrest the dynamic activity generated
by them, limiting it and bringing it into focus, in terms of purpose
(Taurus) and identification (Scorpio).
15° Leo and 15° Aquarius
The fifteenth degrees of Leo and Aquarius deal with the solstitial
power, which must produce some kind of manifested activity, either
personal (Leo) or collective (Aquarius). The release of this type
of power be manifested as a strong outburst of energy toward
will
the focalization of the personality (Leo) or in the form of a "society
(Aquarius).
The four points of release may also be examined in relation to

the hemisphere of the zodiac in which they are found. The fifteenth
degrees of Taurus and Leo are part of the day hemisphere. They*
are involved in the release of "individualizing power." The fifteenth
degrees of Scorpio and Aquarius are involved in the release of

collectivizing power (night hemisphere), of the expansion of the in-
dividual into the collective, or universal, realms.
CYCLIC FORMULA OF THE FOUR PORTALS*

15° Taurus (the Bull) represents the power released toward the for-
mation of an individual being.
15° Leo (the Lion) symbolizes the power released by the individual
being. * '
Adapted from Astrology of Personality, by Dane Rudhyar.

15° Scorpio (the Eagle) represents the power released toward the
formation of the universal being.
15° Aquarius (the Angel) symbolizes the power released by the uni-
versal being.
CYCLIC FORMULA
OF THE ELEMENTS AND MODESf
At spring equinox:
Fire power is generated by Aries
then concentrated through earth—Taurus
and distributed by air— Gemini.
At summer solstice:
Water power is generated by Cancer
then concentrated through fire—Leo
and distributed by earth—Virgo.
At autumnal equinox:
Air power is generated by Libra
then concentrated through water—Scorpio
and distributed by fire—Sagittarius.
At winter solstice:
Earth power is generated by Capricorn
then concentrated through air— Aquarius
and distributed by water— Pisces.
THE MEANING OF THE SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC

The twelve signs of the zodiac are arrived at by the same logic
that gave us the twelve houses: the division of the circle (the ecliptic)
by 4 (the equinoxes and solstices), and the 4 by 3. The signs deal
with archetypal forms and energies and should not be mistaken for
the houses, which deal with the most individual realms of experience.
t Adapted from Astrology of Personality, by Dane Rudhyar.

Fî
Aries
ARIES, the first sign

Quality: Cardinal/fire
Principle: Will
Process: Being
Purpose: Conscious selfhood
Concrete Meaning: Desire, initiative, courage, and impulsiveness.
Abstract Meaning: The process of the formation of self. The con-

cept of self and the primordial structure of the individual.
Cyclic Meaning: The day and night forces are equal. The initial
emergence of the individual consciousness from the undifferentiated
sea of unconscious. The originating impulse.
In Emphasis: A need to develop one's sense of selfhood, structure,

and limits.
Human Anatomy: The head.
Taurus
TAURUS, the second sign

Quality: Fixed/earth
Principle: Self-exertion
Process: Identification with substance
Purpose: Self-substantiation
Concrete Meaning: Possessiveness and practicality. Inertia and de-

termination.
Abstract Meaning: Self -consciousness through identification of self
with substance. Methodical orientation.
Cyclic Meaning: Focalization of Arian impulses, giving to them
more depth and meaning. Self establishing itself in a tangible manner.
15° Taurus: Practical release of the power and purpose of personal
productivity.
In Emphasis: Purpose and productivity seen as all-important. A

need to understand the meaning of what is produced.
Human Anatomy: The neck and ears.
"l»%tety
Gemini
GEMINI, the third sign

Quality: Mutable/air
Principle: Association
Process: Expansion of relationship
Purpose: Personal security
Concrete Meaning: The concrete mind. Changeability, duality, and
restlessness. Literary and academic matters.
Abstract Meaning: Mind functioning within the personal sphere.
The associative faculties. Creation of systems and techniques. The
recognition of concrete relationships.
Cyclic Meaning: Exteriorization of the Arian impulses focalized by

Taurus. Expansion of relationship and the formation of personality.
In Emphasis: Constant expansion of one's field of relationship. A
need to penetrate the surface of things.
Human Anatomy: The shoulders, arms, hands, and lungs.
2/,5-ffil?^
Cancer
CANCER, the fourth sign

Quality: Cardinal/water
Principle: Growth through personal repolarization
Process: Focalization of activity within a limited area
Purpose: Personal integration
Concrete Meaning: The home and family. Receptivity, sensitivity,
and feelings. Maternal instincts.
Abstract Meaning: Personal integration within a well-defined area

of operation. Concrete selfhood and a concrete basis for the expres-
sion of selfhood.
Cyclic Meaning: The longest day meets the shortest night. The apex
of the process of growth and complexification. The formation of a
firm basis of operation.
In Emphasis: Concerned with the establishment of a firm center
of integration; likely to feel insecure when forced to relate on un-
familiar ground. A need for focalized consciousness and assumption
of responsibility toward others for conscious participation in a social
whole.
Human Anatomy: The chest, breast, and stomach.
LEO, the fifth sign

Quality: Fixed/fire
Principle: Self-expression
Process: Exteriorization of self
Purpose: Creative release of individual purpose
Concrete Meaning: Self-expression and creativity. Self-confidence,
flamboyance, pleasure, and authority. The emotions.
Leo
Abstract Meaning: Dramatic exteriorization of the personality as

a means of gaining social recognition and increasing self-assurance
as a social entity. Social insecurity.
Cyclic Meaning: The power to express the self, which has been
given concrete foundations through the Cancer span. Theperson, once
secure in his own identity, seeks to expand his field of activity by
embracing the social realm, the first step in becoming a "social per-
sonage."
15° Leo: The creative release of the power and purpose of the
individual.
In Emphasis: A need to express oneself without assuming an auto-

cratic position.
Human Anatomy: The heart and spine.
Virgo
VIRGO, the sixth sign

Quality: Mutable/earth
Principle: Adjustment through discrimination
Process: Adoption of technique
Purpose: Emotional repolarization

Concrete Meaning: Mental analysis and discrimination. Fastidious-
ness, detail, and study. Service and health.
Abstract Meaning: Discrimination based upon critical analysis of
the outcome of Adjustment and judgment of self and life. Per-

action.
sonal reorientation, self-criticism, and the process of self-perfection.
Cyclic Meaning: The individual's preparation for participation
within a greater whole (Libra) calls for this phase of introspection
and purification.
In Emphasis: Identity crises. A need for self-improvement, often

under the guidance of a teacher or "guru."
Human Anatomy: The intestines, solar plexus, and spleen.
Libra
LIBRA, the seventh sign

Quality: Cardinal/air
Principle: Idealism
Process: Human interchange
Purpose: Individual participation within a social whole
Concrete Meaning: Social consciousness and relationships with
others.Comparison and evaluation of people and situations. Appreci-
ation of art, beauty, and harmony.
Abstract Meaning: The establishment of a definite set of values,

ideals, and "social standards." The objectification of consciousness
through association and co-operation with others.
Cyclic Meaning: The day and night forces are once more equal.
The emergence of the individual with a greater whole. Social par-

ticipation.
In Emphasis: Relationship is all-important-a need to perfect re-

lationships with others.
Human Anatomy: The kidneys and liver.

Scorpio
SCORPIO, the eighth sign

Quality: Fixed/water
Principle: Sex, in its creative, dynamic aspect
Process: Identification with a greater whole
Purpose: To become greater; transcendence
Concrete Meaning: Sex, will, jealousy, and death. Magic and oc-
cultism. Regeneration.
Abstract Meaning: Creative tension and the awareness of duality.

The urge to merge and become one with others in order to participate
together as a greater organic whole.

Cyclic Meaning: The process of individuation and creative partici-
pation within a greater whole.
15° Scorpio: The creative release of the power and purpose of re-
lationship.
In Emphasis: There should be a strong urge to become something

greater. Sexual or intense relationships may be a way of fulfilling
this urge, at least on one level.
Human Anatomy: The sex organs.
SAGITTARIUS, the ninth sign

Quality: Mutable/fire
Principle: Abstraction
Process: Synthesis and universalization
Purpose: Expansion and integration of associations
Concrete Meaning: Philosophy, religion, inspiration, and idealism.
Academic matters and sports.
Sagittarius
Abstract Meaning: The abstract mind. Mind functioning within

the social sphere. The recognition of abstract relationships. Social-
cultural-religious affairs.
Cyclic Meaning: The individual's identification and absorption

within the social whole.
In Emphasis: A need to search constantly for distant contacts, a
concern with social-cultural-religious factors. Often willing to sacrifice
anything for the sake of the ideal held highest.
Human Anatomy: The thighs and pelvic region.
Capricorn
CAPRICORN, the tenth sign LV 7 "^ & **

Quality: Cardinal/earth
Principle: Social functioning
Process: Acquisition of social position
Purpose: Social integration
Concrete Meaning: Status, ambition, politics, and law. Reliance

upon social structures. Stability and the father.
Abstract Meaning: Acquisition of a social position or assumption

of spiritual identity. The concrete basis for relationship. The perfec-
tion of the social entity.
Cyclic Meaning: The individual becomes socially integrated and the

state becomes an all-important factor. The longest night meets the
shortest day; the in-gathering forces of nature are at their apex.
In Emphasis: Focalization of one's activities upon practical, social,

and political affairs. If transmuted: assumption of spiritual identity.
Human Anatomy: The skeleton and joints.
Aquarius -.
AQUARIUS, the eleventh sign

Quality: Fixed/ air
Principle: Social expression
Process: Exteriorization of social position
Purpose: Response to social need
Concrete Meaning: Science, music, and genius. Political movements
and revolutions. Humanitarianism, group and collective ideals.
Abstract Meaning: The ability to create and express in social or
collective terms. Personal insecurity.
Cyclic Meaning: The individual is now a complete social entity,

though his own sense of individuality has been sacrificed in the
process.
15° Aquarius: The release of the power and purpose of social need.
In Emphasis: A need to be independent of social and cultural

support.
Human Anatomy: The legs and ankles.
PISCES, the twelfth sign
Quality: Mutable/water
Principle: Repolarization
Process: Personal and social conflicts
Purpose: Self-redemption
IX-
Pisces
Concrete Meaning: Impressionability and openness. Mysticism,

psychicism, devotion, and fanaticism.
Abstract Meaning: The unconscious, both individual and collective.
The need for sharp, often violent repolarization as an alternative to
wholesale disintegration. Threshold phenomena. In a higher sense:
compassion and wholeness.
Cyclic Meaning: Universalization of experience. Repolarization
from social to personal factors; or self-abnegation and disintegration.
The return to the primordial condition.
In Emphasis: A need to give relevant meaning to one's intensely

personal visions and experiences, rather than giving way to irrational-
ism or fanaticism.
Human Anatomy: The feet and lymphatic system.
THE QUESTION OF MASCULINE AND FEMININE SIGNS

Traditional astrology fisî^m a r pnrlpr tr> pq rh
! alternating mas-
fjjg
1
culine and feminine ( positiveand negative) beginning with Arie s.

Thns fh* fire
flp.fl air signs are called masculine, while the wa ter ano ,
1
eartji sjgns are called feminine. This classification can be a source

of confused misunderstanding if taken to an extreme and applied rig-
idly. The "masculine" sign Libra (often, though by no means neces-

male homosexuality) suggests that a so-called
sarily, a significator of
masculine sign does not necessarily represent what may be commonly

regarded as "manliness," while the "feminine" signs do not necessarily
represent that which is often considered "womanly."
Nevertheless, there is a great deal of validity in this classification.
Perhaps it would be more accurate to consider tl^fire and ai r sign s
as "extroverted" and the earth and water signs "introverted." That
is, the fire-Jiad air signs tend to direct consciousness outward, toward
formation of a positive relationship with external objects, while the

earth and water si gns ten d t o direct consciousness inward, toward
t fee formation of a positive relationship with one's se|f gnr| th^jwfo-
mation of both externalized and .intern alize d relationships,^^
THE DEGREES 360
AND THEIR SYMBOLS
The Degree is not merely a subdivision of the zodiacal sign, or
the whole of the zodiac. It stands, as an astrological element,

alone and in a position of supreme {though little understood)
significance. The Degree is the most mysterious element in as-
trology, and indeed the key to all deeper astrological interpreta-
tion. . .In the Degree we witness the operation oi the cr eativ e
.
with an individual personality or a particular situation. Here

meaning stands revealed— for whosoever knows how to read
symbols.
Dane Rudhyar
SIGNIFICANCE OF THE DEGREE IN ASTROLOGY

The d ggree is the most fundamental element of the zodia c and
is in a sense an indivisible unit. It is an archetypal symbol of the
individual (day) element of being, containing a quality of being of
itsown. In a very true sense, the d egree is the aforn of the zodiac^
an_jndividual "indivisible" unit that acts as the co ntainer of fa ntastic
r
p ower, in spite of its relatively small mass.
SYMBOLICAL ASTROLOGY
The assignment of symbolic pictures to the degrees of the zodiac,
a practice said to go back as far as ancient Egypt, can be an invalu-
able device for the astrologer conscious of their meaning and limita-
tions. The purpose of such a symbolic series of images is to relate
the essence of each degree to the "viewer." The finest set of degree
symbols to date was recorded by Marc Edmund Jones, initially in

"Symbolical Astrology," a study course issued in 1931, and later re-
THE 360 DEGREES AND THEIR SYMBOLS 65
vised and published in 1953 under the title The Sabian Symbols in
Astrology. A Symbols can be found
reinterpretation of the Sabian
in Rudhyar's An Astrological Mandala: The Cycle oj Transforma-
tion and Its 360 Svmhnlir.nl PJiq ses f Random House. 197:3V to which
the reader is referred for a more detailed exposition of this intriguing
subject.
DEGREE SYMBOLS AND THEIR USE

A degree symbol is a poetic reflection of the archetypal quali ty
of activity operative with in t he degree it symbolizes. Itjsjmjmage
of potential selfhood and the quality of bein g focused toough_ the
degree. The symbols project a n i,rn,a,gp that ^ escribes the essence o f
the degrees and sftonlri not be mist aken fpr the, thing. thp.y rppresp-n^
.or interpreted literally For instance, the Sabian Symbol for the
.
twenty-seventh degree of Aquarius, "An ancient pottery bowl filled

with violets," suggest the nature of that degree. In the case of a per-
son born with the twenty-seventh degree of Aquarius rising, the sym-
bol should represent a very personal quality, a quality that should
be apparent within the person with this degree rising. However, the
person should not be mistaken for a "violet" simply because of his
or her rising symbol any more than one should believe a person to
be a Viola canadensis simply because her name happens to be Violet.
Degree symbolism may be applied to any point or planetary posi-
any other kind of astrological chart. Of course,
tion in a birth-chart or
t he manner in which one interprets these meaning rrn^ faVp nt Q ^
c onsideration not only the type of astrological chart (birth, horary,

etc.) but also the nature of the planet, ari^feTofwhatever is occup y-
ing the degree The symbols refer to a quality released at the moment
a degree begins; a new degree begins at the_ m oment a whole degree
exceeded. For ins tanc e, 20°0r 20° 5 9' Aries regarded as
is
u
to
~ is
21 ° Aries, while 20 00' is 20° Aries.'*
SUB-CYCLIC DEGREE CORRESPONDENCE

Another method of determining the meaning of each degree is
through the consideration of sub-cyclic correspondence, existing b e-
tween a lesser whol e or cycle (sign or hou se) and the greater whol e
* early Pythagoreans considered anything less than a whole as imperfect
The \
and unthinkable. In a sense, astrology is the study of all beginnings, the begin- \
ning of individual existence as well as the beginning of any of the 360 degrees
J
of the zodiac. /
sire-cyclic coêspoT76€nce
or cycfe (the zofj jac nr th e circle of houses) of which it is ajpart.
This means that each one of the thirty degrees of any sign may be
examined by relating the thirty-degree cycle of the sign to the larger
cycle of the zodiac. As a result, each degree of any sign may be
correlated to twelye specific d egrees of the zodiac . For instance, the
first de gree of any sign corresponds with the first twelve d egrees of
"~"
Aries. ^
"* Through the use of this method, one may easily determine how
each degree of a particular sign relates to the whole process of the
sign itself. In other words, the twenty-fourth degree of Scorpio may
be related to the Capricorn (or tenth house) phase of the process
represented by the Scorpio. I
THE PLANETS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS
Th e planets are symbolic expressions of functional principles

which are found at all levels of functional existence; they refer
to nothing in particular, but to functions which are found in every
organic unit.
Dane Rudhyar
THE PLANETS AND ASTROLOGY

The planets symbolize organic functions found in all forms of life.
ThgYjngBr esent the hlghexjBanif e stations _or cent ers oX iheseJ unctions
(in relation to a human being, the solar system must _pe_ consider ed
as_a greater organism )^ but not necessarily the agencies that control
and manipulate the functional processes within human beings. The
meaning and functional activity of a planet is determined by its rela-
tion to the solar system as a whole (geocentrically) as well asjts
individual characteristics, such as .o r bit, size, color, etcT
THE "LIGHTS"
The Sun and the Moon , symbolizing the primary life giving factors
of existence, are unique in the geocentric universe by virtue of their
light-giving and reflecting natures. The Sun, being the fountainhead
nfjijfp en ergy within the solar system represents the purpose of all
T
life sustained by it. The Moon, the symbol of related ne ss aprj actua l-
r
i zation of the solar purpose, represents the life experiences of all earth
beings,. The relationship existing between these two bodies is of special
significance, representing the bipolar activity found in all forms of
life.* It is from this light that the other planets are symbolically
animated; all life within the solar system is dep endent upon the Sun.
* For a more detailed explanation of the soli-lunar relationship, refer to Part
Three.
THE PERSONAL PLANETS

The three planets lying within the orbit of the earth are referred
to as the personal planets, because the organic functions and the type
of consciousness symbolized by them are directed inward, toward
the center (Sun) of one's The
Sun, the innermost "planet," sym-
self.
bolizes the archetypal purpose and form of energy of the individual.

Mercury represents the primary differentiation of this primal, arche-
typal solar energy; while Venus, the first planet within the orbit of
the earth, symbolizes all forms of inwardly directed activity or expres-
sion. By the traditional system of classification, these planets are said
to be "negative," because they tend to complete the processes put
into motion by the positive, or social, planets.
THE SOCIAL PLANETS

The first three planets outside the orbit of the earth are referred
to as the social planets, because the organic functions and types of
consciousness associated with these planets are directed outwardly,
toward the social sphere. Mars, being the first planet outside the
earth's orbit, refers to all forms of outwardly directed activity. Jupiter
symbolizes expansion, the social sphere and the individual's participa-

tion within it. Saturn, the outermost planet by the ancient system,
symbolizes the process of focalization, definition, and limitation; it
represents the principle of form. Within this scheme, Venus is the

polar opposite of Mars, Mercury is paired with Jupiter, and Saturn
is polarized by the Sun and the Moon.
THE COLLECTIVE, OR TRANSCENDENTAL, PLANETS

The three outermost planets of the solar system, Uranus, Neptune,
and Pluto, symbolize the process of transformation, reorientation, and
refocalization. These planets are referred to as collective, or transcen-
dental, because their functions and the type of consciousness asso-

ciated with them are so abstract that most human beings are unable
to respond to them on a collective, transcendental, or unconscious,
level.
pl&r>ecs &vb consciousness
PLANETS AND CONSCIOUSNESS

A slightly different scheme of planetary classification involves the
division of the ten planetary bodies (including the Sun and Moon)
into two groups: the intra-Saturnian planets, consisting of all planets
from Saturn inward; and the trans-Saturnian planets, Uranus, Nep-
tune, and Pluto. The intra-Saturnian group symbolizes the conscious-
ness of particulars, while the trans-Saturnian group represents the
universal realm of consciousness.
PLANETS AND THE PERSONAL UNCONSCIOUSf

As discussed earlier, in "The Birth-Chart and Its Implications,"
t The personal unconscious may be described as tendencies repressed by the

conscious mind, becoming the contents of the unconscious, emerging as com-
plexes, etc. The unconscious is also composed of lost memories, forgotten in-
formation, abstract images, and the like. On the other hand, the collective
unconscious is quite different. In the words of C. G. Jung, "Just as the human
body shows a common anatomy over and above all racial differences, so, too,
does the psyche possess a common substratum. I have called the latter the col-
lective unconscious." From Jung's Commentary to The Secret of the Golden
Flower.
the geocentric system gives rise to various phenomena, including

planetary retrogradation. When a planet is in retrograde motion, the
"psychic contents related to [its] function, instead of emerging di-
rectly into the conscious and thus influencing directly the behavior
[are] thrown back temporarily into the unconscious content." In ad-
dition to possibly being inoperative on a conscious level, the planet's
function may be working in a way counter to the direction of the
other planetary functions and life in general. Basically, a retrograde
motion is indicative of an internalization, turning back, or repres-
sion of the planetary function.
PLANETS OF THE COLLECTIVE UNCONSCIOUS

In addition to the above, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto in retrograde
may refer to the realm of the collective unconscious. In this scheme,
Uranus represents the power of projection, Neptune symbolizes its
dissolving power, while Pluto represents the regenerative (manifest-

ing) power of the collective unconscious. When in direct motion, these
planets act upon or transform consciousness; when retrograde, they
tend to transform the unconscious (both personal and collective).
STATIONARY PLANETS
When a planet is stationary (having relatively little or no apparent
motion due to the repolarization from direct to retrograde motion
or vice versa), its symbolic function may be extremely fixed, static,
or inert. A stationary planet will also tend to bring its function into
sharp focus within the psychological make-up of the individual.
THE MEANING OF THE PLANETS
Sun
SUN
Function: Sustainment
Process: Purpose-giving
Purpose: Integration
Traditional Meaning: The source of will, vitality, and personal
power. The personality or ego. Qualities of leadership and authority.
Humanistic Meaning: The center and power of self. The person's
purpose and direction in life. The principle of self-actualization and
centering. The Sun provides the individual with the particular type
(sign) of experience needed to discover his "true nature." The per-
son's total self is sustained through the consumption of the type of
"fuel" symbolized by the Sun's sign. Life potential is symbolized by
the Sun, denned and focused by Saturn.
Cyclic Meaning: The Sun is the fountainhead of all light/life sus-
tained within the solar system.
MOON
Function: Life provider
Process: Protection and nourishment
Purpose: Growth
Traditional Meaning: Feelings, reactions, and instincts. The body
and superficial expressions of the personality. Everyday and practical
affairs. The principle of change. The mother.
Humanistic Meaning: The bio-psychic functions and feeling-instinct
responses. Adaptation to life experiences and the provision of self
Moon
with nourishment, protection, and assistance. The Moon symbolizes

action taken to bring about the actualization of solar purpose through
the establishment of relationships and the maintenance of oneself as
an individual. The lunar principle enables one to adapt, develop, and
mature within the area defined by Saturn.
Cyclic Meaning: Mediation of the solar light to earth. The Moon
acts as a seventh or synthetic principle, which correlates and links
the personal planetary triad (Sun-Mercury- Venus) with the social
planetary triad (Mars-Jupiter-Saturn), thus mediating between self
and others.
Mercury
MERCURY
Function: Mental
Process: Association
Purpose: Relatedness
Traditional Meaning: The mental functions and thought processes.
The ability to perceive and communicate. Academic and intellectual
matters.
Humanistic Meaning: The principles of interchange, association,

and relatedness. Adoption of techniques and the use of knowledge
THE PLANETS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS 73
and skill to function in an effective manner. The intellect, reason,

and tonal quality of the person.
Cyclic Meaning: The initial differentiation of primal solar energy
and nervous energy. Mercury
results in the manifestation of electrical
is never more than 28° away from the Sun in the zodiac.
Retrograde: The mind may be withdrawn or inverted, perhaps in
tune with the universal mind.
Venus
VENUS
Function: Establishment of values and ideals
Process: Inner meaning
Purpose: Internalization (formation of seed)
Traditional Meaning: Harmony, art, beauty, and affection. The abil-

ity to attract others and maintain relationships.
Humanistic Meaning: The centripetal forces active within experi-
ence. All attempts to reach the center and partake in communion
with one's self and others. Aesthetics and the establishment of a
pattern of appreciation and a set of values and ideals. The expression
of internal experiences.
Cyclic Meaning: The archetypal seed and generic pattern. Venus

is never more than 46° from the Sun in the zodiac.
Retrograde: An emotionally withdrawn, dissatisfied, or reclusive
nature. Tendencies toward ascetic life-styles.
MARS
Function: Outer expression
Process: Emergence
Purpose: Externalization
Mars
Traditional Meaning: The principles of energy, force, will, desire,

and passion. The manifestation of initiative, assertion, and aggression.
Humanistic Meaning: The centrifugal forces active within experi-
ence. All forms of outwardly directed activity. How the person begins
and maintains things. The desire to be effective and successful as
a social entity.
Cyclic Meaning: The emergence and germination of the seed and
the development of an "ego center."
Retrograde: An element of unconscious motivation and an urge to

express oneself against the normal direction of life.
Jupiter
JUPITER
Function: Expansion and compensation
Process: Assimilation
Purpose: To establish a larger frame of reference
Traditional Meaning: The principle of expansion, opportunity, suc-

cess, and prosperity. The great "benefic."
Humanistic Meaning: The principle of preservation, increase, and
compensation. The process of individual assimilation of the social
consciousness. The urge to be a self-sustaining entity consciously par-

The establishment of a larger frame
ticipating within the social realm.
of referenceand the power to grow through co-operation with experi-
ence. Dharma, or the individual's "power of right action." The guru,
patriarch, or savior image.
Cyclic Meaning: The expansion of the individual's realm of activity

within the social sphere.
Retrograde: A life dedicated to the service of a higher principle;
or, social withdrawal.
Saturn
SATURN
Function: Focalization
Process: Differentiation
Purpose: Individualization
Traditional Meaning: The principles of limitation, restriction, and
discipline. Sorrow and hardships. The father. The great "malefic."
Humanistic Meaning: The principle of form as definition. The proc-

ess of focalization and differentiation. Personal identity, security, and
inertia.
Cyclic Meaning: The individual's acquisition of security and iden-

tity within both personal and social spheres.
Retrograde: Weak defenses against the outer world but great inner
strength and endurance. Absence of a father image.
URANUS
Function: To go beyond
Process: Revolution
Purpose: Transformation
Uranus
Traditional Meaning: Change, disruption, and revolution. Instabil-

ity, eccentricity, and inventiveness.
Humanistic Meaning: The power of transformation and the urge to
go beyond the area defined by Saturn. Unfocused and uncentered
actions. "Threshold" knowledge and experiences. Creative genius.
Cyclic Meaning: Revolution and the penetration of Saturnian

barriers.
Retrograde: The reformation of the unconscious. Internal instabil-

ity and revolution.
Neptune
NEPTUNE
Function: Destruction of antiquated forms
Process: Universalization
Purpose: Release of self
Traditional Meaning: Impressibility, nebulousness, psychic phe-

nomena, and imagination.
Humanistic Meaning: The dissolution of old forms and values estab-
lished within the Saturnian realm, replacing thorn with more inclusive
and universal systems and values. In its negative manifestation, Nep-
tune represents the urge to escape into a realm of formlessness, irra-
tionality,and meaninglessness.
Cyclic Meaning: The destruction and dissolution of antiquated
forms.
Retrograde: Realization of universal oneness; or, if negative, self-
destruction and abnegation.
Pluto
PLUTO
Function: Refocalization
Process: Re-examination
Purpose: Reformulation
Traditional Meaning: Renewal, regeneration, and elimination.
Compulsive acts.
Humanistic Meaning: Second The establishment of new

birth.
forms. In a negative manifestation, the establishment of new forms
without a positive evolutionary change, as a means of furthering an
antiquated interest.
Cyclic Meaning: The refocalization and reformulation of values and
ideals.
Retrograde: An urge to take action against established values.

THE QUESTION
OF PLANETARY RULERSHIP
What is "Venus" but the "Artemisia" which grows in your gar-

den? What is "iron" but "Mars"? That is to say, Venus and
Artemisia are both products of the same thing, and Mars and
iron are both manifestations of the same cause.
Paracelsus
THE PRINCIPLE OF PLANETARY AFFINITY

Ancient astrologers devised a simple, yet rigid, system for quickly
determining the relative strength of any planet in an astrological chart.
Part of this system was based on the concept of planetary "rulership,"
with each planet ruling over one or two signs and houses. It is still
believed today that each planet is particularly powerful when occupy-

ing certain signs and houses, while weak in others. By this system,
the planets were also assigned certain degrees of the zodiac as their
positions of exaltation. The signs and houses directly opposing a
planet's rule are called its detriment, where it is particularly weak.
The degree opposite its place of exaltation is called its "fall." In a
position of detriment or fall, a planet is said to be greatly weakened.

The table on the opposite page gives the signs and houses ruled by
each planet, as well as its positions of detriment, exaltation, and fall.
Many astrologers also regard disposition, house, and chart rulership

as relevant to their work. A planet is said to be the dispositor of
another when the other is located in a sign or house under its rulership.
That is, the planet in disposition is in some way subordinate to its
dispositor. The ruler of the sign of a house cusp is referred to as
the ruler of that house, being connected with the activities of the
THE QUESTION OF PLANETARY RULERSHIP 79
Rules Detriment
Planet Sign /House Sign /House Exalt. /Fall
Sun Leo/5th Aquarius/ 11th Aries/Libra
Moon Cancer/4th Capricorn/ 10th Taurus/Scorpio
Mercury Gemini/3rd Sagittarius/9th
Virgo/6th Pisces/ 12th Virgo/Pisces
Venus Taurus/2nd Scorpio/8th
Libra/7th Aries/ 1st Pisces/Virgo
Mars Aries/ 1st Libra/7th Capricorn/Cancer
Jupiter Sagittarius/9th Gemini/3rd Cancer/Capricorn
Saturn Capricorn/1 Oth Cancer/4th Libra/Aries
Uranus Aquarius/ 11th Leo/5th Scorpio/Taurus
Neptune Pisces/ 12th Virgo/6th Cancer/Capricorn
Pluto Scorpio/8th Taurus/2nd
house it rules. The planet that rules the sign of the ascendant is
often said to be the chart ruler, supposedly serving as the signiflcator

of the entire personality.
Acomplex system of scoring the relative strength and influence

of each planetwas devised some centuries ago, though it is no longer
practiced by most astrologers today. By this technique, each planet
is given a certain number of points if it is found in its ruling sign,
house, or in exaltation, etc., while a certain number is subtracted
if it is found in its fall or its detriment. The total number of points
scored by each planet determines its relative influence and strength
in the chart.
The great disadvantage of these traditional systems lies in their

rigidity. Every sign and every house in some way includes elements
of all planets, to various degrees, and all some way related.
are in
Every relationship is individual; some are co-operative, some are con-
flicting, and still others are more or less neutral. If a planet occupies
a house with which it shares an obvious affinity (such as Moon in
the 4th house), the planet's function should flow freely and without
obstruction into the matrix of experience. on the other hand, a
If,
planet is found in a house with a nature greatly contrasting its own,

the relationship between the planet's function and experience may

be a source of serious conflict.
keep in mind that the entire question of any planet's

It is essential to
relation to any other chart factor requires the understanding of the

chart as a whole, something that cannot be accomplished simply
through the use of a rigid system. The traditional system of planetary
rulership may to some extent serve one initially as a basic guide to
the understanding of planetary affinities, but the serious astrologer
should possess sufficient synthetic ability to determine the particular
type of affinity (in terms of meaning and quality rather than quantity)
existing between any planet and any house, sign, or aspect on the
basis of the information given in this volume.
PLANETARY ASPECTS:
THE FORMATION OF
RELATIONSHIP
[Aspects] reveal their meaning in terms of the self-actualization

process of individual unfoldment only if they are interpreted as
"phases" of several cyclic processes which refer to the organic
functions symbolized by the ten planets.
Dane Rudhyar
INTRODUCTION TO PYTHAGOREAN MATHEMATICS

An understanding of pure number and geometry is particularly
valuable in the study of planetary aspects and orbs.
The Greek sage Pythagoras, the first historical personage to call
himself a "philosopher" (one who is attempting to understand),
taught "numbers are things and divine archetypes." The discovery
of regular polygons, the diatonic scale, the heliocentric nature of the
solar system, and, of course, the Pythagoreantheorem are accredited
man. Pythagoras traveled throughout most of the then-known
to this
world during the sixth century B.C. and eventually became the high
priest of the temple at Delphi. He later established a unique "uni-
versity" at Crotona, in southern Italy,where many students received
his teachings on the nature of man and the universe.
Unfortunately, most of the teachings of Pythagoras and his follow-
ers have been lost. However, the term "Pythagorean" is still used
today to distinguish pure mathematics from scientific or academic
mathematics.
THE SIGNIFICANCE OF NUMBERS

The Pythagoreans believed that each number, from one to infinity,
had a meaning and nature of its own and held that essence could
be found in all things; thus the nature of all things may be described
by numbers.
Monad (7): According to the Pythagorean system, the monad is
the origin of all things, therefore symbolic of the primal state of unity,
indivisibility, and essential oneness. Monad is both odd and even,
containing the essence of both.
Dyad (2): The dyad is the first of an infinite series of even num-
bers. The dyad, like all even numbers, is related to the principle of
matter and material evolution— the dyad being symbolic of the initial
emergence of life into the form of matter. It divides all things into
two realms: good-evil, light-dark, subject-object, internal-external,
etc. Its key words are: externalization, separation, tension, and aware-
ness.
Triad (5) The triad is the first of an infinite series of odd numbers,
:
thus symbolic of the principle of spirit and the process of spiritual

evolution. The triad is the principle of reconciliation of opposites
through a common element (monad), a process represented in the
trinities of all religions. Its key words are: relationship, understand-
ing, growth, and equilibrium.
Tetrad (4): The tetrahedron is the first geometric solid or regular
polygon, thus the tetrad symbolizes solid power and the emergence
of an ordered system of manifestation. The tetrad was held by the
Pythagoreans to be the "root of all manifested things." Its key words
are: concrete manifestation and actualization of relationship.
Pentad (5): The pentad, or five, is the symbol of the individual

factor active within creation. It is also representative of Man and
the Perfection of Man. Its key words are: individualized activity and
expression.
Hcxad (6): In the Pythagorean system, six is a most unique num-

ber. one of the very few "perfect" numbers; it is also the only
It is
perfect number whose divisors, when multiplied together, result in

the number itself. In addition, the hexad is a "triangular" number
as well as an "oblong" number.* The hexad represents the product
is considered a perfect number because all its divisors add up to SIX

* Six
(thenumber itself). Other perfect numbers are 28, 4 >6. and S.12S. Triangular
l
numbers are numbers that can be "written" in the form of a triangle; as

PLANETARY ASPECTS: THE FORMATION OF RELATIONSfflP 83
or result of understanding and wise relatedness. Its key words are:

development, time, harmony, and productivity.
Heptad (7): Seven is the number of all life and symbolizes the
cyclo-cosmic process. It is held to be the most sacred of all numbers
by almost every "authority" and is the most difficult to discuss. 3

(the three principles active in all relationship) + 4 (concrete mani-
festation and organic order) = 7 (the nature of all things).
Ogdoad (8): Extreme individualism and intense activity are sym-

bolized by the ogdoad. In geometry it represents 45°, or the point
of maximum dynamic activity.
Ennead (9): Nine represents limitless power and realization, and

the fruit of relationship and understanding in terms of spirit.
Decad (10): Ten is symbolic of completion and infinity. It is con-
sidered the number of all things, the great archetype of the universe.
The first four numbers (1, 2, 3, and 4) are "contained" within the
decad, and this in a way gives a clue to why the Pythagoreans con-
sidered the "tetractys": ,*,*, to be their great secret and held that
it revealed the mystery of the universe.
THE FORMATION OF PLANETARY ASPECTS

Planetary aspects are formed when the cycle of relationship be-
tween two or more planets reaches certain points of angular value.
These angular relationships, or aspects, are determined by the geo-
metric division of the 360° of the circle, employing the same logic
used in the formation of regular polygons. When any aspect is formed
between two or more planetary bodies, their functions or centers are
linked to or co-operative with one another. In other words, if Venus
and Jupiter are found in aspect at the time of birth, a definite relation-
ship is formed between these two planets. The type of relationship
• • ; others are 3, 10, and 15. Oblong numbers are numbers that may be
"written" thus: . . . others include 2, 12, and 20. In addition, triangular

;
numbers are equal to the sum of all successive numbers up to a certain point,
while oblongs are the sum of successive even numbers. There are also "square"
numbers, which are equal to the sum of successive odd numbers and "written"
in this manner: • • • ; others are 4 and 16. Gnomons include 3, 5, 7, 9, etc.
and are "written": . .

*
.
formed is dependent upon the angular value of the aspect involved,

while the quality and expression of the particular relationship is de-
termined by the degree of inexactness, or orb, of the aspect.
There is no consensus among astrologers regarding the importance
of aspects in relation to other factors of the birth-chart. Some believe
that aspects are of secondary importance, the planets' positions in
terms of house and sign being primary. Others, such as Marc Edmund
Jones and the seventeenth-century astrologer-astronomer Kepler, con-
sider planetary aspects to be of the most primary importance, because
they compose the most objective of all "major" astrological factors and
are not the products of a static, subjective structure.

In any case, planetary aspects serve as important and relevant in-
dicators to a complex area of human activity and personality and
as such should neither be lightiy treated nor overemphasized in rela-
tion to other chart factors.
THE CYCLIC SIGNIFICANCE OF PLANETARY ASPECTS

Traditional astrology has completely overlooked the importance of
the phase of relationship of an aspect in determining its meaning.
That is, a waxing square (a square has an angular value of 90°),
formed after the two bodies occupied the same degree of zodiacal
space (conjunction), is not the same as a waning square, taking place
after the opposition (180° aspect) and before the conjunction.
Aspects and the Waxing Hemisphere
Aspects formed during the waxing phase, from conjunction to op-

position (when the faster-moving of the two bodies at birth has al-
ready met the slower body at conjunction and is moving away but
not yet 180° ahead of the slower planet), are referred to as steps
in the development of potentials. This hemisphere is related to the
building of organic structures and the process of involution. Feelings-
instincts are dominant in relationship, and the mind is subservient
to them.
Aspects and the Waning Hemisphere

Aspects formed in the waning phase, from opposition to conjunc-
tion, refer to the release of meaning and significance and the objective
PLANETARY ASPECTS: THE FORMATION OF RELATIONSHIP 85
actualization of purpose. In this phase, the mind and the evolutionary

forces are dominant in relationship.
The Involutionary or Time-Factor Series of Aspects
This series of aspects is based on the arithmetical progression of

the basic unit of the twelvefold zodiac; that is, + 30 + 30 + 30 +
30 + 30 + 30. This process involves six steps, producing seven
aspects: conjunction, semisextile, sextile, square, trine, quincunx, and
opposition. Each step represents a further stage in the process of dif-
ferentiation and complexification of the energy released at the be-
ginning of the cycle in terms of interfunctional relationship.
Conjunction
The conjunction, which has an angular value of 0°, symbolizes the

beginning of a new cycle of relationship and the release of a new
set or pattern of potentials.
Semisextile
The semisextile, having an angular value of 30°, is the preparation

for the sextile, or the establishment of a focal center. It represents
the initial emergence of self-awareness (ego).
Sextile
The sextile, with an angular value of 60°, represents the focalization

of relationship through which potential creativity may become mani-
fest. The establishment of external relationships. Adolescence.
Square
The square, having an angular value of 90°, represents crucial repol-

arization or the crisis of reorientation.
Trine
The trine, with an angular value of 120° represents the resolution

of relationships in a harmonious manner.
Quincunx
The quincunx, having an angular value of 150°, brings relationship

into a clear focus.
Opposition
The opposition, with an angular value of 180°, is the final aspect

or step in this series. It represents the objective manifestation or actu-
alization of purpose if integration has been maintained throughout
the entire cycle, or the realization of failure and eventual disintegra-
tion if integration has not been successfully maintained.
The Evolutionary or Space-Factor Series of Aspects
The evolutionary series of aspects is based upon the division of

the circle, or zodiacal space, by 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 12; or
essentially by 2, 3, 5, and 7.
Division by two refers to the process of exteriorization and concrete

manifestation. Aspects derived through divisions by two are regarded
and "unfortunate" by traditional astrologers.
as "evil," "afflicting,"
This negative attitudeis no doubt a result of the dualistic concept
of nature so dominant in our Western culture.

The basic key word for aspects derived from divisions by two is
exteriorization of awareness. The initial division of zodiacal space

by two results in the opposition aspect, which symbolizes direct con-
sciousness and participation.
Division by four. The division of the opposition by two produces

the square aspect, which symbolizes a further stage of exteriorization
and the actualization of relationship. This aspect, having a numerical
value of four, is the first aspect of solid, three-dimensional (concrete)
manifestation. The square aspect also represents a condition in which
the results of confrontations have either taken definite form or have
resulted in a clear-cut crisis necessitating a definite action.
Semisquare Sesquiquadrate
A further division by two results in the semisquare

Division by eight.
(45°) and the sesquiquadrate (135°), aspects that refer to the points
of maximum dynamic interfunctional activity.
Division by three refers to all modes of expression and activity hav-

ing duality or polarity as a base. Aspects derived from this division
symbolize the harmonious factor in relationships, by which polarity
is transcended through understanding. The key words for divisions
by three growth and harmony through understanding.

are:
The of zodiacal space by three produces the trine
initial division
aspect, which refers to growth in understanding and the expansion

of horizons. This aspect, and others based on the threefold division
of the circle, are considered to be "good," "harmonious," and "for-
tunate" by traditional astrologers.
Division by six produces the sextile aspect, an aspect of ambiguous

and significant origin, 3X2. This aspect refers to productive relation-
ships and the exteriorization (2) or practical application of under-
standing (3).
Novile
Division by nine produces the novile aspect of 40°, geometrically

equal to one third of the trine. This seldom-used aspect symbolizes
the process of subjective growth (as in the nine months of gestation
and the forty days of Christ in the desert).
Division by twelve results in the semisextile and the quincunx aspects,

representing the most intimate form of interfunctional relationship.
Quintile Biquintile
Division by five produces the infrequently used (by traditional astrol-

ogers) series of quintile aspects. These aspects, the quintile (72°)
and the biquintile (144°), refer to the expression of talent and the
creative mind.
Septile Biseptile Triseptile
Division by seven produces the first "irrational" aspect and a series

almost never used by traditional astrologers. The septile series, con-
sisting of the septile (51°25'), the biseptile (102°50'), and the tri-
septile (154° 15') , refer to "fate," compulsive acts, and the

unpredictable elements of life.
THE MEANING OF PLANETARY ASPECTS
THE PRIMARY ASPECTS

The following aspects are regarded as primary, because they sym-
bolize the types of relationships individuals are able to respond to
objectively and thus hold in common with one another.
Conjunction
CONJUNCTION
Angular Value: 0°
Numerical Value: 1
Process: Touching
Form: A point, or tangent
Tangent
Traditional Meaning: Coming together, unification, intensification,

and general strengthening.
Humanistic Meaning: The beginning of a new cycle of interfunc-
tional relationship. The release of a new idea or a new set of poten-
tials. Unity in functional operation.
Cyclic Meaning: Beginning. Unity. The seed.
Opposition
OPPOSITION
Angular Value: 180°
Numerical Value: 2
Process: Awareness
Form: A line
Line
Traditional Meaning: "Bad," conflicting, tension, the pulling apart

or separation of the one.
Humanistic Meaning: Objectification of awareness. The crisis in-
volved in the repolarization of one's consciousness. Objective actu-
alization of purpose or the realization of failure and eventual
disintegration. Confrontations resulting from the externalization of
one's conscious awareness. The culmination of any experience and
the conscious facing of existence and relationship.
Cyclic Meaning: Repolarization and the apex of a cycle.
Trine
TRINE
Numerical Value: 3
Process: Understanding
Form: A triangle
Triangle
Traditional Meaning: "Good," helpful, easy, harmonious.
Humanistic Meaning: The harmonious blending or synthesizing of

energies. The transcendence of polarity through understanding. The
expansion of one's horizons and consciousness. Perseverance, growth,
and the growth process. Inherent abilities or gifts.
Cyclic Meaning: Expansion of activity.
Waxing Trine: Expansion of the concrete mind and the growth of

practical knowledge. The use of knowledge and abilities to establish
one's self within one's environment.
Waning Trine: Expansion and refinement of the abstract mind.

Growth in universal understanding. The use of one's understanding
and abilities as a creative and social release.
Square
SQUARE
Angular Value: 90°
Numerical Value: 4
Process: Construction
Form: A tetrahedron
Tetrahedron
Traditional Meaning: "Bad," difficult, stressful, and afflicting.
Humanistic Meaning: The and actualization of rela-

exteriorization
tionship. The giving of concrete form. Crisis and the need to take
clear-cut action. Confrontations and their results. Creative tension.
Solid power.
Cyclic Meaning: The concrete manifestation of interfunctional re-

lationship.
Waxing Square: Crises encountered in the process of instinctive,

body-building self-exteriorization. Establishment of a concrete basis
for action and operation. Ego-building activity.
Waning Square: Crises in the development of new forms and the

release of the contents of such forms. The preliminary building of
a new foundation from which a new cycle of activity may begin.
Sextile
SEXTILE
Angular Value: 60°
Numerical Value: 6
Process: Production
Form: An octahedron
Octahedron
Traditional Meaning: "Good," like a weak trine.
Humanistic Meaning: The practical application of understanding.

The products of relationships. Development of techniques and skills.
Cyclic Meaning: Exteriorization or constructive application of un-

derstanding and experience.
Waxing Sextile: Instinctive development and spontaneous growth.
Waning Sextile: Productive use of new forms of consciousness.
Semisquare
SEMISQUARE
Angular Value: 45°
Numerical Value: 8
Process: Activity
Form: A cube
Cube
Traditional Meaning: "Bad," difficult, like a weak square.

Humanistic Meaning: Intense interfunctional activity. Release of
meaning and individual expression. Exteriorization of the square.
Cyclic Meaning: Point of maximum interfunctional activity.
Waxing Semisquare: Interfunctional awareness.

Waning Semisquare: Creative release of self through interchange.
PLANETARY ASPECTS: THE FORMATION OF RELATIONSfflP 97
LaJ
Sesquiquadrate
SESQUIQUADRATE
Numerical Value: 3:8
Process: Creative activity
Form: A cube
Traditional Meaning: Difficult, stressful.
Humanistic Meaning: The conscious need and desire to take action.

Cyclic Meaning: Point of maximum interfunctional activity.
Waxing Sesquiquadrate: The apex of willful activity. The urge to
express oneself through action.
Waning Sesquiquadrate: Crisis in relationship. The urge to express
one's self through relationship or within the social sphere.
MEANING OF THE INTIMATE ASPECTS

The two aspects given here are based upon the twelvefold division
of zodiacal space. These aspects are more refined and complex than
the primary aspects, thus manifesting less tangible evidence of their
operation and making a definition of their meanings difficult.
Semisextile
SEMISEXTILE
Angular Value: 30°
Numerical Value: 12
Nature: Intimate
Form: An icosahedron
Icosahedron
Traditional Meaning: Slightly good, weak.

Humanistic Meaning: The most intimate linking of centers or forms
of interfunctional relatedness.
Cyclic Meaning: Emergence.

Waxing Semisextile: Emergence of a center of conscious awareness.
Waning Semisextile: Emergence of new forms.
Quincunx
QUINCUNX
Numerical Value: 3:5
Nature: Clarification
Form: An icosahedron
Traditional Meaning: Slightly difficult, weak.
Humanistic Meaning: The bringing of relationship into clearer
focus. The maturity of relationship.
Cyclic Meaning: Bringing consciousness into a focused state.
Waxing Quincunx: Clarification of one's concept of self.
Waning Quincunx: Clarification of one's concept of others.
MEANING OF THE ABSTRACT ASPECTS

Divisions of the circle by 5, 7, and 9 produce the most abstract
and subtle set of aspects. Although it has been said that only more
sensitive individuals are able to respond to the higher vibrations of
these aspects, they, as well as the intimate aspects, actually represent
a more complex and subtle order of interfunctional (geometric) re-
lationship. In order to actualize and/or be conscious of such subtle
relationships, the formation of a positive relationship to experience
within the cubic (semisquare, sesquiquadrate) realm may be seen
as a prerequisite.
Quintile
QUINTILE
Angular Value: 72°
Numerical Value: 5
Process: Creative transformation
Form: A dodecahedron
-"A A-
Dodecahedron
Meaning: The individual element active within life and experience.

The externalization (expression) of true individuality. An extremely
individualistic manner of relating to existence. Talent or natural abil-
ities.
BIQUINTILE
Process: Externalization of individuality.
Septile
SEPTELE
Angular Value: 51°25'
Numerical Value: 1
Process: Occult direction
Form: Two interlaced tetrahedra
Interlaced Tetrahedra
Meaning: The unexpected or unpredictable elements in life. Narrow

destiny and fixed goals or patterns. The planetary functions may be
involved with compulsive or inexplicable actions directed by collective
needs, occult powers, and/or one's own destiny. Such actions may
lead to personal sacrifice, a symbolic life, social ostracism,and to
fulfillment of personal destiny.
BISEPTELE
Angular Value: 102° 50'
Process: Exteriorization of septile (destiny).
TRISEPTILE
Angular Value: 154°15'
Process: Co-operation with a collective need or cosmic
force.
NOVILE
Angular Value: 40°
Numerical Value: 9
Process: Subjective growth
Meaning: Subjective or unmanifested growth. Nourishment and
gestation.
Significance of the Superconjunction
When any planet is found within 0°17' (in terms of the zodiac)
of the Sun, a cazimi conjunction is formed, because the planet is
symbolically contained within the Sun's corona. The planet in cazimi

will be greatly intensified in its functional operation within the per-
sonality of the individual.
IMPORTANCE OF VISUALIZING ASPECTS

Colored lines should be drawn between aspecting planets, prefera-
bly within an area specially provided for this purpose in the center
of the chart. This enables one to actually see the aspects and the
patterns and configurations formed by them. It is also advisable,
especially in the case of highly aspected charts, to repeat this pro-
cedure three times— making one chart with all the aspects formed at
the time of birth, another with just the primary aspects, and a third
showing only the intimate and abstract aspects.
8
PLANETARY ORBS:
THE QUALITY OF RELATIONSHIP
Orbs [or] spheres of planetary effectiveness in astrology are a

matter of prime importance in delineation. In the nativity it is
the permissible deviation from exactness of the aspects of the

planets at birth, or a determination of the quality of pertinence
to be accepted in what essentially is a spatial judgment.
Marc Edmund Jones
THE PRINCIPLE OF PLANETARY ORBS

The meaning of any planetary aspect is determined by the degree
of inexactness (deviation of angular relationship from the exact
value) of the particular aspect as well as by the nature of the aspect
itself. Technically, orbs designate the number of degrees more or less
than the exact angular value necessary for two planets to form a per-
fect aspect. For instance, if Venus occupies the tenth degree of Cancer
while Jupiter is positioned on the thirteenth degree of Scorpio, one
would say that a trine aspect is formed between these two bodies
with an orb of three degrees.
There are no objective criteria for determining optimum and maxi-
mum planetary orbs. Consequently there is no generally accepted
practice in the application of orbs, though there is wide agreement
that the closer the orb is, the more intense and active the relationship
may be. If we
apply a basic law of physics to the function of orbs,
we could say that the "influence" of an aspect with a two-degree
orb is the square (mathematically) of the "influence" of the same
aspect with a three-degree orb, and in turn the three-degree orb is
the square of the same aspect with an orb of four degrees, and so
on. This concept, though it is no doubt basically true, fails to reveal

how a two-degree aspect differs from a three-degree aspect other
than in the intensity of "influence." However, as we will see later,
the application of Pythagorean mathematics to planetary orbs offers
an insight into their meaning.
THE QUESTION OF ORB ALLOWANCE

In the past, astrologers have been inclined to allow a relatively
large degree of deviation on the most commonly used aspects. The
general trend today, however, toward a general reduction of orb
is
allowance. The tabulation given below gives the maximum orbs rec-
ommended by most recent astrological writers.
The reader will notice that the orbs are given under three headings.
The first column gives maximum orbs under "normal" or "average"
conditions. The second column of figures is recommended for aspects
between the intra- Venusian planets (Sun, Mercury, and Venus) and
the trans-Saturnian planets (Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto). Tighter
orbs are used here, because the three intra-Venusian planets move
more rapidly and are always close to one another, thus frequently
forming small aspects; the trans-Saturnian planets are, relatively, very
slow in motion. These planets remain in aspect to one another for

longer periods of time (and for this reason should be considered as
relating to collective rather than individual factors). The third listing
is recommended for aspects involving either the Sun or the Moon,
with the exception of solar aspects with Venus or Mercury.
The table on the opposite page is meant to serve simply as a guide-
line for the application of orb allowances; it is frequently advisable
to improvise in the application of orb allowance, such as when two
planets are found in relatively close conjunction (about four or five
degrees in most cases). In such a situation it may be wise to consider
the two bodies as an operative unit, using the mid-point of the con-
junction to determine aspects. For instance, suppose Mars is found
in the twenty-fifth degree of Aries and Jupiter is in the twenty-second
degree of the same sign: the mid-point between the two would be
24° Aries and may be used to calculate aspects from these two
planets acting as an operative unit.
PLANETARY ORBS: THE QUALITY OF RELATIONSHIP 105
intra-Venusian
or
aspect normal orb trans-Saturnian solar or lunar
Conjunction 8° 4-6° 10°
Opposition 8° 6-8° 10°
Trine 6° 4° 8°
Square 5° 4° 7°
Sextile 3° 2° 4°
Semisquare 2° 10 3°
2° ° 3°
Sesquiquadrate 1
°
Semisextile 1° 1 iy2 °
1° °
Quincunx 1
1V2°
° ° 2°
Quintile iy2 1
Septile iy2 ° I o 2°
1 o 2°
Novile i°
2° 1 o 2°
Biquintile
2° o 2°
Bi & triseptile
1
THE MEANING OF PLANETARY ORBS

The influence of orbs in determining the quality of an aspect has
been of no significant interest to traditional astrologers, who differenti-
ate only loose aspects from tightly orbed aspects, and then only in
terms of intensity of influence. The pioneer work in the field of the
meaning of planetary orbs was carried out by Marc Edmund Jones
some forty years ago in the study course "Pythagorean Astrology."
Generally, in addition to determining the quality of an aspect, ex-
amination of the degree of inexactness also gives an insight into the
extent to which the factor of individual freedom and activity is func-
tional in the relationship symbolized by the aspect itself; the wider
the orb, the greater the potential for individual expression and activity.
Another way of expressing this concept is through the proposition
that aspects with relatively tight orbs operate in a somewhat uncon-
scious or compulsive manner, being to some extent beyond the con-
scious control or manipulation of the individual. In such instances
the aspect operates through the personality. Looser orbs operate in
a more conscious manner, allowing the individual with some degree

of self-knowledge to use the relationship symbolized by the aspect
as a facet of self-expression and in a self-determined manner. In this
way the individual expresses himself through the aspect.
The degree of orb determines the particular quality of an aspect
in terms of number; that is, whether the aspect has a one-degree orb,
a two-degree orb, and so on.* The orb indicates the manner in which
the aspect (functional relationship) should become manifest, the form
or appearance it could adopt or assume to actualize its function of
relationship.
ONE-DEGREE ASPECT
Quality of Form: Emphasis
Numerical Value: 1
Value of Orb: 0°01'-1°
The one-degree aspect brings its particular functional relationship

into manifestation in the purest and most impersonal manner pos-
sible. The particular functional relationship will make a deep impres-
sion upon the personality and the personal unconscious.
TWO-DEGREE ASPECT
Quality of Form: Intensity
Numerical Value: 2
Value of Orb: l°01'-2°
The two-degree aspect is the first in a series of values that con-
stitutes a deviation from the essential nature of the aspect itself. It
carries the essential quality of the opposition and tends to manifest
itself through the process of exteriorization of conscious awareness.
THREE-DEGREE ASPECT
Quality of Form: Expansive
Numerical Value: 3
* The value of the orb is always the next higher degree if it is any fraction
above an exact degree; an orb of 1°01' is considered to be a 2° orb.

The three-degree aspect carries the essential quality of the trine,

tending to become manifest through growth and expansion of under-
standing, co-operation, and consciousness.
FOUR-DEGREE ASPECT
Quality of Form: Concrete
Numerical Value: 4
The four-degree aspect, carrying the essential quality of the square,

tends to manifest its functional relationship in a concrete or con-
structive manner, acting as an agency for the establishment and ac-
tualization of self.
FIVE-DEGREE ASPECT
Quality of Form: Expressive
Numerical Value: 5
The five-degree aspect carries the essential quality of the quintile

and may become manifest through the expression of individual self-
hood or creativity.
SEX-DEGREE ASPECT
Quality of Form: Productive
Numerical Value: 6
The six-degree aspect, carrying the essential quality of the sextile,
should manifest itself through the productive application of practical
knowledge, skills, and techniques.
SEVEN-DEGREE ASPECT
Quality of Form: Inclusive
Numerical Value: 7
The seven-degree aspect, which carries the essential quality of the

septile, indicates the possibility of a co-operative relationship exist-
ing between self and the world (cosmos) in terms of activity and
experience, which may manifest the functional relationship in an un-
usual, unique, or unpredictable manner.
EIGHT-DEGREE ASPECT
Quality of Form: Reactive
Numerical Value: 8
The eight-degree aspect, which carries the essential quality of the
semisquare, indicates the possibility of objective response and ac-
tivity, which should manifest the functional relationship in an in-
tense and individualistic manner.
NINE-DEGREE ASPECT
Quality of Form: Actualizing
Numerical Value: 9
The nine-degree aspect, carrying the essential quality of the novile,

indicates the possibility that the functional relationship may mani-
fest itself (after a period of gestation) as a facet of realization of
purpose and actualization of self.
TEN-DEGREE ASPECT
Quality of Form: Perfection
Numerical Value: 10
The ten-degree aspect is symbolic of completion and perfection.
THE MEANING OF APPLYING

AND SEPARATING ASPECTS
An applying aspect is one that has an angular value less than exact,
moving toward its exact angular value. A separating aspect has an
angular value greater than the exact angular value, thus moving out
of aspect. An applying aspect generally indicates a situation in which

energy and momentum are increasing and preparing for a culmina-
and a release of meaning and energy. On the other
tion of activity
hand, separating aspects tend to indicate a condition in which the
intensity generated during the preculmination phase is released in a
more or less orderly and significant manner.
To determine whether an aspect is in its applying phase or its
separating phase, simply check to see if the faster-moving planet (at
the time of birth) is moving along a course that leads toward the exact
angular value of the aspect (applying) or out of aspect (separating).
PLANETARY MID-POINTS:
THE RELEASE OF RELATIONSHIP
All things consist of three.

Establish the triangle and two thirds of the problem is solved.
Pythagoras of Samos
vfVtf
\
s
Q.WSI*
Figure 5
FORMATION OF PLANETARY MID-POINTS

The point in space exactly midway between any two planets is a
planetary mid-point (see Figure 5). The degree and particularly the
house of the mid-point symbolize the point where the particular re-
lationship represented by the two bodies involved should be released
in the most dynamic and focused manner.
SIGNIFICANCE OF PLANETARY MID-POINTS

Numerologically a mid-point divides the angular distance between
two planets (or structural factors) by two, resulting in a third factor,
the mid-point. A mid-point may be thought of as the external rnani-

PLANETARY MID-POINTS: THE RELEASE OF RELATIONSHIP 111
festation of the interfunctional relationship existing between two

bodies. On the other hand, the point directly opposing the mid-point
(inverse mid-point) symbolizes the internalized or personal signifi-
cance of the particular interrelationship symbolized by the two planets.
MID-POINT OF TWO PLANETS IN ASPECT

A planetary mid-point is when the two
particularly significant
one another. In such cases it repre-
planets involved are in aspect with
sents the point where the function and quality of the relationship
expressed should be most obvious and operative in terms of external
manifestation. The inverse mid-point, also significant, symbolizes the
point in zodiacal space where the function and quality of the rela-
tionship will be most sensitive in an internal, intimate, or personal
sense (see Figure 6).
n'Tg
Q-WJl^ ^ %.10°Hz
Figure 6
If another planet happens to be situated on or near (one or two

degrees distant) the degree of either a mid-point or an inverse mid-
point, that planet's function should be intimately involved in this
process (see Figure 7).

%i4°m*
Os'Jl^ ^2o•
0/3^%
Figure 7
MID-POINT OF TWO PLANETS NOT IN ASPECT

The mid-point of two planetary bodies that are not in aspect to
one another acts as a focal point for the functional relationship active
between the two bodies even though the relationship does not form
an aspect to describe it.* The significance of the inverse mid-point
and the importance of a third planet situated on the mid-point of
two planets not in mutual aspect is similar to the meaning when two
planets are linked by aspect.
WHEN TWO MID-POINTS COINCIDE

If two separate pairs of planets share a common mid-point (within
an orb of one or two degrees), their respective functional relation-

ships will be focalized upon or manifested through a common facet
(see Figure 8).
0*0
Go'X Qo'Sl
(3V3£ -<4>o'TTi>
G/Q=d'/ ( 4i
Figure 8
* The direct employment of mid-points will be discussed in greater detail in
Part Three.
PLANETARY MID-POINTS: THE RELEASE OF RELATIONSHIP 113
THE APPLICATION OF MID-POINTS

TO OTHER FACTORS
Mid-points may be calculated for a great many chart factors
(planets, angles, nodes, etc.). In fact, their application is almost in-
exhaustible. The study of mid-points is a valuable and significant
part of the astrological technique which has, unfortunately, been con-
siderably overlooked (except by a number of scientific astrologers)
until recently.
It is important to be aware that excessive use of any chart factor,
including mid-points, may distract one's attention from the other,
equally important chart factors, resulting in a distorted view of the
birth-chart as a whole. Therefore, selectivity is recommended—there
are forty-five planetary mid-points alone, not including inverse mid-
points. For general use, only the more significant mid-points (such
as mid-points between planets in mutual aspect, coinciding mid-
points, and the mid-points of planets of opposing polarity) need be
considered.
10
PLANETARY NODES AND PARTS:

THE SYNTHESIS OF RELATIONSHIP
The more unusual or remote astronomical events or the more

cosmic or abstract the relationship between celestial bodies, the
deeper or more transcendent the characteristics which they rep-
resent in the personality and the life-experiences of human-
beings.
Dane Rudhyar
ORBITAL ASTROLOGY
Orbital astrology, which is very much a part of natal astrology, in-
volves the consideration of entire planetary orbits and the phenomena
created by these orbits when they are related to the ecliptic. In orbital
astrology the position of a planet on its orbit refers to its point of
focused release, while the entire orbit defines the realm of the planet.
Examination of a planet's orbit reveals four significant points: the
two points where a planet contacts its nodes and the points at which
it reaches maximum northern latitude and maximum southern latitude.
THE CONCEPT OF THE NODAL AXIS

The points where the plane of a planet's orbit intersects the plane
of the ecliptic are referred to as nodes (see Figure 9). The nodes,
being one in process but different in function, actually compose an
axis— a nodal axis. The north node is the point where the planet in-
tersects the ecliptic as it is moving in a celestial northerly direction,
while the south node is the point where the orbit intersects the eclip-
tic as it is moving southward.

PLANETARY NODES AND PARTS 115
south
node north
latitude
^nortft
south/ -note
latitude
Figure 9
The heliocentric system is ordinarily used for the determination of

nodes (with the exception of the Moon, as it is a natural geocentric
satellite) primarily for the following reasons: (1) orbital astrology
deals with the orbits of the planets (including the earth) as com-
ponents of a whole (solar) system, and (2) the basic polarity of the
nodal axis is lost when nodes are determined by the geocentric
system.
MEANING OF THE NORTH NODE

The north node of a planet refers to the spiritual power of that
planet's function. It is the point of intake of life energies for the
growth and building of the bio-psychic organisms connected with
the planetary function. It symbolizes direction.
When a planet is in the same degree as its north node, it is said
to be "powerful," perhaps even destructive and compulsive, as the
planetary function represented becomes highly focalized within the
consciousness of the individual.
MEANING OF THE SOUTH NODE

The south node refers to the emotional power of the planet's func-
tion. It is the point of release of waste contents, which must be dis-
posed of to prevent poisoning of the system— and seed. The south

node represents spontaneous action and the root of the planetary
function, as well as habitual patterns associated with the planet.

When a planet is in the same degree as its south node, its function
may be wasted or negatively applied, though it may also be a source
of great inner power connected with the planet's function.
Planets Contacting Nodes

When a planet is contacting another planet's nodes, it should be-
come involved in the absorption (north node) or release (south
node) of planetary principles represented by the nodes contacted.
Nodal Axis Contacting Horizon

When a planet's nodes are contacting the horizon of a birth-chart,
the individual to whom it refers should display the qualities of that
planet or may act as an agency for the release of the planet's symbol.
Position of the Planetary Nodes

Unlike lunar nodes (positions for which may be found in astro-
logical ephemerides), planetary nodes are rather static in terms of the
zodiac, though very meaningful in terms of house placement. A ta-
ble for the longitudes of the planetary nodes is included in Appendix

VI. The information is given for the north node in each case; the
south node is always its polar opposite.
THE CONCEPT OF CELESTIAL LATITUDE

The celestial latitude of a planet is determined by the distance the
planet is north or south of the ecliptic (see Figure 9). A planet is at
0° north latitude when it is at its north node and moving northward;

it is 0° south latitude when at its south node and moving southward.
A table of maximum planetary latitudes appears in Appendix VI (the
exact latitude for the planets may be found in most ephemerides).
THE MEANING OF A PLANET AT ITS MAXIMUM LATITUDE

A planet's maximum southern latitude symbolizes its point of re-
polarization in terms of personal growth, while the point of maximum

northern latitude represents the point of inner repolarization in terms
of consciousness.
PLANETARY NODES AND PARTS 117
The Meaning of the North Latitude. When a planet is in the northern

hemisphere of its latitude cycle, its function is operating in its per-
sonalizing aspect, dealing with the intake of spiritual power and re-
sulting in the organic growth of the organism.
The Meaning of the South Latitude. A planet in its southern latitude
is operative in its social aspect, involving the release of self and the
expansion of consciousness.
Figure 10
ARABIAN ASTROLOGY
The use of abstract points formulated by the synthesis of any two
planets with any other chart factor is said to be of Arabian origin.
These abstract points are called planetary parts.
The fact that any two planets (or, for that matter, any two points)
of an astrological chart may be synthesized with the ascendant (or
any angle, house cusp, etc.) will make it obvious to the reader that
Arabian astrology, the study of sensitive points, is almost boundless.
The present discussion presents the basic concept of planetary parts;
the examination and application of the most primary of these parts
will be treated later in the text.
The principle behind the concept of planetary parts is that the re-
lationshipbetween any two points or planets may be focused through
the ascendant, or any other angle, and projected to create a new
point symbolizing the concrete operation of the interfunctional rela-
tion as it refers to selfhood or identity. If an angle other than the
ascendant is used, the part will carry or symbolize the significance
of that angle's meaning in relation to the interfunctional activity sym-
bolized by the two cosynthesizing factors (planets). The significance
may be symbolized
of the formative principle behind planetary parts
by the tetrahedron (see Figure 10), in which the synthesis of the
three points of a triad project their meaning as a whole (the whole

is greater than the sum of the parts) to an entirely new dimension,
forming a fourth point.
PLANETARY PARTS AND THE ANGLES

When the relationship between two planets is focused through the
"lens" of the ascendant, a planetary part is formed. Such a part natu-
rally carries with it the significance of the ascendant as well as the
two planets or points involved. This means that any part involving
the ascendant should be considered a symbol for the personal mani-
festation of the interfunctional relationship involved. These parts deal
with personal matters and how the individual person can best express
and utilize the power generated by the two planets. A part derived
through the ascendant represents the point of greatest ease of inter-
functional operation and the area of experience and activity in which
this ease will be felt most by the individual.
Inverse Parts
The point opposing a part derived through the ascendant is re-

ferred to as an inverse part and carries the significance of the
descendant. Inverse parts symbolize the release points of creative ex-
pression for planetary functions through the blending of (opposite)
natures.
Parts and the Meridian

Parts involving the M.C. as a third factor refer to the point
where the planetary relationship involved manifests itself in terms of
spiritual power or expression. They represent the point of interfunc-
tional spiritual integration.
Parts involving the I.C. as a third factor refer to the point where
the planetary relationship manifests itself in terms of personal growth.
They represent the point of personal integration of a relationship.
PARTS CONTACTING PLANETS AND POINTS

When a part is found in the same degree or very near (in conjunc-
tion with) a planet or point of a birth-chart, that planet or point will

be deeply involved with the process symbolized by the part. The op-
position is the only other aspect that should be used when consider-
ing planetary parts, because in a sense parts are aspects in themselves.
foncn&ziov oj the eigtoc pzvucs
of VDesar>&r>b moon
FORMULA FOR CALCULATING PLANETARY PARTS

The formula used for the calculation of planetary parts is a sim-
ple one: planet longitude* + ascendant longitude — planet longi-
tude. For instance, the part of fortune, the most popular part, is
calculated by adding Moon to ascendant and subtracting Sun from the
sum.
ASCENDANTS OF THE PLANETS

Planetary ascendants, which symbolize the manner in which a
planet's function is distributed through or manifested within the per-
sonality, may be calculated by the formula: ascendant + planet —
Sun.
* The planetary position added to the ascendant is normally considered a

dominant factor in the meaning of the part.
11
SYSTEMS OF HOUSE DIVISION
Up to the present time, there has been no unanimity, even

amongst the most thoughtful and careful, as towhich of the
many [house-division] systems is best,
Margaret E. Hone
THE QUESTION OF HOUSE DIVISION

The various systems of dividing the chart into twelve houses and
the choice of a system to use is probably one of the most confusing
and controversial areas of astrological opinion. This chapter will hope-

fully shed some light on the subject and perhaps offer some valuable
alternatives to the situation.
HOUSE-DIVISION SYSTEMS
There are today two major systems of house division: the equal
house system and the quadrant house system.
EQUAL HOUSE SYSTEM

This is the system used by "ancient" astrologers, before the em-
ployment of the meridian. It was held in great disfavor during recent
centuries because of its simplicity and is at the present time experienc-
ing a revival, due largely to the efforts of Margaret E. Hone, Carl
Payne Tobey, and others.
The equal house system employs the logic of numerology by
dividing the 360° of the ecliptic into twelve equal houses of 30°. be-
ginning with the degree on the ascendant. In other words, the ascend-
ant establishes the first house cusp, the second house cusp is 30°
from the first house cusp, while the third house cusp is 30° from the
second, and so on (see Figure 11).
Figure 11
This house-division system is unique on the basis of its pure sim-
plicity,which makes it quite attractive for both numerological and

practical reasons. However, there is one important disadvantage to
this system: the horizon and meridian are almost never perpendicular
when one casts a chart by this system. That is, the tenth-house cusp
almost never coincides with the M.C.
Nevertheless, this system is valuable, because the entire chart car-
ries the significance of the ascendant; that is, the houses divided by
this system refer their meaning directly to the ascendant. I suggest
using it as a part of a whole process of house examination, a process
that will be discussed in detail later on in this chapter.
QUADRANT HOUSE SYSTEMS

The quadrant house systems (of which there are many) are based
upon the division of the 360° of the ecliptic into twelve equal sec-
tions of space or time. The major variations in the three or four
quadrant systems now in use are (1) whether they divide space or
time, and (2) what space they divide.
in the case of the former,
The astrologers who developed these systems were highly trained
mathematicians, and one needs to be fairly familiar with mathematics
to grasp the principle behind these systems. The explanations given
here will be necessarily brief and nontechnical.
The quadrant systems most used today, in the order of their popu-
larity, are the Placidus system, the Regiomontanus system, and the
Campanus system.*
* House cusps calculated for identical times, but by different house-division
systems, are given in Figures 11-15.

Figure 12
Placid us System. This system (see Figure 12) was developed by the
monk Placidus early in the eighteenth century. It was a complete de-
parture from all other systems before its time, because it arrived at
the degree of the house cusps by dividing the time needed for the
sun to cover the space between the quadrants. Because of the time-
based nature of this system, it was initially violently opposed by as-
trologers. It gained popular favor only because until about twenty

years ago no other tables of houses were available.
To my mind, this system is of dubious worth for natal astrological
work, because I consider the birth-chart a space factor. It is, sym-
bolically speaking, time frozen in space; the employment of a time-

based house-division system is, as I see it, incongruent.
Figure 13
SYSTEMS OF HOUSE DIVISION 123
Regiomontanus System. This is a space system (see Figure 13) de-
veloped in the fifteenth century and very popular until 1800. It de-
termines the cusps of the twelve houses by the equal division of the
space along the celestial equator into twelve equal parts, relating
them to the ecliptic. This system is still in use on the European
continent.
Figure 14
Campanus System. This another space system (see Figure 14),
is
developed during the thirteenth century. It determines the house

cusps by dividing the space along the prime vertical^ into twelve
equal parts and relating them to the ecliptic. This system is not widely
used today, though many may find it the most philosophically ac-
ceptable of all the quadrant systems. It seems to be the most logical
approach to the future development of a three-dimensional birth-

chart or "birth-sphere." In the contemporary two-dimensional chart,
however, the Campanus system often tends to produce exaggerated
house proportions. Nevertheless I find it quite meaningful and use
it in my own work with success.
Inequality of Houses
The use of a quadrant house system implies, with the exception of

a birth on the equator, unequal houses, particularly in the case of
births at extreme northern or southern latitudes. The larger the span
of a house (the more degrees within it), the greater or broader the
importance the experiences represented by the house play in the in-
dividual's life, the smaller houses having a lesser, or perhaps more
condensed, importance.
t Which "links" the zenith and the nadir.
Significance of Intercepted Signs
The use of a quadrant-based house system also gives rise to the

phenomenon of intercepted signs. A sign becomes intercepted when
one house is so large that it surrounds an entire sign (see third and
ninth houses of Figures 12 and 13, and second and eighth houses of
Figure 14). When a sign is intercepted, its importance is said to be
withdrawn or turned inward. Intercepted signs always appear in polar
opposites, as do house cusps.
ALTERNATE SYSTEMS OF QUADRANT DIVISION

Those who find the equal house system and the three major quad-
rant systems given in the preceding sections inadequate for their
astrological work may find one of the following systems of "quadrant
division" more satisfactory. These include the Porphyry system of
quadrant division, bisection of quadrants, and no division at all.
THE PORPHYRY SYSTEM

This is the oldest system (3rd century a.d.) dividing the ecliptic
into twelve sections while still representing the horizon-meridian as
perpendicular axes. It determines the house cusps by dividing the
space of the quadrants into three equal sections along the ecliptic.
In other words, it divides the number of degrees within a quadrant

by three, resulting in the number of degrees to be contained within
each house of that quadrant (and its opposing quadrant). Using the
same time and place as we used to illustrate the other house-division
systems, in Figures 11-14, the reader will note that there are 83°
within the upper eastern and lower western quadrants and 97° within
the upper western and lower eastern quadrants. Dividing 83° by 3
gives 27°40' within each house (Figure 15) of the upper eastern
and lower western quadrants. The houses within the upper western
and lower eastern quadrants contain 32°20'.
This system is unique and significant, because it combines the
best of two systems. Visually it represents the horizon-meridian-the
primary structuring factor of the birth-chart, symbolic of the person's
unique selfhood— as perpendicular axes within the birth-chart, and
it by the quadrants logically, into three equal
divides the area defined
sections of the zodiac. This is an excellent system of house division,
Figure 15
z5"r
yet today it is virtually out of use. The Porphyry System is mentioned

in only a very few astrological books, which may be responsible for
its unpopularity.
BISECTION OF QUADRANTS
The idea of bisecting the quadrants is relatively new to modern
astrological thought. As the term implies, the quadrants are divided
into two equal parts, the line of division being the mid-point between
the two angles that define the quadrant (Figure 16). This mid-point
is of great significance; it symbolizes the point of greatest intensity

within the quadrant and the point of creative release of its meaning.
The mid-point of a quadrant is the point within that quadrant where
its process is operative in its most concrete manifestation of purpose
(symbolized by the two angles defining the quadrant). Below, the
reader will find the general meaning of the mid-point of each
quadrant
(1) Mid-point of the lower eastern quadrant: the point of the dra-
matic emergence of self-awareness.
(2) Mid-point of the lower western quadrant: the point of emergence

of the personality and realization of the not-self in the subjective
sense.
(3) Mid-point of the upper western quadrant: the point of creative

release of self through interpersonal relationships.
(4) Mid-point of the upper eastern quadrant: the point of creative

release of self through social participation.
Because these mid-points are very significant, their use is encour-

aged, regardless of which house-division system is in use.
This practice is of further significance in that it gives meaning to
each biquadrant. The biquadrant preceding the mid-point is involu-

tionary, in terms of the process symbolized by the quadrant; that is,
the first half of a quadrant represents building and complexification
of structures to carry the purpose of the process. The biquadrant
succeeding the mid-point is evolutionary, dealing with the release of
the meaning of the entire process represented by the quadrant.
It is advisable to use this system along with a system of quadrant
trisection, though the reader who finds all systems of house division
unacceptable may find quadrant bisection the only acceptable system
for his astrological work.
No Division at All
The simple division of the chart by its quadrants, without houses

or quadrant mid-points, is not totally unheard of and may be the only
alternate available to one who finds all house-division systems as
well as mid-points unacceptable.

AN ALTERNATE SYSTEM OF HOUSE ANALYSIS

For a greater insight and understanding of the houses and quad-
rants of a birth-chart, the following procedure is suggested.
The one wishes, planetary parts and nodes)
planets (as well as, if
are charted by a quadrant house system, with the quadrant mid-

points clearly marked. Attention should be given to the following:
(1) what, if any, planets are on or near the quadrants' mid-points,
and (2) which planets fall into which biquadrants.
The planets are then charted by the equal house system, notice
being taken of any inconsistencies of the planets' placement within
the houses; that is, if any planets fall into different houses when the
equal house system is used.
SIGNIFICANCE OF PLANETS ON THE QUADRANT MID-POINTS
If a planet is found on the mid-point of a quadrant, this planet's
function will be involved in the release and concretization of the

purpose of the process symbolized by that quadrant. That is to say,
if, for instance, Mercury is found on the mid-point of the upper
western quadrant, the individual's mind and associative perception
should be involved in the creative release of self through relation-
ships. In a similar case, if the mid-point between two planets is found
at the mid-point of a quadrant, the concrete manifestation and release
of the meaning of their relationship should be involved in the release
and concretization of the purpose of that respective quadrant.
SIGNIFICANCE OF A PLANET IN A BIQUADRANT
When a planet is found in the first half of a quadrant, that planet's

function will be involved in the involutionary process of that biquad-
rant. For instance, if a planet is in the first half of the lower eastern
quadrant, its function will take part in the process of developing and
structuring the subject sense of self-awareness. If a planet is found
in the second half of a quadrant, its function should assist the person
in releasing and expanding the purpose of the quadrant.
Janis Joplin
Using the chart of Janis Joplin to exemplify this, the reader will
notice that her Mars, the planet most connected with her career, is
in the first half of the upper eastern quadrant. Janis was able to pene-
trate the social sphere of rock, and climb to the top of the pile (Mars
in the tenth house) by virtue of her outgoing and sexual personality.
This does not imply she was not talented; she was indeed (Venus
biquintile Moon), but a rock star needs more than just talent to get
to the top; and was dynamic and

in Janis* case the added something
hypnotic sexuality. The message (release) of her songs was of the
pain and sorrow (Sun, Mercury, and Venus in the twelfth house)
that follow an ill-fated romance (Mars septile Venus).
Changes in Planet/ House Relationships
If, by charting the planets by the equal house system, any planets
are found to occupy different houses from those occupied by the
quadrant system of your choice, a basic conflict in the personal in-
tegration of the experiences of the two houses involved is indicated.
The conflict is a personal one, due to the nature of the equal house
system, which carries the significance of the ascendant through the
entire series of twelve houses. In the chart of Janis Joplin, Mars is
found in the tenth house by the Porphyry system but in the eleventh
house by the equal house system. This situation denotes a conflict
in the personal integration of her social and professional position,
and the result it had upon herself and her relationship with others,
particularly "professional" (eleventh house) relations. This particu-
lar conflict may be illustrated by her initial breakup with Big Brother
and the HoldingCompany, which preceded continual difficulties with
musicians and a continual search for a new band.
PART TWO
Notes
The opening statements from Chapters 1, 7, and 10 are from Person-

Centered Astrology, by Dane Rudhyar (CSA Press, 1973). Those from
Chapters 2 and 4 are extracted from Rudhyar's The Astrology of Per-
sonality (Doubleday, 1970).
Other opening quotes are from the following sources: Chapter 3: The
Practice of Astrology, byDane Rudhyar (Penguin Books, 1970); Chapter
5: An Astrological Study of Psychological Complexes, by Dane Rudhyar
(Servire N.V., 1969); Chapter 6: Tetragranum, by Paracelsus; Chapter 8:
Scope of Astrological Prediction, by Marc Edmund Jones (Sabian Pub-
lishing Society, 1969); Chapter 11: The Modern Text-Book of Astrology,
by Margaret E. Hone (Fowler, 1968).
A thorough explanation of the cyclic process and many other philo-
sophical concepts and formulations which should provide the student of
astrology with inspiration and broaden his or her understanding of astrol-
ogy may be found in Rudhyar's The Plane tarization of Consciousness
(Harper & Row, 1972).
The concept of the involving and evolving series of aspects was first pre-
sented by Rudhyar in the essay "Form in Astrological Space and Time,"
included in Person-Centered Astrology.
A more detailed explanation of the houses may be found in Rudhyar's

The Astrological Houses (Doubleday, 1972) or in Tools of Astrology:
HOUSES by Dona Marie Lorenz (Eomega Press, 1973).
3
technique an6 pRoceduRe

of astrological
inteRpRetationi
ASTROLOGY AS AN INSTRUMENT
OF SELF-ACTUALIZATION
1
THE PROCESS
OF ASTROLOGICAL INTERPRETATION
The astrologer who casts a chart and attempts to solve the prob-
lems of his clients is using power, power born of the knowledge
of structural patterns of nature as it unfolds through cyclic time.
What he does is to relate the client's individual being to his
evolving structure of human-nature and universal nature; and
relationships always release power, the power to build or the
power to destroy. If the astrologer thinks he merely gives bits
of information and then is through with the whole thing, he is
greatly mistaken. He has established a relationship.
Dane Rudhyar
From the humanistic approach the real worth and value of natal
astrology is in its ability, when used by an astrologer well versed in
the symbolic language of astrology, to act as an instrument of self-
actualization and eventual self-transcendence, rather than as a means
of predicting events or analyzing character. The humanistic astrolo-
ger should see the birth-chart as an archetypal pattern of individual
selfhood, a set of instructions to be fulfilled and actualized, tran-
scending all labels expressing value judgments. From this approach,
the planets, signs, houses, and aspects are never considered good or
bad, fortunate or unfortunate; they simply are. The purpose of hu-
manistic astrology and the process of astrological interpretation are to
help individual persons in discovering the particular experiences they
must live through so that they may fulfill their potential as whole
persons.Whether these experiences are conventionally regarded as
good or bad is incidental; total actualization and transcendence of
self is, in the end, all that really matters.
134 TECHNIQUE AND PROCEDURE
This is not to say that all other approaches to astrology are worth-
less. It is particularly in the realm of natal astrology that the human-
isticapproach surpasses the previous attempts of astrologers to
understand the meaning of individual existence— and it is, indeed, the
only approach to natal astrology that really makes sense. When we are
dealing with individuals and attempting to assist them in actualizing
themselves through the process of astrological interpretation, our
primary concern is with the individual— not events, not collective
factors, not external social pressures, but the individual person.
Events, collective factors, and social pressures are meaningful only
to the consciousness that perceives and experiences them. Any ap-
proach to natal astrology (and any process of astrological interpreta-
tion) that is not essentially person-centered and does not see the
person as the center of his own universe is not actually natal astrology
at all, because it is dealing primarily with collective, social, or other
factors.
This, of course, indicates a total change in the meaning and pur-
pose of astrological practice directed toward translating the personal
mandala, or birth-chart. Not only must traditional attitudes associated
with astrology be evolved, but so must the traditional way of practic-
ing astrology and the traditional relationship existing between the as-
trologer and his or her "clients." The importance of understanding
the person as an individual and forming a warm and positive relation-
ship with him is paramount. The astrologer should see a person as
a dynamic, unique, and whole person, not as just a collection of stand-
ardized and interchangeable parts. Astrology is a universal language
utilizing a vast and rich array of symbols, symbols having no particu-
lar significance in themselves but revealing their meaning only when
applied to particular individuals and specific situations. Any astrologi-
cal factor appearing in any birth-chart may mean any number

of
things, isolated from the whole birth-chart and the whole person rep-
resented by the birth-chart. It is only when these symbols are applied
to a particular individual involved in a specific situation and with
a specific background that the symbolic factors reveal their signifi-
cance as they relate to the individual at that time.
The traditional one-time, one-hour astrological sessions, as well as

the traditional "cookbook" type of textbook and interpretation, are
obviously inadequate in this approach; the humanistic astrologer

should understand the person as a whole, vital, creative being. The
THE PROCESS OF ASTROLOGICAL INTERPRETATION 135
primary function of the humanistic astrologer is to help those who
seek his or her services in fulfilling their individual potential in the
fullest possible manner.
THE ACT OF ASTROLOGICAL INTERPRETATION

When the moment comes for the actual act of interpretation,
the astrologer's mind should be free from prejudices and preconcep-
tions regarding the birth-chart and the person to whom it refers. When
interpreting a birth-chart, the astrologer is acting as a mediator, plac-
ing himself between the person and the universe. He should be as
clear and distortion free as a finely ground lens. In addition to
a sufficient understanding of the birth-chart of the person whom he
is about to counsel, one should have a real understanding of the per-
son himself. This usually calls for at least one preliminary session.
The astrologer should feel comfortable within the situation and should
do all feel comfortable and secure, as well
he can to help the person
as help him understand the true nature of astrology and the signifi-
cance of what is about to take place. As the session (s) proceed, and
personal understanding and responsibility grow, the astrologer should
have a concept of what the person needs at that moment to further
the actualization of himself as a whole individual.* Whether the per-
son's chart reveals a "charming personality" or an "aggressive nature"
is secondary; the assistance of the person in the process of becoming
more of who and what he truly is, at that moment and in the future,
is the primary consideration of the humanistic astrologer.
HOW TO USE THE ASTROLOGICAL FRAMES

OF REFERENCE
A birth-chart represents what one was born for— the meaning of
one's individual existence. When seen as a set of instructions to be
fulfilled and actualized, the birth-chart reveals the best way for the
person to approach life experiences, how he should fulfill his destiny
and actualize his wholeness as an individual. From this approach the
* This calls for a time analysis of the birth-chart, a procedure discussed in

Part Four.
horizon-meridian represents the basic factor of the person's in-
dividuality. The angles are symbolic of the most individual and unique
qualities of the person, and the twelve houses derived from them rep-
resent his fields of individual experience. The zodiac and the twelve
signs represent the collective factor of human nature and the manner
in which it is manifest within the individual. A planet always repre-
sents the same life function, regardless of its position in terms of
houses and signs. A planet in a house reveals the best way for the
individual to approach all matters and experiences represented by
that house. The function symbolized by the planet should manifest
itself inmost focused manner within the realms of experience rep-
its
resented by the house. More than one planet in a house means that
the experiences of that house should be rich, varied, and complex.
A planet in a sign represents the type of energy and activity the
planetary function should use as a means of propelling it through
the experiences symbolized by its The sign on a house cusp
house.
reveals the type of human activity that should be associated with the
by the particular
actualization of the potential experience symbolized
house. The sign on a house cusp and the planet in a house reveal
the manner in which the experiences of the house should be met
in order to actualize their potential meaning in the fullest possible
manner. Planetary aspects reveal the type of relationship existing be-
tween two or more life functions (planets) working together, while
their orbs symbolize the quality of the relationship.
THE PROCEDURE OF ASTROLOGICAL

INTERPRETATION
The procedure of astrological interpretation given in the following
pages involves first the consideration of the birth-chart as a whole,
then the identification of its focal points and the examination of its
many factors; and, lastly, a reconsideration of the chart as a whole.

This system is meant to serve as a guideline; it is not intended for
rigid adherence in actual practice. Every individual and situation is
unique, and for this reason a differential approach is valuable; that

is, a special method and procedure should be devised in
order to
meet the special needs of each person.

The meanings given within the next several chapters are condensed
and should be understood as essential and inclusive rather than fixed
THE PROCESS OF ASTROLOGICAL INTERPRETATION 137
or exclusive. The beginner may find it difficult to simultaneously as-

similate all of the information and techniques given here— for instance,
a thorough understanding of the significance of a dyadic relationship
is essential for the understanding of a synthetic point produced by
that relationship.
Marc Edmund Jones
WHOLE PLANETARY PATTERNS
The planetary types have been developed as a means for quick

and accurate preliminary classification. They are a guide to horo-
scope interpretation because, in the first place, they have the
broadest possible orientation, and in the second, they facilitate
the recognition of focal determinators with which, under proper
circumstances, the interpretation of the horoscope begins.
Marc Edmund Jones
RECOGNITION OF GESTALT CONFIGURATION

The first phase of astrological interpretation involves the examina-
tion of the birth-chart according to its over-all, or whole, planetary
pattern: its gestalt configuration. This means classifying the chart by
its particular form; or, by the first characteristic that strikes the viewer.
Before looking to see which planets occupy what spaces, one will
first notice if all planets fall into one tight group, in one half of the
chart, and so on. This is the initial procedure of astrological inter-
pretation because it considers the pattern or form of the whole chart
and provides the astrologer with a starting point, a direction, and
a frame of reference for the whole of his interpretation.
Each of the nine planetary patterns or chart shapes given here rep-
resents a certain temperamental quality and a particular approach
to life experiences. Above all, the whole planetary pattern symbolizes
the internal pattern of the individual person; the consideration of the
planets' positions within this pattern reveals what life potentials
are focused through which activities and life experiences.
This method of "whole-view" was pioneered by Marc Edmund
Jones, and first introduced by him in Guide to Horoscope Interpreta-
tion, published in 1941; it was recently re-examined by Rudhyar in
Person-Centered Astrology. The types given here differ somewhat
from those given by Jones, the primary deviation being the inclusion
of a category for "non-harmonic," or asymmetric, formations.
HEMISPHERIC PATTERN
This pattern is typified by a chart with all planets (parts, nodes,
and other abstract points are not included when considering planetary
patterns) found within approximately 180°, leaving half of the chart
empty while the other half is full. Ideally there should be no empty
houses within the occupied half (though this is unusual), and never
more than two.
The hemispheric pattern is basically dualistic in principle, and in
some instances it may be difficult to determine to what extent com-
pensation is acting as a motivating force within the personality. Any
situation such as this, which involves a clear-cut dualism, is almost
bound to involve compensation to some degree. Initially, one may
feel the individual's attention could be drawn and held almost exclu-
sively by the activities symbolized by the full hemisphere, with the
empty hemisphere's life experiences being of relative unimportance.
This is not always true; the empty space may provide the person
with a feeling and need to explore the unknown. Another way of
viewing this situation is considering the occupied hemisphere as rep-
resentative of the individual's goals and ideals, his obvious potential,
with the empty hemisphere symbolic of pure potential and the life
experiences that must be integrated and brought together within the

individual's personality.
The mid-point of the two extreme planets of such a pattern is sig-
nificant insomuch as it represents the center of gravity or the point

of focalized purpose. It is interesting to note that the birth-chart of
Alice A. Bailey, the theosophical writer and organizer of the "Arcane
School," illustrates a "typical" hemispheric pattern, except that the
center of gravity is exactly conjunct the south lunar node. An example
of a more unusual hemispheric pattern is provided by the birth-chart
of Marc Edmund Jones. Here we find the center of gravity conjunct
the part of fortune. The two extreme planets are also of significance
in themselves, for they act as structuring agents, defining the bounda-

ries or limits of the person's tangible and conscious energies.
Alice Bailey
FUNNEL, OR WEDGE, PATTERN

This pattern is also based on the principle of twofold division,
though it is more distinct in both form and function than the hemi-
spheric pattern. It is made up of a primary group of nine planets
with one "singleton" planet, ideally opposing the main group's center
of gravity. The primary group should occupy no more than 180°,
with no more than one empty house within the grouping, and prefer-
ably none. Two planets in conjunction may also act as a singleton.
The pattern is called a wedge or a funnel because its mode of
operation is quite similar to that of a wedge or a funnel; power is
generated within the main grouping of the planets, focused and re-
leased through the singleton.
Marc Edmund Jones describes the singleton of the funnel pattern
("bucket," in his terminology) as a toothache. It is certainly true
that a singleton may in some cases operate in a negative manner
and even overwhelm the entire organism. However, I feel this is the
exception rather than the rule; in most instances, the singleton acts
as a release, the nature of this release depending upon the nature
and position (in terms of house, sign, etc.) of the singleton planet.
Of course, this does not mean the personality may not strongly project
the planet's nature.
A clear and defined example of this pattern is provided by the
birth-chart of Sigmund Freud. In Freud's chart there are nine planets
Sigmund Freud
WHOLE PLANETARY PATTERNS 143
within a tight group occupying the western hemisphere. Mars retro-

grade is in focus, being isolated from the main group and located
in the eleventh house (professional associations).
SEE-SAW FORMATION
The see-saw formation is an example of operative dualism in its
most distinct form. It is formed by two planetary groups, separated
by at least two empty houses on each end and with no more than
one empty house within each group. There should be at least one
opposition, and the closer the "central" bodies are to opposition, the
more intense the situation symbolized by this formation should be.
Richard M. Nixon
A typical example of this pattern may be found in the birth-chart

of Richard M. Nixon. Here we find two tight groups separated by
the horizon. The see-saw pattern represents a personality that acts
after the consideration of opposing views and is always aware of con-
trasting or antagonistic possibilities. Nixon's method of operation has
been the close consideration of what effect his actions will have upon
others (particularly upon any kind of opposing faction), placing him
in a better position to respond to criticism and opposition. A person
with this temperament is constantly aware of conflict, an awareness
that may be put to selfish use by manipulating the dynamic forces
operative within the field of dualism. An additional point of interest
concerning Nixon's chart is the retrograde motion of all three planets
J. Krishnamurti
WHOLE PLANETARY PATTERNS 145
above the horizon, suggesting a personality that is forceful and uncom-

promising in the area of relationships and social participation, pos-
sibly as a compensation for some deeply rooted feeling of insecurity.
Another example of the see-saw formation is provided by the birth-
chart of the Indian philosopher J. Krishnamurti, with Saturn, Uranus,
and Moon above the horizon, and with the mid-point of this group
exactly conjunct the M.C. In Krishnamurti's instance, the basic
awareness of conflict symbolized by the see-saw pattern has been uti-
lized in a more positive manner than in the case of President Nixon.

Through his early awareness of conflict, Krishnamurti was able to
formulate a unique philosophy concerning the nature of conflict itself.
John Brzostoski
TRIPOD PATTERN
This pattern is formed by the placement of all planets within three
distinct groups. Ideally, the center of gravity of each group should
be in a trine aspect to the center of gravity of the other two groups,
though this is not always the case.
Essentially this pattern carries the significance of three, symbolizing
a person for whom growth through understanding should be em-
phasized. The tripod pattern represents a temperament that can
potentially transcend duality through the synthesis, or blending, of
opposites.
An excellent example of such a planetary pattern is found in the
birth-chart of the curator of the Staten Island Tibetan Museum and
well-known exponent of tantric art, John Brzostoski. At first glance
the chart may easily be mistaken for a funnel pattern; closer examina-
tion will reveal triangular formations between three groupings of
planets, two of which are separated by only one house. The centers
of gravity of these three groups are trine one another, and an almost
perfect equilateral triangle may be drawn by connecting these mid-
points.
CLUSTER, OR BUNDLE, PATTERN

When all planets are found within an area of 120° or slightly more,
the planetary pattern called a cluster, or bundle, is formed. This pat-
tern, like the tripod, is based upon the trisection of the zodiac. The
cluster pattern is perhaps rarest of all planetary patterns, due to the
fact that it is formed only when the slower moving, trans-Saturnian

planets are all located within 120°.
The cluster pattern represents a concentration of activity and ex-
perience within a limited area of operation. An individual with such
a planetary pattern motivated by a narrow, but highly focused,
is
purpose. Such a person is usually able to get whatever he wants,

though most often without awareness (absence of oppositions) of
the value or destructiveness of actions taken in the process of realizing
his desires. The center of gravity of the mass of planets may serve
as an indicator for the nature of the individuars motivation.

Maria Montessori
OPEN-ANGLE PATTERN
This pattern is also based on the trisection of the circle and is,
in a sense, the opposite of the cluster pattern. It isformed when

all planets are within 240°, or two thirds of the zodiac, with 120°
empty. The occupied area may be slightly more or less than 240°,
and there should be no more than one empty house. The planets
should be, ideally, evenly distributed within the area.
The open-angle pattern suggests a type of personality with an in-
herent quality of openness to the transcendent elements of life. This
may mean a spiritual or mystic temperament as well as an ability
or urge to transcend the conventional element within any situation.
Activities should be well balanced and open to the wider, transper-
sonal elements of experience. The mid-point of the empty sector
should be considered, possibly as an indicator of a source of in-
spiration.
The method of
birth-chart of the originator of the self-initiated
learning, Maria Montessori, illustrates the open-angle pattern. Here
we find all planets within an area of exactly 240°, defined by a trine
aspect between Saturn and Neptune, and with only one empty house
within the occupied area. Dr. Montessori's method was not accepted
by the general public and educators when she first introduced it to
this country, during the 1920's, at least partially because of the attacks
of John Dewey, the "progressive educator," upon her morality— she
had a child although she never married. Nevertheless, her method was
widely accepted elsewhere and finally reintroduced and accepted in
America around the time of her death, in 1952. The mid-point of
the empty sector of Montessori's chart is found in her natal third
house at 22° Aquarius. The Sabian Symbol of the twenty-second de-
gree of Aquarius reads: "A rug placed on a floor for children to
play."
FOURFOLD PATTERNS
The concept of the "harmonic" division of the chart and the clas-
according to this division may be carried
sification of planetary pattern
forward to the consideration of a planetary pattern of a fourfold na-
ture. Such a patternformed by the division of all planetary bodies
is
into four distinct groups and is characterized by at least one clearly
denned T square (a configuration formed by two opposing planets

with a third squaring both opposing bodies). The type of temperament
represented by such a planetary pattern is really no different, though
more from the type of temperament symbolized by the T
focalized,
square.* The fourfold pattern is formed by four groups of planets,
ideally spaced at 90° intervals, thus projecting the image of a cross.
STAR PATTERNS
Rarely does one find a five- or a six-pointed star, or the suggestion
of four or five points of a six-pointed star in a birth-chart. However,
one may come across one now and again, as well as a chart with
six alternating full/empty houses.
* See Chapter 4.
C. G. Jung
The birth-chart of C. G.Jung is what may be considered a five-

pointed formed by the significant conjunction of the Moon
star. It is
and Pluto, which form quincunxes with Jupiter and Mars; Jupiter, in
turn, is trining Saturn, Saturn opposing Uranus, while Uranus is linked
by a trine to Mars. It is, of course, geometrically an imperfect five-
pointed star, though certainly indicative of a potentially well-
integrated and creative personality with a gift of synthesis and an
individualistic temperament.
ASYMMETRIC, OR NON-HARMONIC, PATTERNS

Frequently one finds a chart that defies classification, often because
it contains qualities of two patterns. Such charts may be considered
asymmetric or non-harmonic, because this formation is not based
upon a symmetric division of the circle.
Bobby Seale
The asymmetric pattern denotes a unique and highly individual ap-

proach to all life experiences and a personality with a very special
"destiny" or an eccentric, non-conforming nature. Such a person is
likely to have his own special way of approaching life and his own
unique manner of relating to situations and others. This is not to
say that there is not a unique quality in all individuals; persons with
asymmetric patterns are simply more likely to manifest their unique-
ness overtly.
An example of an asymmetric pattern is illustrated by the birth-
chart of the Chairman of the Black Panther Party, Bobby Seale. Here
there is a main body of seven planets, occupying four houses within
less than 130°. The three remaining planets are located in three of
the six remaining houses. There are numerous squares and oppositions
and at least clearly defined T squares. This unusual situation is
two
indicative of a unique individual with a very special destiny to fulfill.
FOCAL POINTS
Deter minators of focal emphasis in the horoscope indicate the

special gifts of self-expression through which each individual is
equipped to meet the issues of any internal inharmony or any

challenge to his well-being. Personality has its weapons, in one
way of putting it, or its creative tools in a perhaps happier way
of describing the matter.
Marc Edmund Jones
THE CONCEPT OF FOCAL POINTS

After perceiving a chart as a whole by considering its planetary
pattern, the next logical step in astrological interpretation is the deter-
mination of focal points or emphasized areas and factors. When any
astrological factor is heavily emphasized, it should be considered as
a focal point. Such points should be regarded as symbolic of a primary
manifestation of personality, an area of great personal strength and
creativity, or an indicator of overdeveloped activity. This is one area
of interpretation in which prudence is especially called for, and one
should be careful not to put too much importance on these factors.
HEMISPHERIC EMPHASIS
When all planets are found in one hemisphere, it is considered
to be in emphasis.
EASTERN-HEMISPHERIC EMPHASIS
Self-fixation. Focalization of energies upon self and self-directed
and determined activities. The individual should be able to maintain

a great deal of control over his life patterns. However, he may find
himself easily bound to a situation of his own making.

WESTERN-HEMISPHERIC EMPHASIS
Dependency upon others. The individual's attention should be
turned to affairs that may not directly affect his situation, or activities
detached from a self-centered principle. Such a person has much less
control over his destiny and life patterns than does one with eastern-
hemispheric emphasis, making more
him or her to effect
it difficult for
internal change, though he may beby external situations.

less affected
He may be described as a product of his time and culture and may
need to give attention to a weak sense of identity, which may be
compensated by an overemphasized need or search for personal
meaning.
UPPER-HEMISPHERIC EMPHASIS
Object oriented. Emphasis is placed upon the individual's desire
to understand the meaning and significance of all life experiences.
The social-collective activities should be given attention, and the indi-
vidual may find it difficult not to relate to people and situations from
a very "object"-ive perspective.
LOWER-HEMISPHERIC EMPHASIS
Subject oriented. The individual's attention may be placed upon
the personal realm of activity. Such a person may find little freedom
within relationships and may approach situations from a subjective
perspective.
SINGLETON PLANET IN HEMISPHERE

When only one planet is found within a hemisphere, regardless
of planetary pattern a great deal of attention should be placed upon
that planet's functional principle and its hemisphere. The operative
principle here is functional compensation, the isolated planet over-
whelming and/or channeling, hopefully, power generated by the re-
maining planets.
STELLIUM
When several planets are found in one sign or house, the experi-
ences symbolized by that house or the activities represented by the
sign should be highly focused within the individual's personality. A
Bob Dylan
grouping of four or more planetary bodies within one sign or house

is called a stellium. This situation indicates that the particular area
of life defined by the focused area will be complex, confusing, and
possibly overwhelming. In any case, the individual's consciousness
should greatly benefit from the experiences of the area emphasized
by the presence of the stellium.
In the birth-chart of Bob Dylan, we find a stellium in the twelfth
house, with five planets within less than 20°. Venus is on the ascend-
ant (effeminate appearance) and forming a close biseptile aspect to
Neptune retrograde, which is singleton in the western hemisphere. The
planetary pattern is asymmetric. It should be obvious to anyone fa-
miliar with Dylan's works that he is and aware of the per-

sensitive
sonal and social conflicts of life and the need for self-redemption
and rebirth—truly a man of startling and prophetic insight.
PREPONDERANCE
Preponderance is the term given to the situation formed by a mass
of five or more planets in one element, mode, or house expression.
There is also preponderance by aspect, when an unusually large num-
ber of aspects are of one type.
PREPONDERANCE BY MODE
Preponderance by mode (five or more planets in one mode) repre-
sents a particular emphasis placed upon one form of energy. A per-
son with this type of emphasis in his or her birth-chart may meet and
react to experience in a rather constant manner, determined by the
preponderant mode.
Cardinal Preponderance
Denotes an individual who may be constantly attempting to project

himself into experience, possibly without regard or consideration for
others. Such a person can express himself well through external situa-
tions and issues.
Emphasized Characteristics:
• desirous of excitement and intense activity
• ambitious rather than adaptable
• opportunistic and not particularly concerned with values or ideals
•
situations and issues are placed over individuals.
Fixed Preponderance
Refers to a type of person with fixed, or even rigid, ideals and

goals, concerned with the definition and perfection of function in its
purest form. Such a person may be able to achieve whatever he or
she desires, often through the sheer force of determination. There
may be a concern with the karmic circumstances surrounding any
situation or action (its consequences and outcome).
•
strong-willed and resistant to external influences
•
concerned with the value of an act or situation
•
values and ideals are placed over individuals and situations
• uncompromising.
:
FOCAL POINTS 155
Mutable Preponderance
Such an individual is adaptable and practical rather than idealistic

or exploitive, fitting easily into most situations. There is a possibility
of much personal freedom, though the person may be incapable of
decisive or self-directed action.
Emphasized Characteristics
• devotional rather than idealistic or ambitious
• personal and sentimental
• superficial, indecisive, and weak-willed
• concerned with people and relationships rather than ideals and
personal ambitions.
PREPONDERANCE BY ELEMENT
When five or more planets are found in one element, it is consid-
ered a preponderance.
Preponderance by Fire
Refers to the type of person who puts all of himself into whatever
he does. There should be an intense degree of vitality, concentration,
and effort put into experience.
• intensely emotional
• individualistic
• active
• self-expressive.
Preponderance by Earth
Denotes the type of person who is involved in the mundane, im-

mediate, and practical affairs of life. Stable and concerned with physi-
cal well-being rather than spiritual attainment.
• responsible, though rigid
• methodical and detail-conscious
• "down to earth"
• concerned with manifested realities.
Preponderance by Air
Refers to a person who may be involved in the formation of ideals

and values through the use of intellect. Such a person, however, needs
to ground his ideas in reality and put them to practical use.
• intellectual
• superficial
• compulsive
• adaptive.
Preponderance by Water
Such a person should have an urge to achieve universal harmony
and at-one-ment. The person, in the desire to reach universality, often
becomes deeply involved with creativity, sensuality, and emotionality.
• sensitive
• concerned with universal concepts
• penetrative
• flowing.
PREPONDERANCE BY HOUSE EXPRESSION

When five or more planets are found in one mode of house expres-
sion, it is considered a preponderance.
Active Preponderance
Refers to an individual who may be constantly involved in the ini-
tiation of new experiences and Such a person has unusual

activities.
personal resources and vitality, though he may be too busy looking

for new activities to deeply penetrate anything.
• individualistic
• dominant
• intense.
FOCAL POINTS 157
Reactive Preponderance
Denotes a person who should be concerned with giving meaning

and significance to his or her experiences. To a person with reactive
preponderance, it is not the initial action that is important, but the
effectand reception of the act. However, this type of person may
need to experience and take direct action in his life.
• concerned with expansion, localization, and consolidation
• able to learn from experience.
Resultant Preponderance
Denotes a person who may be able to foresee the final outcome

of a particular situation or action. Such a person is often concerned
with the entire process surrounding an act, rather than just the isolated
act and reaction to the initial act. This type of person, however, may
become so involved in analyzing actions and reactions that he may
forget how to make things happen himself.
• harmonious
• perceptive
• impressionable.
PREPONDERANCE BY ASPECT
When one aspect is found to be about 50 per cent more numerous
than the next most numerous, it is considered to be preponderant.
Preponderance by Conjunction
Represents an individual who should be deeply involved with the

idea of mutual or group effort and the release of new ideas.
• integrated, though possibly isolated
• concerned with new forms of expression
• complex.
Preponderance by Opposition
Refers to an individual with an acute awareness of the duality of

life. Such a person may be conscious of the extreme tension operative
within his or her own being and may try to channel it in a creative
direction.
• aware
• extreme
• fulfillment oriented
• creative.
Preponderance by Trine
A person with preponderance by trine may be able to get things

easily, having a brilliant, but superficial, knowledge of things. Such
a person should try to penetrate the surface of life, directing his crea-
tive faculties and his ability to bring things together toward the for-
mulation of a firm body of wisdom.
• gifted
• concerned with bringing things together or keeping them as they
are.
Preponderance by Square
This type of person may be in a continual state of crisis. Clear-

cut action may seem the only way of resolving such a situation. There
may be a need for much constructive action here, to bring about
external manifestation of inner purpose.
• needs to externalize
• aware of tension and conflict
• concerned with giving definition and form to things.
Preponderance by Sextile
Denotes the type of individual who may be interested in the practi-
cal application of understanding and knowledge. The person should

be productive and constantly developing new potentials.
FOCAL POINTS 159
• attention to detail
• intimate
• able to synthesize.
NEGATIVE DYNAMICS
When a chart has no planets in one of the elements, modes, or
qualities of house expression, or complete absence of one of the five
major aspects, the missing factor is considered negatively preponder-
ant. The interpretation of negative preponderance is particularly deli-
cate and does not necessarily mean something is lacking in the
personality of the individual; rather, the missing factor may not need
the person's attention in order for him or her to grow and actualize.
The below are simply general descriptions, which may apply in many
external instances.
NEGATIVE PREPONDERANCE BY MODE
Absence of Cardinal Signs
Denotes an individual who may have great control over the out-
come of any situation in which he becomes involved. Such a person
does not need to become attached to a situation or ideal in order
to realize the meaning of personal existence.
Absence of Fixed Signs
The individual may be free to seek new areas of self-expression

and freely exchange and examine contrasting ideals and values with-
out inner conflict. Such a person, however, may need to develop struc-
ture and the sense of order needed to define and give meaning to
his own life experiences.
Absence of Mutable Signs
Refers to a person with a highly developed sense of individuality

who may remain essentially unchanged through an experience. Such
a person should enter interpersonal relationships without seeking to
define his identity through others. There is a need for flexibility and
co-operation.
NEGATIVE PREPONDERANCE BY ELEMENT
Absence of Fire Signs
Such a person needs to experience life more actively and more

vitally. Self-expression, both emotional and creative, may be difficult,
or, to compensate, the person may try to force self-expression.
Absence of Earth Signs
Refers to a person who may be lacking in responsibility and stabil-

ity, though he or she should have a deep and penetrating insight into
life that transcends the mundane realm. There may be a compulsive
urge toward neatness and detail as a compensative trait.
Absence of Air Signs
Such a person may need to learn adaptability and the use of the
mental functions in a creative manner. As compensation, one with
an absence of air signs may strive to be "intellectual."
Absence of Water Signs
Denotes an individual who may be unable to penetrate the surface

of situations or experiences. Life, to such a person, may be unfulfill-
ing and meaningless. There is a need to understand the unity of life
and to universalize one's own consciousness.
NEGATIVE PREPONDERANCE BY HOUSE EXPRESSION
Absence of Planets in the Active Houses
A person with an absence of planets in the active houses may find

it and carry through new undertakings. Such a per-
difficult to initiate
son needs to center himself and may compensate for this by the devel-
opment of some special quality or ability.
Absence of Planets in the Reactive Houses
Refers to the person who needs to learn from experience and fo-
calize his energies adequately in order to bring about desired re-
actions.
FOCAL POINTS 161
Absence of Planets in the Resultive Houses
Such a person needs to see the entire cycle of cause and effect
that surrounds any act or situation. He or she should use this percep-
tion as an instrument of self-awareness.
NEGATIVE PREPONDERANCE BY ASPECT
Absence of Conjunctions
The individual with no conjunctions may have scattered or poorly

integrated energies. He or she may be free from dependent relation-
ships, possibly isolated from others. Such an individual needs to learn
how to bring his energies together.
Absence of Oppositions
Denotes the type of person who is completely responsible for the

maintenance of own internal equilibrium. This may place him
his
in great control of his own destiny, or may lead to the eventual dis-
integration of personality. Such a person needs to learn how to main-
tain an objective life perspective.
Absence of Trines
Refers to a person who may be wasteful and careless of energy.

Such a person needs to learn how to preserve and bring things to-
gether.
Absence of Squares
Denotes an individual who has total responsibility for the applica-

tion of his energies in order to bring about the actualization of any
goal or purpose he may set for himself. This type of person needs
to learn to exert a great deal of effort for prolonged periods.
Absence of Sextiles
Refers to a person who may be overly concerned with petty mat-

ters and small details. The person may need to learn how to maintain
interpersonal relationships and other forms of productive activity.
Annie Besant
RETROGRADATION
PREPONDERANCE BY RETROGRADATION
Formed when five or more planets are found in retrograde, pre-
ponderance by retrogradation indicates an awareness and expression
of one's inner nature. Such a person's life pattern may he in direct
conflict with convention, and there may be a desire to remake the
world in the image of one's own likeness.
The birth-chart of Annie Besant, political
agitator, freethinker, and
theosophist, an example of preponderance by retrogradation. There
is
is also preponderance by cardinal signs (seven), by square (seven),
and by active-house expression (six). Uranus is on the ascendant,

and Sun is near the descendant. The chart has an asymmetric pattern.
FOCAL POINTS 163
All planets in the eastern hemisphere are retrograde. Besant's person-

ality always seemed to manifest itself against the normal grain. She
was active in women's liberation and published a book on birth con-

trol when it was almost unheard of and certainly "immoral." Later
she became involved in political expression (cardinal preponderance)
and the theosophical movement. She had intensity and self-reliance,
which enabled her to carry anything she initiated to its ultimate conclu-
sion and in some instances (perhaps her promotion of J. Krishnamurti
being among them) past their logical conclusion.
All Planets East Retrograde
When all planets in the eastern hemisphere are found in retrograda-

tion, there may be a peculiar type of self-centeredness or self-reliance.
Such a person is very involved with and attached to his or her own
personal opinions and ideals, though not likely to force such beliefs
upon others. There is a need to learn openness.
All Planets West Retrograde
Refers to a person who may be concerned with the inner or per-

sonal significance of relationships. The individual may find it uneasy
to achieve satisfaction and fulfillment through relationships, however.
All Upper Planets Retrograde
Such a person may find little fulfillment in social life, while seeking
to project himself into social activities and searching for personal
meaning through identification with the social sphere.
All Lower Planets Retrograde
Refers to an individual who may have little desire to become in-

volved in domestic situations and may feel uneasy within a tight family
situation. Such a person identifies himself as a solitary being, though
he may feel that all men have a common "root" source.
FOCAL PLANETS
When a planet appears to be outstanding or in focal emphasis,
its function is manifested in a clear (if not dominant) manner by
the personality. The individual's quality of self-expression and re-
sponse to life experiences will reflect the principle and process sym-
bolized by this planet. More than one focal planet (there are often
many) in a chart symbolizes a more complex person ah ty and mode
of operation. More than plain, cold intellectual analysis is needed;
here the astrologer should feel the chart as a whole and sense its
focal centers as well as examine them.
Singleton as Focal Planet
A singleton planet is always a focal planet. This does not alter

its role as a release of energy or an object of distraction.
Angular Planet
A planet standing alone on or near an angle is focal, and its func-

tional principle should be integrated with the meaning of the particular
angle. If a mass of planets happens to be situated on or near an
angle, the angle itself will be focalized. Traditionally, a planet located
on or near the M.C. is called elevated; a planet on or near the ascend-
ant and in the first house is called rising.
Location
A planet is naturally more focal when heavily aspected or placed

in a sign or house with which it has an affinity. If a planet is placed
in a sign or house of "opposing" nature, however, such as Saturn in
the fourth house, the planet may also be highly focalized because of
the unbalanced situation created.
Unaspected planets* are also very significant, because the function
of the planet has no direct channel, or relationship, for its activity
and must operate through other, less suitable or unconscious channels.
Leading Planet
The first planet to cross the ascendant after birth is the leading
planet. Its function is focused and leads the individual to new forms
of experience of a personal significance.
* It may be advisable to use only the primary aspects here.

FOCAL POINTS 165
Cutting Planet
The first counterclockwise planet from the ascendant of the main

planetary group in a chart with a hemispheric, cluster, or open-angle
pattern is called the cutting planet and is focal.
Planets Contacting Abstract Points
A planet should be considered focal if it is contacting its own north

or south node or its point of maximum latitude.
Trigger
The trigger indicates a point of tension within a heavily squared

chartand the channel through which this tension may be released
and used by the process of creativity and self-actualization. It is
formed by a focal planet and the body that happens to be squaring
it with the closest orb. If the square is applying (closing), the release
of power should be directed toward the self-centering process; if the
square is separating, the release should be diffusive and directed to-
ward the actualization of objectives rather than actualization of the
self. An example of a trigger is Moon square Venus in the chart of
Annie Besant.
PLANETARY FORMATIONS
Whenever parts conspire to form a whole, there something

ariseswhich is more than the parts.
Jan C. Smuts
THE PRINCIPLE OF PLANETARY FORMATIONS

The next logical step in the process of interpretation is the con-
sideration of important planetary configurations. When three or more
planets are linked together by aspects, forming a three-or-more-
sided formation, a special quality, purpose, and emphasis come into
being. There are many possible variations of planetary formation (not
to be confused with "planetary patterns"), some obvious in prin-
ciple and operation, others less recognizable and more abstract in
significance and principle, but all representing a special synthetic
quality of relationship.
The first type of formations presented here are "greater" forma-
which are composed of larger aspects, meaning that "lesser"
tions,
and "minor" formations may be built within their structural frame-

work.
GREATER TRIANGLES
The T Square and the Grand Trine are composed of no fewer than
three planets, at least one of which acts as a release for the dynamic
energy built up within the formation.
THE T SQUARE
AT Square is formed by at least three planets, two in opposition
and a third at or near their mid-point, squaring both ends of the op-
George Sand
position. The third planet, at the apex, acts as a release for the ex-
ternalization of the type of awareness symbolized by the
special
opposition. The manner which this awareness should be manifested
in
and utilized may be determined by the nature and position of this
body.
When found in a birth-chart, it is representative of a special need
to take dynamic action, a situation brought about by the formation's
principle of cross relationship. An individual with this formation in
his or her chart may feel a great necessity to bring a certain type of
situation into being, and frustration may be the result if the person
is unable to bring it into concrete form.
An example of a T Square is found in the birth-chart of Annie
Besant. Here there is a triple conjunction, involving the Sun, Venus,
and Mercury, all opposing Uranus retrograde, located very close to

the ascendant, in the first house. Moon and Jupiter are conjunct in
the fourth house, squaring both ends of the opposition. This is sym-
bolic of Dr. Besant's intenselydynamic personality and her deep in-

volvement and commitment to political change (Uranus rising and
cardinal signs). The manner in which this purpose was most likely to
have been utilized was through the assumption of a matriarchal or
protective position (Moon- Jupiter at apex of T Square in Cancer, in
the fourth house); Besant was the first President of the Indian
("Mother India") National Congress.
Another example of a T Square is found in the chart of George
Sand, the most widely read novelist of the nineteenth century and
probably the first emancipated woman to enter the exclusively male
literary circles of the early-romantic period. In her chart we find a
close opposition between a third-house Mars and a ninth-house Nep-
tune, with Venus in the sixth house, Leo, directing on the mid-point
of the two opposing bodies.
If the third planet can be conceived of as the point of external re-
lease of the particular quality of awareness represented by the op-
position, the point opposing this planet, or the other mid-point of the
opposition, may be thought of as the point of awareness turned in-
ward. In Besant's chart this point is almost exactly conjunct the part
of fortune, in the seventeenth degree of Capricorn. The Sabian sym-
bol for this degree aptly reads: "A
mature but long-repressed young
woman is bathing surreptitiously in the nude and finding a release in
spirit."
THE GRAND TRINE

A Grand Trine is formed by three or more planets situated at in-
tervals of 120°, all in trine aspect to one another. If one draws lines
connecting these planets, a triangle will appear.
In the Grand Trine, planets are linked to one another for some
special purpose symbolized by the quality of the element involved,
and particular sensitivity and emphasis are placed upon that ele-
mental quality. If more than one element is involved, a complex and
possibly conflicting nature is indicated. Often the Grand Trine is
representative of a superficial, confused, or disoriented personality.

The mind may be overly abstract or distant, in a dreamlike condition.
The Grand Trine may also be indicative of an exceptionally gifted
and sensitive personality.
Marie Curie
The birth-chart of Marie Curie illustrates an example of a Grand

Trine in water. The planetary pattern suggests an open nature, and
we find no fewer than five planets in the fifth house, four of which
are in the zodiacal sign of Scorpio. The Grand Trine is composed of
a Sun-Saturn-Mars-Venus conjunction in Scorpio, which forms trines
to the Moon in the ninth house, Pisces, and to Uranus retrograde,
Cancer, in the twelfth house. The planet forming the closest square
(if there are no squares, another aspect may be used, preferably a
semisquare, sesquiquadrate, or opposition) to one of the components
of the Grand Trine generally acts as a release. In the case of Marie
Curie, an exact opposition between Sun and Pluto retrograde acts in
this capacity.
THE GREATER RECTANGLES

Because rectangular formations are composed of four or more
planets, they generally tend to be symbolic of a highly constructive or
practical type of activity.However, there is no "third," or focal,
factor, and the dynamic forces produced by the relationship may be
more diffused and less pointed than triadic formations. Nevertheless,
a release may be provided by a trigger or by planets aspected to one
of the components of the formation.
THE GRAND CROSS

A Grand Cross is formed by four or more planets spaced at inter-
vals of 90°, thus forming two oppositions connected by four squares.
The Grand Cross denotes a necessity to take action for the sake of
some concrete and seemingly definite purpose. The person with this
formation in his or her birth-chart often leads a life of "symbolic
crucifixion," livingunder conditions of stress and particularly intense
polarity. Indeed, the personality may be polarized if there is no rec-
onciliation of the two axes of awareness. The Grand Cross is also
representative of the type of person who does not rest until his pur-
pose is actualized.
Of much depends upon the quality of the mode involved
course,
(as is T Square), and much stress will be placed upon it. If
true of the
more than one mode is involved, a conflict may arise between the
forms of energy symbolized by them.
Grand Cross or T Square in the Cardinal Mode

Denotes a critical, impersonal, dominant individual who is pri-
marily concerned with the vital issues of personal existence. A person

with a Grand Cross or T Square in the cardinal mode should be
constantly searching for new things to do and to put his or her vast
energies into.
Grand Cross or T Square in the Fixed Mode

Refers to a person concerned with the structure and meaning of
individual existence. Attention should be given to abstractions, val-
ues, and ideals. The individual with a Fixed Cross or T Square in his
or her birth-chart needs to use restraint when dealing with others,

rather than being extremely determined or rigid.
l^\\
1 I
Theosophical Society
Grand Cross or T Square in Mutable Mode

Characterizes an individual who should be concerned with people
and personal or intimate relationships rather than with criticism,
ideals, and values. A person with a Mutable Cross or T Square needs
to be an individual rather than a follower of the leader and trends of

the times.
An example of a well-defined Fixed Cross is found in the chart of
the Theosophical Society (founded 1875). The cross involves no
less than eight planets, and nine of the ten planetary bodies are lo-
cated in fixed signs. All aspects are either squares or oppositions,
with the exception of a biseptile between Jupiter and Moon and a
biquintile between Saturn-Mars and Neptune. The planetary pattern
is a well-defined fourfold. The Moon, in the first house, and the first
degree Leo, just below the ascendant, is at the apex of a T Square

that includes Mercury and Neptune. A two-degree square of Moon-
Neptune acts as trigger.
The Theosophical Society, the first international organization to
admit members regardless of race, creed, color, caste, and sex, has
managed to survive years of internal turmoil, because its transcenden-
tal ideal and purpose is incredibly focused.
THE MYSTIC RECTANGLE

The Mystic Rectangle, formed by at least four planets, is com-
posed of two trines connected by two sextiles with oppositions run-
ning from all corners. This formation does not necessarily indicate
mystical tendencies, though it often does. A person with a Mystic
Rectangle in his or her chart should have an incredible capacity for
sustained productivity and should be able to make very practical use
of his or her experience and assets. This formation also represents a
synthetic and integrative ability, because it combines awareness (op-
position), understanding (trine), and productivity (sextile), as well
as linking complementary elements.
The birth-chart of the originator of Psychosynthesis, Roberto
Assagioli, provides us with an example of the unusual and significant
configuration. Here we find a conjunction of Neptune and Pluto trin-
ing Venus, opposing Jupiter and in sextile with Saturn, while Venus
is also opposing Saturn and in sextile aspect with Jupiter. In addition,
one will notice a Mutable Cross, a Cardinal-Fixed T Square and

numerous other formations and points of significance. All this de-
notes a most unique, creative, and sensitive personality. It is no won-

der that Dr. Assagioli was able to synthesize and develop some of
today's most significant and remarkable psychological techniques
and theories.
LESSER PLANETARY FORMATIONS

Lesser planetary formations may be divided into two groups: tri-
angles, or triads; and rectangles, or tetrads. The lesser triangles are
formed in the same manner as the T Square, while the lesser rectan-
gles are formed by the geometric division of an area.
Roberto Assagioli
LESSER TRIANGLES
There are at least nine formations in this group. The formulative
principle here is the same as in the case of the T Square, three or
more planets being involved, with at least one at the mid-point of an
aspect formed by at least two other bodies. In some of these forma-
tions the third body is found at inverse mid-point. The planet at the
apex of the formation (mid-point), of course, acts as an agency for
the synthesis and externalization (mid-point) or internalization (in-
verse mid-point) of the functional principles symbolized by the first
two planets. The exact nature of the process and the manner in which
it should be utilized by the individual depend not only upon the
houses and signs involved, but upon the nature of the aspects and
planets as well.
All these formations are symbolic of a certain type of relationship
active and operative within the personality and life experiences of
the individual. The functions involved may be isolated from the whole
of the personality if the entire formation is isolated or unaspected to
other planets; or, well integrated if it is in relationship with other
planets. It often requires great skill and understanding to determine
the importance and significance of these formations within a birth-
chart as a whole and the individual's life experiences and potentiali-
ties. It is almost impossible to generalize in their description and
equally difficult to make a definite statement concerning their opera-
tion without a deep understanding of the person in whose birth-chart
they are found. This consideration is further compounded when one
realizes that many charts have no planetary formations of any kind,

while others will have several, often built upon one another and in-
credibly interrelated.
The presentation of the formations below is and
necessarily brief
essential. This is partially due to their abstract and often intangible
or indescribable qualities, but also because this is a new area of
chart significance. For this reason one is advised to use such forma-
tions with a careful and open mind.
Sextile/ Trine/ Sextile
This formation is composed of two planets in trine aspect with a

third at their mid-point forming sextiles to both ends of the trine. It
is representative of the practical and productive application of one's
natural abilities and sensitivities. The planet at the apex acts as a
release through which the relationship is manifest in an external and
concrete form. An illustration of a sextile/trine/sextile formation is
found in the birth-chart of Lewis Carroll, author of Through the

Looking-Glass and What Alice Found There. The planetary pattern
is a funnel, with Saturn retrograde in the ninth house, Virgo, and in
focal emphasis, no doubt a significator of Carroll's unusual symbolic

and abstract mathematical mind. The Moon and Pluto form a six-
degree trine, defining the area of the funnel's main grouping, with
the Sun at their exact mid-point, giving rise to the formation dis-
cussed here.
Lewis Carroll
Semisqua re/ Square/ Semlsquare
This formation is composed of two planets in square aspect with

a third at their mid-point, forming semisquares to both ends of the
square. It is representative of intense interfunctional activity and
focalization for the purpose of external self-expression and actualiza-
Such a formation is found in the birth-chart (on
tion of one's goals.
page 176) of the well-known "foodist" Adelle Davis. Here we find

a Fire-Water T Square, with Uranus and Neptune opposed on the
horizon (several years ago she wrote a book on LSD, under a pseu-
donym), with a Mars and Jupiter at the apex
close conjunction of
in the third house, contacting the south lunar node. The Semisquare/
Square/Semisquare formation is significantly hooked up with this T

Adelle Davis
Square, with a conjunction of Mercury and Saturn at the mid-point

of the Uranus-Mars with Mercury square, integrating the lesser triad
with the T Square.
Scsquiquadrate/ Square/ Sesquiquadrate
This is the inverse of the Semisquare/Square/Semisquare forma-

tion. It is composed of two planets in square with a third at their
inverse mid-point. This formation is representative of an intense in-
terfunctional activity and focalization for the purpose of actualizing
one's self, and it is symbolic of a need to express one's internal aware-
ness of self externally, within the social sphere. An example of this
formation is found in the birth-chart of Timothy Leary. Here we lind

Timothy Leary
an open-angle pattern defined by a loose trine between Uranus and

empty space coinciding with
Pluto, with the center of gravity of the
the mid-point of the lower- western quadrantand within two degrees
of the south lunar node. The formation discussed here is formed by
a square between a Mercury-Venus conjunction and the Moon (form-
ing a seven-degree conjunction with Uranus) with Pluto retrograde
at the inverse mid-point, forming sesquiquadrates to both ends of
the square and opposing a first-house Mars.
Semisextile/ Sextile/ Semisextile
This formation is composed of two planets in sextile aspect with

a third at their mid-point forming semisextiles to both ends of the
Meher Baba
sextile. It is representative of a highly intimate and abstract linking

of centers for the release and expression of a very sensitive facet of
personality.
Quincunx/ Sextile/ Quincunx
The Quincunx/Sextile/Quincunx formation, better known as the

"Finger of God," is the inverse of the above formation. It is com-
posed of two planets in sextile with a third planet at inverse
mid-point, forming quincunxes to both ends of the sextile. It is repre-
sentative of a highly intimate linking of centers and symbolic of an
internal or spiritual sensitivity. An example of this formation is found
in the birth-chart of the "silent mystic," Meher Baba. The planetary
William Blake
pattern is asymmetric. Venus is retrograde and rising (symbolic of an

ascetic life). Mars and the Moon are
in sextile with a close conjunc-
Neptune, with Pluto retrograde at the apex of the formation.
tion of
Another is formed between the Sun, Jupiter, and Saturn.
Biquintile/ Quintile/ Biquintile
This formation is composed of two planets in quintile aspect with

a third at inverse mid-point. It is representative of interfunctional
activity and focalization for the purpose of bringing a highly individ-
ual and unique form of self-expression into being, inspired by an in-
ternal realization. Such a formation is found in the birth-chart of the
mystic, prophet, and artist William Blake. Here we find a Sagittarius
Sun in the fifth house conjunct Jupiter and in quintile aspect to Sat-
urn, Aquarius in the seventh house, and Moon at inverse mid-point
in Cancer, twelfth house (symbolic of the "source" of Blake's
inspiration).
Quintile/ B iquin tile/ Quintile
Composed of two planets in biquintile aspect with a third at their

mid-point forming quintiles to both of them, this formation repre-
sents a highly unique form of self-expression, inspired by the reali-
zation of some external reality.
Septile/Biseptile/ Septile
This formation is composed of two planets in biseptile aspect with

a third at their mid-point, forming septiles to them. An unpredict-
able, destiny-directed life is represented here, and personal relation-
ships may be complex and intense. Often, individuals with this
formation in their birth-charts are directed or driven, by a force be-
yond their conscious control or comprehension. This denotes, in
some cases, sudden, fateful events or karmic incidents. An example
of this formation found in the birth-chart of Bobby Seale (Saturn
is
at apex of a formation with Uranus retrograde and the Moon)
Biseptile/ Triseptile/Biseptile
Composed of two planets in triseptile with a third at inverse mid-

point, this formation represents internal or spiritual experiences and
events. An example offound in the chart of Lewis Carroll, with
it is
Saturn retrograde at the apex of a formation with Pluto and a con-

junction of Venus and Mars.
LESSER TETRADIC FORMATIONS

A lesser tetradic formation is basically two or more triadic forma-
tions built upon one another. Generally, these formations are repre-
sentative of an integrated or synthesizing nature with the ability to
function well in crises.

There are several formations in this group; some of the most sig-
nificant are:
PLANETARY FORMATIONS 181
a the Kite, composed of a Grand Trine with a planet at the mid-

point of one of the trines;
b a T Square with a planet at the mid-point or inverse mid-points

of one of its squares;
c a Finger of God with a planet at the mid-point of its sextile;
d a Sesquiquadrant/Square/Sesquiquadrant triangle with a planet

at the mid-point of the square;
e a Biquintile/Quintile/Biquintile formation with a planet at the

mid-point of one of its biquintiles;
f a Triseptile/Biseptile/Biseptile formation with a planet at the

mid-point of one its biseptiles.
These formations rarely appear in birth-charts.
The Kite: This is perhaps the most commonly seen of the lesser
tetradic formations. It is extremely significant, because it is composed
of a Grand Trine with an opposition running from one of its points

to a planet at the mid-point of one of its sides, thus forming sextiles
to the other two points of the Grand Trine. It is representative of a
highly integrated personality that should have little difficulty func-
tioning well within any situation or experience. The Kite is unique
because it combines a Grand Trine (sensitivity and creativity), an
opposition (which gives direction and awareness to the often dis-
oriented Grand Trine temperament), and a lesser triadic formation
(which gives the entire formation a practical and productive focus).
Another example of a lesser tetrad (which, in passing, shouldn't
be considered necessarily inferior to a greater tetrad) is provided by
the chart of Karl Krafft, the man accused (now generally believed
wrongfully) of being "Hitler's astrologer." There is a T Square
formed by an opposition between Venus and Saturn with the Moon
at the apex. A Sesquiquadrant/Square/Sesquiquadrant formation,
composed by the Saturn-Moon side of the T Square with the Sun at
inverse mid-point, completing the formation with a semisquare to

Venus. The entire formation projects the image of an elongated
Karl Krafft
tetrahedron. Krafft was said to have cast and statistically studied over
sixty thousand birth-charts during his lifetime and was one of the
and statistical form of astrology: Cosmo-
originators of a scientific
open admiration of the Third Reich, Krafft was
biology. Despite his
among the many astrologers imprisoned during World War II and
forced to produce propaganda. Eventually he defied his captors; he
died shortly before the fall of the Third Reich.
MINOR PLANETARY FORMATIONS

Minor planetary formations are the type of planetary configura-
tions most frequently found in astrological charts. They may be di-
vided into two sets of dichotomous categories: regular and irregular;
triadic and tetradic.
REGULAR TRIADIC FORMATIONS

A regular formation is based upon the geometric division of space.
Regular triadic formations are thus composed of three planets linked
by aspect. Unlike greater and lesser triangles, however, minor tri-
angles do not have the third planet at the mid-point of the aspect
formed by the first two planets and thus have less focal emphasis.
In addition, unlike irregular formations, they are not made up of any
three aspects that happen to form an "irregular" triangle. For in-
stance, a regular triangle may be composed of an opposition, a trine,
and a sextile; the rule is that the exact values of the three aspects in-
volved must add up to 360°, not including orb allowance. Their
meanings are determined by the nature of the houses, planets, signs,
aspects, and orbs involved. Of course, the absence of a focal release
tends to make these formations more diffusive than other triadic for-
mations. The large number of possible formations of this type pre-
cludes an enumeration and examination of all of them at this moment,
but before passing, I would like to mention two of the most signifi-
cant minor triads.
Opposition/ Trine/ Sextile
This formation is composed of two planets in opposition, with a

third in trine aspect to one end and sextile to the other end of the
opposition. It combines the same three aspects as the Kite formation
and is in a sense half of a Kite. It is representative of the synthetic
and harmonious blending of awareness, sensitivity, and creativity
with technique and productivity, potentially acting as a great asset to
the person with it in his or her birth-chart. An example may be found
in the birth-chart of the actress Sarah Bernhardt. Here we find an
opposition between a conjunction of Sun and Mercury in the fifth
house and a triple conjunction of Moon, Jupiter, and Uranus in the
eleventh house. The formation is completed by Saturn on the M.C.,
forming a trine to Sun and Mercury and a sextile to the Moon-
Jupiter-Uranus conjunction.
Triseptile/ Biseptile/ Septile
This formation is composed of two planets in triseptile aspect

with a third planet forming a septile to one end and a biseptile to the
Other end of the triseptile. It is interesting that this formation is com-
Y>x •&
Sarah Bernhardt
monly found in the birth-charts of persons who lead unusual, fateful,

or symbolic lives. An
example of this formation is found in the birth-
chart of Isadora Duncan (on page 186). It is formed by a triseptile
between Mars (very near the I.C.) in Cancer and Jupiter retrograde
in the tenth house, Aquarius. This formation is completed by an
otherwise unaspected Saturn in the twelfth house, Pisces, forming a
septile to Jupiter and a biseptile to Mars. There are also a waning
septile between the Sun and Moon anda biseptile between Uranus
and Mercury, which are not a part of this formation. Isadora Duncan,
who was one of the most significant figures in the liberation of the
dance, led a very unusual and fateful life. Other examples of this
formation may be found in the birth-charts of Timothy Leary and
William Blake.
Isadora Duncan
REGULAR TETRADIC FORMATIONS

These formations are based upon the same principle as the regu-
lar triads, only they arecomposed of four or more planets. There
are several such formations possible, and all generally represent a
practical and functional blending and externalization of the activities
and principles involved. Of course, much depends upon the nature
of the factors. An example of such a formation is found in the birth-
chart of George Gurdjieff. Here we find what may be called a Trine/
Square/Trine/Scmisquare formation, composed of a trine between
Sun and Pluto, a square between Pluto and Uranus, another trine
between Uranus and a Venus-Jupiter conjunction, and finally a semi-
square running from this conjunction and the Sun. GurdjielT was an
George Gurdjieff
inventive genius, which enabled him not only to exercise great con-
trol over practical and mundane affairs, but also to formulate a highly
complex, metaphysical philosophy.
Irregular Formations
Irregular formations are composed of random aspects and are not

based on the geometric division of space. An example of an irregular
formation would be two planets in trine aspect with a third forming a
one end of the trine and a quintile to the other. The manner
septile to
in which these formations harmonize (triadic) or externalize (rec-
tangular) the functions involved depends upon the nature of the
planets, houses, signs, and aspects.
Baba Ram Dass
MULTIPLANETARY FORMATIONS
Occasionally, five or more planetary bodies
are linked together by
aspect and encircle the entire birth-chart. Such formations often
produce quite interesting visuals, some of which suggest a three-
dimensional quality. Generally, one may say that these formations
are representative of a potentially highly integrated and unique per-
sonality. A person with this type of formation in his or her birth-chart
may be one who is able to bring many varied and diverse elements of
personality into a focused and operative synthesis within any spe-
cific area of experience and activity.
A pentagon type of formation is found in the birth-chart of Baba
PLANETARY FORMATIONS 189
Ram Dass. Here we find Neptune retrograde in Virgo, and in the sec-
ond house, squaring the Moon in the fifth house, which in turn semi-
squares Saturn. Saturn then forms a T Square with an opposition to a
Jupiter-Pluto conjunction with the Sun at the apex with one degree
of Uranus, in the tenth house, Aries, while Jupiter-Pluto semisquares
Neptune. The planetary pattern appears to be a tripod, though it
may be considered as asymmetric. There are no planets in the air

element. Baba Ram Dass, formerly known as Dr. Richard Alpert,
was a coworker of Timothy Leary, involved in the LSD research
that took place at Harvard (Uranus conjunct Sun and north lunar
node). Subsequently, Alpert, Leary, and a third researcher, Dr.
Ralph Metzner, were expelled from the faculty. During 1967 Alpert
began a study of Ashtanga yoga in the Himalayas, adopted the name
Baba Ram Dass, and returned to the West, where he became affili-
ated with the Lama Foundation.
The same type of pentagon may be seen in the chart of John
Brzostoski.
One should avoid overstressing the importance of these forma-

tions and those given earlier in the chapter. The manner in which
such patterns may manifest themselves, and to what extent, are very
difficult to ascertain; any formation may be indicative of a well-
integrated, highly creative individual as well as a superficial, ego-
centered personality with a sense of superiority over others. This is
not to say that one should ignore the more complex and abstract
planetary formations, though one should know and understand the
person whose chart is being interpreted, considering these forma-
tions carefully, as related to the needs of the person.
PERFECT FORMATIONS
There are four arrangements that could be regarded as "perfect"
formations, because the planets involved are spaced at regular and
equal intervals throughout the 360° of the zodiac. However, one may
never see any of these formations, and for this reason they might be
regarded as archetypes that are not necessarily actualized. In other
words, these formations represent perfect forms, even though they
may never occur within the framework of astronomy.
The perfect formations are:
a The Grand Sextile, formed by a series of six sextiles
b The Grand Semisquare, formed by a series of eight semisquares
c The Grand Quintile, formed by a series of five quintiles
d The Grand Septile, formed by a series of seven septiles.

THE LUNATION CYCLE:
THE ARCHETYPAL CYCLE
OF RELATIONSHIP
The relationship of the sun to the moon refers to the very es-
sence of life. . . .
Dane Rudhyar
THE SOLI-LUNAR RELATIONSHIP

The Sun's relationship with the Moon is ever-changing in appear-
ance though of a structurally ordered and cyclic nature. The "primi-
tive" mind was no doubt quick to correlate changes in the appearance
of the Moon to natural rhythmic cycles operative on a less grand
scale, particularly to the female menstrual cycle. What this type of
mentality probably didn't understand, however, is that the Moon
does not change, it is the soli-lunar relationship that changes; the
Moon simply reflects the changing relationship.
What we will be considering in this chapter is the significance of
the lunation cycle in natal astrology and what the soli-lunar relation-
ship symbolizes in human personality. The lunation cycle deals with
the very substance of the personality itself; it symbolizes how the life
process is operative within the person and how he or she brings about
the actualization of the archetypal purpose symbolized by the house
and degree of the Sun in the birth-chart.
Occultly speaking, human evolution on this planet is not yet ad-
vanced enough (with a few exceptions) to assimilate directly the life
forces of the Sun. This necessitates a lunar principle to mediate the
solar light forces to the earth. It is in this context that the Sun can
be understood as being symbolic of the root energy and source of the
basic archetypal purpose of the human being, with the Moon sym-
bolic of relatedness and the fulfillment and actualization of this solar
purpose, and provider of assimilatable nourishment.
THE ARCHETYPAL CYCLE OF RELATIONSHIP

Relationship (an integral component of existence) is dynamic and
cyclic by nature; life implies relationship, and relationship means
change. In astrological terms any cycle of relationship begins with a
conjunction, culminates at the opposition, and ends, only to begin
again, at the next conjunction. The following conjunction, however,
never takes place at the same point as the precedent. The soli-lunar
relationship is archetypal, because it deals with the bipolar life proc-
ess operative in all existence and is the most apparent of all cyclic
celestial phenomena.
The cyclic process is operative within all relationship—the phase,
not just the position of relationship, should be considered when the
astrologer studies a birth-chart. In other words, the entire cycle of re-
lationship existing between two planetary bodies is significant, not
just their angular relationship.
THE TWO HEMICYCLES

The reader will recall earlier in the text the formula of the cyclic
process outlined and applied to the houses, signs, and aspects. Here
the cyclic process will be described as it is active and operative within
the realm of bipolar relationships (symbolized by the pairing of
planets), for which the lunation cycle serves as an archetype.
Every cycle contains two distinct hemicycles; in astrological terms,
a waxing hemicycle (from conjunction to opposition) and a waning
hemicycle (from opposition to conjunction), each having a distinct
process and function.
THE WAXING HEMICYCLE

In terms of the soli-lunar relationship, the waxing hemicycle covers
the span from New Moon (conjunction) to Full Moon (opposition).
Process: Spontaneous, instinctual growth and action.
Function: Building and development of organic structures.
THE LUNATION CYCLE 193
THE WANING HEMICYCLE

From Full Moon to New Moon, when the Moon's light is de-
creasing.
Process: Release of and conscious growth in meaning and self-
hood.
Function: Release of the meaning and significance contained
within the structures built during the waxing hemicycle and its syn-
thesis into the basic personality of the individual.
THE FOUR QUADRICYCLES

The two hemicycles may be divided into four quadricycles, giving
The mid-point of each quadri-
us two additional points of reference.
cycle may be seen as the point of maximum intensity within that
quadricycle.
New Moon to First Quarter
Position: Moon 0° to 90° ahead of Sun in terms of the zodiac.

Process: and unconscious activity; subjectivity—little
Instinctual
differentiation between internal and external realms.
Function: The search for a definite sense of self.
Mid-point: Crisis in relationship brings about a clash between

the old forms left over from the precedent cycle and new forms to
be developed.
First Quarter to Full Moon

Position: Moon 90° to 180° ahead of Sun.
Process: Development of structures for the future use of the
"builder" and the attainment of status and authority within a group
through the employment of such structures.
Function: The building of a firm basis for personality.
Mid-point: The apex of willful activity and the urge for self-
expression.
Full Moon to Third Quarter
Position: Moon 180° to 90° behind Sun in terms of the zodiac.

Process: Gradual release of meaning and significance; growth and
expansion of consciousness.
Function: Repolarization. If the waxing hemicyclic experience
was integrated into the personality in a positive manner, the relation-
ship will bear its fruit. If the experiences of the waxing hemicycle
were not successfully integrated, relationship may break down and
disintegrate during the waning hemicycle, leaving the person in a state
of alienation.
Mid-point: Crisis in relationship. Objective participation within
a greater whole, or a sense of defeat and an attempt to lose oneself
through identification with some highly organized social movement
as an escape from creative participation.
Third Quarter to New Moon

Position: Moon 90° to 0° behind Sun.
Process: Breaking down of old images. Completion and assimila-
tion of experience.
Function: The challenge of old and antiquated forms and social
structures. Re-formation of social-collective ideals and formation of
seed.
Mid-point: Crisis in repolarization and personal sacrifice. Focali-
zation on the new birth or new beginning and the sowing of the seed.
THE EIGHT SOLI-LUNAR TYPES

Aframework may now be devised that will enable one to under-
stand the basic manner in which the individual's personal, social, and
cultural relationships are polarized and manifested. The determination
of how the soli-lunar relationship at the time of birth fits into this
structure (which is organic, whole, and cyclic by nature) should offer
significant insight into the person's purpose of living (Sun-Moon).
NEW-MOON TYPE
Moon 0° to 45° ahead of Sun.
Key Word: Emergence.

Temperament: Subjective and impulsive; responds to relationship
instinctively.
Process: Projection of one's personal ideals and concepts (which

may be somewhat confused) upon the outer world.
Examples: Freud, Marx, LBJ, Nixon.
CRESCENT-MOON TYPE
Key Word: Assertion.
Temperament: Confident in one's self and having the need to make
an impression upon the outer world.
Process: Challenge of old forms left over from the former cycle.
Repolarization from personal emphasis to individual concern.
Examples: JFK, Bobby Seale, Maria Montessori.
FIRST-QUARTER TYPE
Key Word: Action.
Temperament: Strong-willed. Ego emphasis or ego-building activi-
ties predominant. If negative: exploitive and ruthless.
Process: Crisis in action. Building of structures to serve the person

in the actualization of his objectives and purposes. A need for direct
action and a feeling of urgency.
Examples: Stalin, Alice Bailey, John Lennon.
GIBBOUS-MOON TYPE
Key Word: Expression.
Temperament: Mental and associative. Questioning and searching
for some kind of revelation or illumination.
Process: Introspection. Personal growth and a need to contribute

to society or culture in a creative manner.
Examples: Janis Joplin, FDR, Jakob Bochme.
FULL-MOON TYPE
Moon 180° to 135° behind Sun.
Key Word: Fulfillment.
Temperament: Open and full. Theoretically objective and fulfill-
ment oriented. Functionally objective, rather than instinctive.
Process: Fulfillment of relationship. If negative, separation and di-

vorce from reality and disintegration of personality. The fulfillment
urge may become distorted and may result in a desire to withdraw
from all but the most "ideal" or "absolute" relationship.
Examples: Rudolf Steiner, J. Krishnamurti.
DISSEMINATING TYPE
Key Word: Synthesis.
Temperament: Assimilative, evaluative, and innovative.

Process: Dissemination of what one has learned or experienced.
The need to impress and inspire others and release new ideas.
Examples: Meher Baba, Baba Ram Dass, Hitler.
THIRD-QUARTER TYPE
Key Word: Reorientation.
Temperament: Future oriented and inventive. May lack flexibility
and may be forceful with issues.
Process: The embodiment of personal ideals and philosophy into
an organized system or institution. The application of universal prin-
ciples to practical and historical affairs.
Examples: Lenin, Trotsky, Marc Edmund Jones, Henry Steele 01-

cott, Annie Besant.
BALSAMIC-MOON TYPE
Moon less than 45° behind Sun.
Key Word: Release.
Temperament: Future oriented, yet aware of the past and its influ-
ence upon the future. A feeling of "destiny" and the will to sacrifice
one's self for the well-being and future growth of humanity.
Process: The release of seed ideas and the assistance of the future
growth of a greater whole. The imparting of visions of the future
to humanity.
Examples: Thomas Paine, Kant, Dane Rudhyar, Bob Dylan.

SUB-CYCLIC CORRESPONDENCE
Each phase of the soli-lunar relationship may be seen as a smaller
cycle within the greater cycle of the entire lunation cycle. In other
words, a 226° Disseminating Moon is not the same as a 269° Dis-
seminating Moon, and this distinction may be determined by super-
imposing the great cycle of the soli-lunar relationship with its eight
types upon the individual 45° cycle of each of its eight types. For
instance, the 226° Disseminating Moon refers to the initial, or New
Moon, phase of the disseminating process, while the 269° Dissemi-
nating Moon refers to the closing, or balsamic, phase of the same
process. Within this context each 45° phase is divided by eight, with
each sub-cyclic phase occupying 5°37'30".
PLANETARY PLACEMENT WITHIN THE STRUCTURE

OF THE LUNATION CYCLE
The manner in which the planets are placed in reference to the
framework provided by the lunation cycle carries significance.
Planets Contained Within the Span Covered by the Lunation Cycle.

Planets found within the space covered by the Moon after its conjunc-
tion with the Sun are considered the contents inherent at birth. The
functions of these planets may be considered developed at birth due
to antecedent causes.
Planets Contained Outside the Span of the Lunation Cycle. If the

Moon is waxing, these planets represent powers and faculties that
are not yet fully developed, or the faculties upon which the individual
should place particular stress and that he or she should attempt to
develop.
Planets Contacted After Full Moon. These planets, in the case

where the Moon is waning at the time of birth, will be involved in
the creative release of the personality and the creative contribution
of the individual to a greater whole.
Participants in the Dawn. As the lunation cycle draws to a close,

these planets are found between the Sun and the Moon. They are
symbolic seeds and may represent the special message of the person.
a) Planets contacted b) Planets outside the

by the Moon span of the lunation
cycle
c) Participants in d) Planet contacted

the dawn after Full Moon
SOLI-LUNAR-HORIZON ARRANGEMENT
The outline below of soli-lunar-horizon arrangements is quite use-
ful in the interpretation of a birth-chart.
2)
O
Moon above, Sun below the horizon
Denotes a person who should strive to give individual meaning to
collective-social ideals and values.
Examples: Meher Baba, Bobby Seale, Oscar Wilde.
O
2>
Sun above, Moon below the horizon
This type of person strives to give social and collective meaning to

his own personal values and ideals.
Examples: Alice Bailey, Annie Besant, Baba Ram Dass, Timothy
Leary.
o-3>
Sun and Moon above the horizon
The upon social-collective-

individual energies should be focused
and spiritual values and ideals.
cultural activities or political
Examples: Bob Dylan, C. G. Jung, Maria Montessori.
G>-3>
Sun and Moon below the horizon
Denotes a person concerned with the fulfillment and actualization of

her own ideals, plans, and interests.
his or
Examples: John Lennon, Richard Nixon, Stalin.

THE TRIAD OF PERSONALITY PROJECTION

The Sun, Moon, and ascendant are symbols of personality, when
considered as an operative whole. Within this context the Sun is the
significator of self as it relates and is operative within the archetypal
(and in a sense collective) field of experience. It has collective and
archetypal meaning, because the Sun's apparent position on the eclip-
tic represents the individual's relationship to the social whole— the
yearly solar cycle. In other words, the Sun's position is determined
by what part (day) of the year the person was born in. By thesame
logic, the natal Moon represents the person's characteristic way of
manifesting self within the personal realm of experience, being rep-
resentative of the part of the month during which birth occurred.
Finally, the ascendant, the most individual and particular of the three
personalizing facets of self, represents the moment of birth in terms
of the daily motion or rotation of the earth. When these three prin-
ciples or facets of personalizing force are synthesized, they emerge
as an integrated and operative whole, as personality, as a direct mani-
festation or reflection of the individual life force, die monad.
This synthesis has been called the Triad of Personality Projection;
its particular function is to project, or externalize, the personalizing
forces of the self in a creative and personally significant manner.
:
PLANETARY GROUPING:
THE REALM OF MULTIFUNCTIONAL
INTEGRATION
The human individual operates fundamentally in two realms: the

realm of dualistic soli-lunar relationship ("life"), and that of
complex organic relationships established between the periodic
motions of the planets within the solar system as a whole.
Dane Rudhyar
TWO TYPES OF PLANETS

Humanistic astrology deals with two types or categories of planets
the "lights," the Sun and Moon, whose bipolar activity symbolizes
the very source of life itself; and the solar system as a whole, with
all the planets, including the Sun and Moon, contained within it. This
second group of planets channels the bipolar life generated by the
soli-lunar relationship and makes it manifest in vast and varied forms.
It is these planets of "multifunctional integration" that symbolize
the various organic functions operative within any whole. In the span
of the next several pages, we'll explore the realm of multifunctional
integration and examine the various functions as they are operative
within personality. Most important, it should be remembered that the
archetypal pattern of relationship described by the lunation cycle can,
and should, be applied to the planetary pairs given below, with signifi-
cant results.
FOUR BASIC FUNCTIONS

The planets of multifunctional integration may be correlated to the
four basic urges, drives, or functions that are a part of the psychologi-
cal being of every integrated organism.
THE FOUR ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS*
1 ) The urge to be a "particular" being. The formation of the ego.

2) The urge to maintain the particular form and quality of this
particular being.
3) The urge to reproduce its particular quality.
4) The urge to transform in accordance with some purpose. The

urge to evolve.
Any one of the above may be:
a) expressed in a positive (constructive) or negative (destructive)
manner, in terms of personal integration;
b) overwhelmed by its own desire element, and in turn overwhelm
the entire organism— unless checked by other functions and kept
within its proper limits by the structuring or regulating power
of the organism. If any one of the four essential functions takes
on a condition of abnormal proportion (over- or underdevelop-
ment), a distinct condition may develop.
AN ASTROLOGICAL SURVEY
OF THE FOUR ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
1) The urge to be a particular being
The formation of the individual, differentiated ego is symbolized
by the Saturn function, which provides the ego structure, and
by the lunar function, which provides the life contents of this
structure. These two planets compose (in this context) a bipolar
relationship and function together as the Dyad of Identification
and Adaption.
2) The urge to maintain the particular form and quality of this
particular being
The Jupiter function preserves what has been defined by Saturn
Adapted from An Astrological Study of Psychological Complexes, by Dane

Rudhyar.
PLANETARY GROUPING 205
and established by the Moon. This process is carried out in close
co-operation with the Mercury function, the principle of related-
The bipolar activity of Jupiter and Mercury
ness and association.
compose the Dyad of Preservation and Association.
3) The urge to reproduce the particular quality of being
The particular quality of the organism is reproduced biologically
through sex and creatively through the creation and projection
of internal forms, ideals, and values. Venus, in this context, sym-
bolizes the seed, while Mars represents the process of germina-
tion. Together, Venus and Mars operate as the Dyad of Sex.
4) The urge to transform the individual being in accordance with
some purpose; the urge to become greater
The urge to go beyond the area defined and limited by Saturn
is symbolized by the three trans-Saturnian planets, Uranus, Nep-
tune, and Pluto, which together function as the Triad of Trans-
formation and Self -Transcendence.
PSYCHOLOGICAL COMPLEXES AND

HUMANISTIC ASTROLOGY
An imbalance in the functional operation of any organism is bound
to result in some sort of difficulty, especially if the imbalance is pro-
longed or isolated in one part of the organism. "Abnormal" develop-
ment of any function is likely to produce or indicate what has been
called a "complex" in modern psychology.
C. G. Jung explains that the contents of a complex are experiences
that have been cut off from the whole of personality, repressed by
the conscious mind, but continuously making their presence known
by hindering the harmonious operation of the conscious mind and
the individual's daily life. The origin of a complex is generally believed
to be some kind of severe emotional shock. In simpler terms, one
may describe a complex as a weak spot in the personality or an inabil-
ity to accept the whole of one's own nature.
As we'll see in the following pages, certain types of psychological
complexes may be related to particular astrological factors. Nothing
in a birth-chart will, however, cause a complex. What these factors
do is point to the source of a particular condition if the condition
is present and indicate how the condition may be adjusted. The inter-
pretation of these factors requires great skill, objectivity, and wisdom

on the part of the astrologer, for he or she must understand the nature
of personality as well as be free from prejudice toward any individual
person or astrological factor, at least at the moment of interpretation.
DYAD OF IDENTIFICATION AND ADAPTION

The Dyad of Identification and Adaption is the symbolic molding
force behind the establishment (Moon) of the ego (Saturn) and its
gradual development (Moon) into a distinct individual (Saturn).

In this process of becoming, Saturn and the Moon represent the
archetypal father and mother images. The result of this process deter-
mines to a great extent the personal identity and how one will react
to one's self and one's individual life experiences.
MOON AS MOTHER IMAGE

As the mother image, the Moon symbolizes what the traditional
mother is to her child: the provider of nourishment, the protector
against any harm that may befall the tiny ego, the adjuster of day-
to-day necessities, and perhaps most of all, the essence of inner secu-
rity and comfort.
If the mother function, and the experiences given the ego by the
mother, have been "normal" (neither excessive nor inadequate), the

individual should be capable, upon reaching maturity, of his own ad-
justments to life, of providing his own nourishment and making his
own way through life as a self-sustaining individual. In other words,
if the mother function has been well balanced, the person should be
prepared to cope with and adjust to life experiences and circumstances
without difficulty.
SATURN AS FATHER IMAGE

Just as the Moon represents all the traditional mother is to her
child,Saturn symbolizes the traditional father image. Saturn becomes

the mediator between the outer world and the individual, the provider
of material substance, and the ideal manifestation of outer strength
and security.
If the father function and the experiences given the ego by it have
been well balanced, the individual should be able to meet life experi-
ences (Moon) with enough outer strength to prevent being over-
whelmed by them and should have a stable enough sense of identity
to remain essentially what he is through any experience, no matter
how difficult it may be.
PARENTAL COMPLEXES
An unbalanced or inharmonious relationship between Saturn and
the Moon indicates the possible presence of what has been called
a "parental complex." The actual presence of such a condition affects
the personality and the manner and attitude
which the individual
in
reacts to himself and to his life experiences.
a full-scale complexIf
is not present, the examination of the relationship between Saturn
and the Moon may reveal certain distinctions.
A Positive Saturn-Negative Moon Situation
When Saturnemphasized in a birth-chart (by house, sign, as-

is
pects, etc.), while the Moon is relatively unemphasized, a positive

Saturn-negative Moon condition may be present.
This condition denotes a person who seeks order, form, pattern,
and structure in everything. Such a person attempts to analyze and
systematize life, often at the expense of the immediate situation. There
may be a search for the universal father in the form of wisdom and
understanding, or in later life, a search for a transcendental mother
image to provide and protect the person on a psycho-spiritual level.
Such a desire may be fulfilled by emotional involvement with such
things as religion, philosophy, love of country, etc.
If Saturn overwhelms (is much more emphasized than) the Moon,
the individual may assume a very structured, overconfident, and cold
attitude toward life and relationship. He may have a positive force-
against-force attitude, going about thinking he can get anything he
wants if he meets force with a greater force.
A Positive Moon-Negative Saturn Situation
This situation is indicated by a well-placed or emphasized Moon
and a relatively unemphasized Saturn. It represents a personality with

a weak or undefined sense of individuality, lacking self-confidence
and fearing authority, yet seeking identity through acceptance of
dogma, rules, and laws or by becoming attached to some organization,
movement, or church. Such a person is constantly searching for a
J
"mother" who will provide for and protect him, make decisions and
adjustments concerning his everyday affairs.
If the Moon overshadows (is much more emphasized than) Saturn,

the individual may have a negative attitude toward life, constantly
feeling at themercy of overwhelming forces beyond his personal con-
trol. Such an individual may display pessimism and a defeatist atti-
tude, possibly turning toward religion or political movements for

meaning.
THE CYCLES OF SATURN AND THE MOON

One may reach a deeper understanding of the Dyad of Identifica-
tion and Adaption by noting the phase of relationship existing between
Saturn and Moon, interpreting it in the manner of the lunation cycle.
The cycle of Saturn and the Moon, and the process symbolized
by them are particularly significant. They represent the forces that
enable the person to function as an individual. They bring into usable
focus the energies of self and personality. Without a Moon, there
would be nothing to protect and provide for the defenseless and still
self -unconscious ego. Without Saturn, there would be nothing to give
definition, mo focus, nothing to contain one's still developing potential;

nothing would have form or definition, and there would be no individ-
ual existence.
The Moon may be seen, in a way, as a microcosm of Saturn. Saturn
defines the realm of particulars— while the Moon defines the earth's
realm of organic fife and the individual's realm of personal existence.
It is significant that the term of the lunation cycle is 29-^ days,
while the cycle of Saturn is 29- 1£ years.
/
DYAD OF PARTICIPATION AND ASSOCIATION

Jupiter and Mercury compose a polarity representing the interplay
between preservation and participation of the individual with a social
whole and the interchange and association of the contents of that
social whole. In these terms, Jupiter represents the basic social func-
tion, the preservation of any established form, and the general in-
crease and expansion of the organic unit. Mercury is the "servant"
of Jupiter: the symbol of the technique of gathering and associating

knowledge and its efficient application. In an ideal condition of equi-
librium, these functions may be described by the following formula:
Jupiter (assimilation of the social/individual content and social
participation within the realm of personal integration) and Mer-
cury (knowledge, technique, and efficiency) means preservation
and prosperity for all.
COMPLEXES DEALING WITH JUPITER

AND MERCURY
An imbalanced condition within the Dyad of Participation and As-
sociation may act as a significator of two types of complexes:
a involving selfhood and assimilation,
b involving participation and sharing.
Such conditions may be present if the Dyad of Identification and
Adaption is weak or unemphasized, giving Jupiter and Mercury very
little to sustain, preserve, and participate in and associate with. This
means that Jupiter and Mercury will probably attempt to compensate

by channeling excess energies elsewhere, probably to:
a The field of personality
Here the individual may try to hide his own sense of weakness
and insecurity through the development of mental acuteness
(Mercury), which will enable him to take control of situations.
The personality may also become aggressive (if Mars is empha-
sized) and manifest a cover-up superiority complex. On the other
hand, the individual may cultivate a charming, pleasant personal-
ity if Venus is emphasized in the birth-chart.
b The social-religious field
The individualmay also attempt to compensate for a weak sense

of self by committing himself to some kind of social (Jupiter)
or political movement (revolutionary, if Uranus is emphasized),
or religious involvement (Neptune).
If the Dyad of Participation and Association acts in the above
manner (by the development of a sharp mind, an aggressive ego

or a charming personality, or by compensative involvement in
a social-political-religious movement) to compensate for a weak
sense of identity provided by the Dyad of the Moon and Saturn,
it may and overdevelop its own function, creating a
overstrain
and the development of more serious "complexes,"
rigid condition
including the so-called father complex (heavy Jupiter), guilt
complexes (Jupiter-Mercury), messiah complexes (Jupiter and
Mars), fanatical conditions (Neptune), and other social-religious
complexes.
If, however, Jupiter and Mercury do not compensate in such
a manner, attention should be focused upon the transcendental
realm: on the "soul" or the higher self, a condition of Jovian
aspirations over ego emphasis.
Conditions Symbolized
by an Unemphasized Mercury
and an Emphasized Jupiter
When Mercury fails to operate or is overwhelmed by a heavily

emphasized Jupiter, a condition of imbalance results. This situation
may be described as a "fattening process," in which hunger for more
wealth and more power and more self-aggrandizement and more and
more of everything becomes almost uncontrollable. In this situation,
Mercury becomes nothing more than a slave to Jupiter, providing
more and more useless information. If Saturn and/or Mars is also
emphasized, the personality may be extremely egocentric (Saturn)
or aggressive and violent (Mars).
Conditions Symbolized
by an Emphasized Mercury
and an Unemphasized Jupiter
This situation indicates an addiction to knowledge, facts, informa-

tion, any kind of data; yet the individual may be unable to put all
thisknowledge and information to a creative or spiritual use to assist

well-balanced growth, harmony, and participation. If Saturn is strong,
the mind may be extremely rigid, narrow, and cold.
The basic structure of the lunation cycle, the archetypal cycle of
relationship, should, of course, also be applied to the Dyad of Partici-
pation and Association, as well as all dyadic relationships.
THE DYAD OF SEX

Mars and Venus represent the most primary and personally inti-
mate polarization of the basic solar potential acting upon the emo-
tional nature of human beings. These two planets, which are found
immediately within and immediately outside of the orbit of the earth,
symbolize the individual's most personal realization of the basic dual-
ity of manifested life. Mars stands for all activities, desires, and urges
that compel or urge one to change or disrupt any condition of equi-

librium. It is the desire in man to emerge as an individual being ca-
pable of making an impression on the world. Normally, people act
because there is a reason (Mercury) for action, which implies a value.
In other words, desire for experience, sensation, and action (Mars)
isthe result of a value (Venus) being placed on the desired thing
and associated with the memory of the thing or the experience asso-
ciated with it.
The pairing of planets symbolizes the polarity that is responsible

for all forms of creative expression. Everything externalized by the
person, everything through which he expresses himself, is symbolized
by the Dyad of Sex. Mars and Venus should not, however, be mis-
taken for the primal source, which is responsible for the generation
of duality and is symbolized by the soli-lunar relationship; rather,
this polarity serves as the most direct and personal channel through
which these energies flow. It may be said that the Sun and Moon
symbolize cosmic duality, while Mars and Venus represent personal
duality, which is a reflection of cosmic duality. One's personality is
polarized by the Sun and Moon, but his or her emotional life is po-
larizedand directed by the Martial desire for emergence and the Ve-
nusian urge toward inner communion. Mars should be the "servant"
of Venus and Mercury, representing the "machine of action" that
expresses and externalizes the emotional and mental directives of
these two principles.
IMBALANCES IN THE DYAD OF SEX

Mars Dominating Venus
is symbolic of what might be called "animal sex,"
This situation
in which Venus is subservient to Mars, and sex (in the most inclusive
meaning of the word) is an unconscious, compulsive act; while, in
a Venus-determined situation, sex is conscious and personalized, act-
ing as a creative release. However, Venus and Mars represent much
more than merely physical aspect of sex.
this
An Mars dominating Venus in his or her birth-

individual with
chart may be exploitive and involved in getting whatever he or she
desires, often without consideration of others. Values and ideals are
worthless if they do not assist one in the immediate satisfaction of
the more mundane desires of life. If the person is an "artist" he will
be of the "commercial" type; more concerned with the worth of his
art in terms of dollars, cents, and fame than the ideal behind it or
its aesthetics.
Venus More Emphasized Than Mars

we find Venus positive and determining. Sex
In this configuration
and forms of creative expression become a very personal and con-
all
scious field of activity and participation for the release of the powers
of personality. In this situation the urge toward expression is a direc-
tive factor, rather than the desire for immediate fulfillment. Mars,
however, plays an important role in all forms of life, and a serious
condition may arise if Venus overwhelms Mars.
Other Imbalances Involving Mars and Venus

a A compulsion to act without:
1 purpose (strong Mars— weak Sun)
2 reason (strong Mars— weak Mercury)
3 value or consideration (strong Mars—weak Venus);
b An inability to act when need is present, because of:
1 physical weakness (weak Mars, Jupiter, or Sun-Moon)

2 lack of insight or mental confusion (weak Mercury)
3 inability to see the value of acting upon a situation (weak
Venus).
THE TRIAD OF TRANSFORMATION AND

SELF-TRANSCENDENCE
The three trans-Saturnian planets are symbolic of the sacred proc-
ess of transformation and self-transcendence, a process that makes
the person more thanhuman, more than just a man or woman,
just
but a whole and integrated individual. Such a person is conscious
of his or her place and function within the universal scheme and
at harmony with the lesser universes that compose his or her own
body. This process involves sequence and order, each planet of the
triad performing a specific function in order to bring about a particu-
lar change in the consciousness of the individual, and all (ideally)
in harmony with the whole.

Until quite recently, the nature, and even the existence, of this
process had been kept secret, especially in the West. In the past,
Saturn was thought to be the planet denning the outermost realm
of the solar system, only because human consciousness, as a whole,
had not yet developed the ability to see the three bodies whose orbits
extend beyond the orbit of Saturn. Because of this, humanity as a
whole was not able to respond to the urge of self-transcendence, and
those few who did respond to the call were forced to seek a teacher
and usually sworn to the strictest secrecy. To become involved with
such activities may have been dangerous. The mystery schools and
the alchemists, for example, had to invent fronts and symbolic lan-
guages to cover up their operations and to disguise their traditions
in order to prevent persecution. A person who desired to partake
in the teachings had to prove himself worthy by undergoing many
dangerous "tests."
The situation is much different today. Humanity has begun to re-
spond to the higher frequencies of the solar system and the universe;
witness the discovery of the three trans-Saturnian planets. Certain
types of knowledge that had been kept secret for centuries are now
being given out rather freely and, despite what many may claim, a
teacher is no longer needed (at least on the physical plane) if one
wishes to "tread the spiritual path." It may be true, as many astrol-
ogers claim, that most people today have not yet developed the capac-
ity for responding to the trans-Saturnian planets in a positive manner.
However, the fact remains that a growing number of persons have.
URANUS AS THE "MASTER OF TRANSFORMATIONS"

The ancient Chaldean astrologers were probably unaware of the
three planets with orbits beyond Saturn. Modern science didn't dis-
cover Uranus, the first planet beyond Saturn, until 1781, when it
was sighted by the great astronomer Herschel.

Both Saturn and Uranus have astronomical peculiarities that make
them unique in our solar system. Saturn, which for thousands of years
defined the boundaries of our solar system, is surrounded by flat,
disklike rings, which bring to mind the "ring-pass-not" of occult phi-

losophy. Uranus, which defies the traditional authority of Saturn and
isthe symbol of change (it was discovered during a period of world-
wide revolt), rotates in a direction radically different from any other
planet in our solar system. That is, its polar axes are east-west rather
than north-south; it rolls on its belly.
It is the Uranian urge that initially takes the individual outside
the safe, secure, and familiar realm of conventional living defined
by Saturn. It may take place within or beyond the control of the
person. It is often a disruptive and bewildering experience, which
may leave the person temporarily disoriented; his world has been scat-
tered by the shock of the realization that there is something beyond
the traditional way of life and a power greater than one's own ego.
This first phase, the first step of the process that will transform the
individual into something greater, may come in many ways. It may
be the result of gradual discontentment with convention, or the result
of certain drug experiences, or one may even be born with the urge
for transformation.
However, it is only one step, one of many steps; one may even
say that it is the step, and it must be repeated endlessly, or until one
reaches the shrine of the eternal life of self. Saturn and Uranus are
constantly interacting. The new experiences provided by Uranus
quickly become absorbed by Saturn and Moon and eventually con-
ventionalized and assimilated by Jupiter into the fabric of the culture.
This process can be seen today with the establishment of the "counter-
culture" and its superficial assimilation by the conventional culture.
The truly integrated individual, transformed by Uranus, Neptune, and
Pluto, lives outside of all culture, yet realizes culture has a place in
the evolution of his own personality and the evolution of humanity
in general. The transforming person never stops placing one foot in
front of the other. Every time he or she breaks through a barrier,
another barrier is discovered, more inclusive but still a barrier. Such
a person is constantly expanding his realm of integration, but the
"I" principle isn't there in the normal sense. True, there is individual
consciousness, but not the normal type of ego-centered consciousness.
The person transformed by Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto will appear
to be an extremist to others, because those still set in conventional
ways of life are not used to witnessing a whole person living as an
integrated individual. When an entire culture is misguided by distorted
values, anyone living a more harmonious life, outside of that culture,
will appear to be "misguided." There is no one way, and the only
way is found within one's self.
Saturn is a remarkable rebounder; as soon as Uranus tears down

a Saturnian barrier, it builds a newer, more expansive one. It is in
thismanner that Saturn and Uranus are in eternal competition with

one another in an endless though not meaningless race. Each time
Saturn and Uranus act upon one another, a new form of experience
is realized. The race may never end, but the participants become
greater in the process.
URANUS AND MARS AS THE DYAD OF TRANSFORMATION

The process of expanding the consciousness of a human being be-
yond the boundary set by Saturn requires more than simply Uranian
forces. Uranus must be assisted by Mars, which provides the needed
power and externally directed force. Without Mars, the Uranian func-
tion wouldn't be strong enough to keep up with Saturn. In this way,
Mars may be seen as the "right-hand man" of Uranus. It should be
revealing to note that Mars is the first planet of a translunar nature,
while Uranus is the first trans-Saturnian planet. Together, these two
bodies work as a team that drives the individual toward transforma-
tion (if Uranus is directive) or meaningless acts of disruption (if
Mars is directive). As is the case with all dyadic relationships, these

two planets should be related to the framework of the archetypal cycle
of relationship.
NEPTUNE AS THE "UNIVERSAL SOLVENT"

Once the Saturnian walls have been penetrated and broken up by
the Uranian urge, Neptune comes in and dissolves the disintegrating
remains with a strong acid, the "universal solvent" of the alchemists,
which will eat through anything. In this phase of the process of self-
transcendence the person is taken into a fluid state of unfocalization

and As may be expected, the individual usually reacts
disorientation.
with fear and confusion when he finds himself in such a limbo-like
state, in which everything seems so meaningless. At this point he
may come to one of two conclusions: 1) that everything is meaning-

less and the only way to preserve sanity is by escaping into a nullistic
state, perhaps with the help of opiates and alcohol, or 2) that, despite
appearances, there is some higher principle and meaning in existence.
Reorientation is most important for the person at the Neptune
phase. He must reorganize and re-evaluate all that he has known and
taken for granted in the past, examining it in the light of a new,
transformed world. Once one has passed through the portal of
Uranus, new meanings and values must be given to everything, every-
thing must be reassociated. One must reorient one's energies toward
the realization of a new purpose, a purpose that transcends both the
personal and social realms of existence, of planetary and universal
significance. In this way, Neptune is symbolic of compassion and
selflessness.
Religious or social fanaticism and self-abnegation form the dark
side of Neptune, quite an easy thing to slip into when one's entire
conventional or personal world has been destroyed before one's eyes.
Established unconventional religious or social movements may be the
first place one prematurely reaching the Neptunian phase may turn.
Here he will find others, who have also experienced the effect of the
"universal solvent" upon their personal and social lives. Here the
individual may find something that sheds light upon the confused
and meaningless world, something to relax his troubled mind. But
one should not stop here, simply to erect another barrier and adopt
another authoritarian, dogmatic philosophy.
NEPTUNE AND JUPITER AS THE DYAD OF REORIENTATION

Neptune and Jupiter are operationally connected in much the same
way as Uranus and Mars. Neptune is symbolic of the reorientation of
the individual's consciousness from personal-social values to univer-
sal significance, while Jupiter stands for the assimilation of the col-
lectiverealm of experience by the individual and the preservation of
the personality within the social sphere. On one hand, Jupiter helps
Neptune in the process of universalization, and on the other it works
against Neptune through the preservation of the established norm de-
fined by Saturn. Together, Neptune and Jupiter work for the reorien-
tation of the individual's consciousness directed toward the goal of
self-transcendence (if directed by Neptune) or self-aggrandizement
(if directed by Jupiter). The quality of relationship active within the
Dyad of Reorientation may be revealed by referring the phase of
relationship to the archetypal cycle of relationship.
PLUTO AS "COSMIC INTEGRATOR"

The third trans-Saturnian planet, Pluto, was, strangely enough,
discovered eighty-four years (one cycle of Uranus) after the discov-
ery of Neptune. This planet, which has an extremely eccentric orbit,
can reach a latitude of as much as 18° and, for a short period during
each orbit, is found within the orbit of Neptune. When Pluto was
first discovered, in 1930, many astronomers thought it might be a
wandering satellite of Neptune because of its eccentric orbit and its
relatively small size (at that time Pluto was believed to be about the
size of Mercury).
Pluto is symbolic of the process of refocalization of consciousness
once it has been reoriented toward the realization of a higher or uni-
versal ideal,which enables the person to clearly see his relation to
and place within the universal scheme. In this way, Pluto acts as
integrator and represents the final stages of individuation, or in occult
terms, initiation.
The so-called "New Age" and all other forms of renewed con-
sciousness are symbolized by Pluto. It should be understood, how-
ever, that new forms are not actually new but simply old forms that
have been transformed, reoriented, and refocused by the triad of
trans-Saturnian planets. These planets transform "old" and forgotten
forms into something more, giving to them a new quality of con-
sciousness. The seed pattern remains the same, though the individual
organism becomes more capable of fulfilling the potential latent
within its archetypal pattern.
When one completes the Pluto phase and forms a positive rela-
tionship with the whole of life, he has symbolically completed the
process of self-transcendence and emerges as a transfigured individu-
ated being, more than human. This is an extremely difficult process,
a process through which most human beings are not yet able to pass
successfully. This is not to say, however, that the urge for self-
transcendence is not operative within all beings, at least on an

unconscious level. The triad of Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto are opera-
tive everywhere, within all things, not within just those few who are
able to achieve total self-transcendence right now. It seems, how-
ever, as if the results of these planets make themselves more appar-
ent and obvious on the social-cultural-collective level than within the
individual; indeed, it may be easier to revolutionize a culture than to
transform an individual.
PLUTO AND SATURN AS THE DYAD OF REFOCALIZATION

What Saturn is to the personal-social identity of a person, Pluto
is to his or her spiritual-universal identity. On one hand, Pluto
may be seen as the higher octave of Saturn, and on the other, Saturn's
archrival. Saturn acts as the structuring agent within the realm of par-
ticulars, while Pluto restructures and redefines what has been broken
down and dissolved by Uranus and Neptune, refocalizing the con-
sciousness that animated the old Saturnian forms within a more tran-
scendental and universal frame of reference. In a way, Pluto does
the same thing as Saturn, only in a more universal and less ego-
centered way. Pluto, the symbol of new forms, is, however, a threat
to the old, established forms of Saturn, which are constantly being
transformed, reoriented, and refocused by Uranus, Neptune, and
Pluto. It is a threat and a fearful symbol only when consciousness
hangs onto antiquated forms; otherwise it is a natural organic func-
tion, beneficial to the entire organism.
The Sun its light to the Moon, which transforms solar light
gives
into organic which is passed on to Saturn, which gives individual
life,
consciousness and identity to lunar organisms and is in turn passed

on to Pluto, which calls forth the eternal light dwelling within the
individual, giving consciousness of its divine source.
DIRECTIVE FACULTIES
GUIDES TO LIVING
To be responsibly self-directing means that one chooses— and

learns from the consequences.
Carl Rogers
In addition to the four essential functions and their symbolic

planetary groupings, which drive or urge individuals toward active
participation within the realm of personal experience and growth,
every person possesses certain directive faculties, which guide him
toward the fulfillment of the particular way of life most meaningful
and purposeful to him as an individual. In the next several pages we'll
be discussing how these directive faculties may be recognized as
guides to creative and individual living through the process of astro-
logical interpretation.
A BRIEF SURVEY OF THE FIVE DIRECTIVE FACULTIES
1. DIRECTIVE MOTIVATION
The relationship between Jupiter and Saturn acts as a significator
of the directive motivation of the individual. Together, Jupiter and
Saturn function as the Dyad of Internal/External Relatedness.
2. DIRECTIVE INTELLECT
The cycle of Mercury and its relationship with the Sun represents
the mental temperament of the individual. This particular area of
astrological study has been termed mental chemistry by Marc Ed-
mund Jones.
3. EMOTIONALLY DIRECTED RESPONSIVENESS

The cycle of Venus and its relationship with the Sun reveals the
emotional temperament of the individual and the manner in which he
or she uses emotions as a guide to living.
4. DIRECTIVE UTILIZATION
The manner in which one goes about getting what he wants and
theway in which he uses his natural abilities to assist him in his af-
fairs are determined by various factors, discussed below.
5. DIRECTIVE COMPATIBILITY
The Sun, Moon, and ascendant, and the Dyad of Sex are the pri-
mary significators of the faculty that directs the individual to seek
relationships with certain types of people.
DIRECTIVE INTELLECT: THE CYCLE OF MERCURY

Traditional astrology has ignored the geocentric phenomenon cre-
ated by the orbit of Mercury. This planet, which is never more than
28° from the Sun, has an extremely eccentric orbit (the only planet
with a more eccentric orbit is Pluto) and forms two distinct types of
solar conjunctions. At its most accelerated speed of daily motion it is
the quickest-moving of all planets. While at its point of maximum
brightness (within 14° of the Sun), Mercury is the third-brightest
body in the sky, second only to the Sun and Moon.

DIRECTIVE FACULTIES: GUIDES TO LIVING 221
TWO TYPES OF MERCURIAL-SOLAR CONJUNCTIONS

Because Mercury occupies a position in the solar system helio-
it becomes involved in two
centricaUy within the orbit of the earth,
types of geocentric solar conjunctions, an inferior conjunction and
a superior conjunction.*
The Inferior Conjunction: Mercury is heliocentrically conjunct and

closest to the earth, mediating between the Sun and earth, having the
quality of a New Moon (new Mercury). It takes place when Mercury
is retrograde, and begins the promethean cycle.
The Superior Conjunction: Mercury is heliocentrically opposed to

the earth. It takes place when Mercury is direct (and has the quality
of a Full Moon). The epimethean cycle begins.
THE PROMETHEAN CYCLE

The promethean cycle (promethean means progressive) of Mer-
cury corresponds to the waxing hemisphere of the solar-Mercurian
relationship. This cycle is characterized by a Mercury function that
"runs ahead of the Sun"; that is, Mercury rises, or crosses the ascend-
ant (in a clockwise direction), before the Sun. There are two phases
of the promethean cycle; one with Mercury retrograde, the other
with Mercury direct.
Promethean Retrograde. Begins at the inferior conjunction, when

Mercury is accelerating in speed of motion, thus transmitting energy
to earth in its most focalized condition. The mind of a person born
during this period should be highly focused and in direct rebellion
against the instinctive nature, the mind seeking independence.
Promethean Direct. Begins when Mercury is at its greatest distance
from the Sun. The mind becomes established in its own nature. When
Mercury's speed becomes greater than the Sun's, the Mercury func-
tion becomes very intense and projective. Mercury's speed is almost
at its greatest when the superior conjunction takes place.
* See Appendix VI for a more detailed astronomical explanation of this phe-

nomenon.
THE EPIMETHEAN CYCLE
The epimethean cycle (epimethean means conservative) of Mer-
cury corresponds to the waning hemisphere of the solar-Mercurian
relationship. This cycle is characterized by a Mercury that rises after
the Sun. As was the case with the promethean cycle, there are two
phases: one with Mercury direct, the other with Mercury retrograde.
Epimethean Direct. Begins when Mercury's speed of daily motion
begins to decelerate, at the superior conjunction. The mental func-
tions are reflective and and reasoning out precedents, be-
objective,
coming the master of the present. The mind doesn't run ahead of
itself, as is the case with the promethean cycle, but runs people and
things.
Epimethean Retrograde. The mind is philosophical, yet still some-

what bound to tradition. Mental introspection directed toward inner
realization.
MERCURY AS SIGNIFICATOR
OF DIRECTIVE INTELLECT
The cycle of Mercury provides the basic structure for a system of
examination that should reveal, or at least indicate, the individual's
ability and manner of using his mind as a directive faculty. This sys-
tem calls for the consideration of:
a Mercury's configuration with the Sun,

b the daily motion (speed) of the Moon,
c aspects formed between Mercury, Venus, and Mars.
Mercury's Configuration with the Sun
The configuration of Mercury with the Sun characterizes the in-

dividual's particular type of human mentality.
Mercury 14° to 28° ahead of Sun. The mind is eager and un-
trammeled, free from interference by inner reactions or feelings. It
is functioning in its own realm and leading the individual in and out
of life experiences.
Mercury 0° to 14° ahead of Sun. The mind is eager, though
censored by the will; more self-conscious and restrained than the
above.
Mercury 14° to 28° behind the Sun. The mind is deliberate,
using experience and judgment as guides, though often lacking con-
fidence and operating in a detached manner.
Mercury 0° to 14° behind the Sun. The mind is deliberate,

though self-conscious and within the realm and control of personality.
Consideration of the Moon's Daily Motion
The average daily motion of the Moon is 13° 10'. Anything less
than the average is considered "slow," while anything more than this
average is considered "fast." In the birth-chart, the Moon's speed of
daily motion indicates the person's way of responding to life
experiences.
Fast Moon. The person is quick to respond to life experiences and

the needs they pose. Perceptive and active.
Slow Moon. The person's acts are deliberate and cautious. He may
be slow and lax in responding to the needs and challenges posed by
life, but he is less inclined toward rash acts and poor judgment than
most.
Consideration of the Cycle of Mercury

in Relation to the Moon's Speed
The cycle of Mercury considered in relation to the speed of the
Moon characterizes the individual's way of handling life experiences
and his over-all mental temperament.
a Promethean Mercury and slow Moon; or epimethean Mercury
and fast Moon: indicates a well-balanced sense of directive intellect.
b Epimethean Mercury and slow Moon: characterizes a person who

may be mentally withdrawn and unsocial. Rationalizations and con-
clusions are often based largely upon one's personal views and under-
standing of the subject. The person is liable to experience difficulty
when attempting to effect change within his own field of experience.
c Promethean Mercury and fast Moon: such a person may have

unusual mental comprehension, though is liable to be impatient and
wasteful of energy.
Consideration of Aspects to Mercury from Venus and Mars
Aspects to Mercury from Venus and Mars indicate the person's

mental disposition and attitude.
Mercury Not in Aspect to Either Venus or Mars. Denotes a per-
son with an abstract nature and little or no inclination toward prac-
tical affairs.
Mercury conjunct Mars. Symbolizes an aggressive and uncom-
promising mind.
Mercury conjunct Venus. Denotes mental appreciation.
Mercury sextile Mars. Refers to an ease of mental functioning.
Mercury sextile Venus. Denotes the type of mind that works well
in close association with others but is easily impressed.
Mercury square Mars. Indicates an argumentative, intellectually

ambitious, and confident nature.
Mercury trine Mars. Refers to an open-minded and confident
personality.
Mercury opposed Mars. Denotes the type of person who may be

and condescending toward the mental dullness of others. Crea-
critical
tive insight.
EMOTIONALLY DIRECTED RESPONSIVENESS:

THE CYCLE OF VENUS
The cycle of Venus, like that of Mercury, has two types of solar
conjunctions: inferior and superior. Venus is at superior conjunction
when its motion is rapid (about 1° 15' is its maximum daily motion,
reached just after superior conjunction) and direct and it is farthest
from the earth. It is one of the two points (the other being when it
reaches maximum latitude) at which Venus is most intense and opera-
tive within its own sphere. Venus reaches inferior conjunction with
the Sun when it is closest to the earth, slow, and in retrograde motion.
VENUS AS SIGNIFICATOR
OF EMOTIONALLY DIRECTIVE RESPONSIVENESS
The relationship between Venus and the Sun serves as an indicator
of the individual's emotional temperament and the manner in which
the individual approaches and relates to situations and people.
VENUS AS LUCIFER (BEARER OF LIGHT)

When Venus aheadf (being of a lesser degree of zodiacal
rises
longitude) of the Sun, it may be seen in the morning sky, whence the
name "the morning star." Venus as Lucifer refers to a basic type of
t Venus is never more than 47° from the Sun; when it reaches this maximum
distance, a crisis of emotional reorientation may take place.
human emotional responsiveness, which may be described as impul-

sive and spontaneous. The person who has this configuration in his
or her birth-chart should be responsive and eager in relationships.
The tendency of rushing into situations and relationships may result
in disappointments and emotional rejection by others, the emotional
stress of which may "force" the person into adopting a cold or indif-
ferent attitude as a compensation or mask.
The person with Venus as Lucifer should have a high sense of
ideals (generally speaking) and will probably try to project them
upon himself and others, unmercifully if Venus is retrograde, being
critical when they are not realized to his satisfaction.
Finally, it could be said that persons with Venus rising ahead of the
Sun should upon their emotions and intuitions as directives and
rely
guides to living.The further ahead of the Sun Venus happens to be,
the more pronounced and obvious this type of temperament will be,
especially if Venus is also ahead of Mercury.
VENUS HESPERUS
Venus rising after the Sun is symbolic of the type of personality
that feels after the act, judging the performance of an act (by himself
or others) after it has been transacted, on the basis of aesthetics, pro-
cedure, or its reception.
Emotions may be just as intense as the Lucifer type, though not
as likely to be as unrestrained or spontaneous, and possibly they may
be directed toward destructive or negative channels of release. Gen-
erally, the Venus Hesperus personality does not allow his emotions
to directly guide him through his daily life, employing his emotional
nature instead in an evaluative or judicial manner.
If the Sun rises before both Mercury and Venus, the personality
may be guided and directed by the self, by pure inner directives,
rather than by the intellect or emotions. In cases in which both Venus
and Mercury rise before the Sun, the personality will be directed by
both the intellect and the emotions, but primarily by that signified by
the body rising first.
The Significance of Venus Retrograde

Venus one of the planets most seldom found in retrograde (the
is
other is Mars)— about six weeks every 584 days.

Venus retrograde in a birth-chart symbolizes an ascetic type of
personality, whose values, incentives, and modes of expression seem
to be in contradiction with natural life instincts. This may be due to a

desire to attain some high and sublime state of transcendence; or, on
the other hand, it may be symbolic of disintegrative forces within the
emotional or psychological make-up of the personality. A person with
a retrograde Venus may be in tune with a more personal type of
aesthetics.
DIRECTIVE MOTIVATION: BEING AND DOING

The between Saturn (individual identity) and Jupiter
relationship
(the social sense) reveals the basic condition of balance and inter-
change existing between the person's consciousness as an independ-
ent entity and his experiences as a social entity.
Each person is an individual, a complete whole, as well as a part
of a greater (social-racial-planetary) whole. The condition of psycho-
logical equilibrium between these two principles varies from person
to person. One may emphasize and attempt to develop his uniqueness
as an individual, while another may focus his attention and energies
upon a movement or cause, regarding himself as first an agent of that
cause and secondly as an individual. In both cases there is related-
ness, though the direction may differ. The pairing of Saturn and Jupi-
ter produces the Dyad of Internal/External Relatedness.
DYAD OF INTERNAL/EXTERNAL RELATEDNESS

AS SIGNIFICATOR OF DIRECTIVE MOTIVATION
A significator of directive motivation may be determined by the
examination of the condition of balance between Saturn and Jupiter.
(a) If Saturn is more emphasized than Jupiter, the person should
be able to function in a creative and meaningful manner within the

realm of personal interest.
(b) If Saturn overshadows Jupiter, the person should be motivated
by individual experiences, values, ideals, and interest. Social activity
may be subservient to the individual's personal goals, purposes, and

desires.
(c) If Jupiter is more emphasized than Saturn, the person should

be concerned with social-collective-religious affairs and activities, re-
ceiving personal inspiration from his or her involvement with them.
(d) If Jupiter overshadows Saturn, die person may be subservient

to the group or society, having a weak sense of identity and being

motivated by external (social-collective-religious) experiences, ideals,
values, and goals.
SIGNIFICANCE OF ASPECTS BETWEEN SATURN AND JUPITER

Any major aspect found between Saturn and Jupiter (aspects, par-
ticularly between planetary pairs, should be considered as phases of a
cycle) may serve as a significator of directive motivation in terms of
the individual's ability to integrate the two poles of relatedness.
Saturn- Jupiter Conjunct. A new form of internal/external rela-
tionship is represented here. There is great freedom of direction, but
perhaps a lack of discrimination.
Saturn-Jupiter Sextile. One's internal/external relationships as-
sist and co-operate with one another in a positive, productive man-
ner. The individual should be able to maintain himself well in both
the internal and external scheme of things.
Saturn- Jupiter Square. Basic conflict between one's internal and

external affairs, between one's responsibility to himself as a person
or to his own self-actualization, and his relationship to the outer
world or the establishment.
Saturn-Jupiter Trine. The individual should be able to function
and express himself (if he is able to differentiate) equally well
within both the internal and the external realms of experience.
Saturn-Jupiter Opposed. Awareness of the contrast existing be-
tween the individual and collective values and the attempt to main-
tain a functional balance between the two. The person may, however,
between two worlds, and if the balance breaks, the
find himself torn
two poles may become severely divorced within the individual's per-
sonality.
DIRECTIVE UTILIZATION:
PROFICIENCY AND APTNESS
The study of directive utilization reveals the manner in which the
person should be best equipped to utilize the immediate opportuni-
ties of a situation and his or her special or unique skills and abilities.
To gain insight into this, we'll be examining:

(a) the planet of oriental appearance,
(b ) the medium coeli and the tenth house,

(c) the significator of dynamic aptness.
PLANET OF ORIENTAL APPEARANCE

AS PRACTICAL DIRECTOR
Each person has been given special skills and abilities to help him
fulfill himself as an individual and as a purposeful member of society.
Through the technique of directive utilization, we are able to recog-
nize these personal gifts and understand how they may be utilized
and developed.
The term "planet of oriental appearance" was coined to designate
the planet crossing the eastern horizon immediately before the Sun
on any given day. The planet of oriental appearance at the time of
our birth serves as the significator of practical direction. This planet
will act as the agent of the personality within the field of practical,
everyday affairs and life experiences. It provides the individual with
a method and a direction of action to assist him in the handling of
the immediate demands of life.
The planet of oriental appearance also reveals the particular things
one should be good at: the areas of activity and experience that
should provide the person with the richest harvest for his efforts. It
represents how one's unique skills and faculties can be put to their
best possible use and how one may fulfill his potentiality for practical
and productive activity.
The significator of practical direction at the time of birth is the
planet in the birth-chart immediately preceding the Sun in a clock-
wise direction—the planet immediately preceding the Sun in the zo-
diac. For instance, Sun occupied the thirteenth degree of
if the
Scorpio on the day of my
Neptune occupied the twelfth
birth while
degree of Libra, Neptune would be my oriental-appearing planet if
no other planet is found between the twelfth degree of Libra and the
thirteenth degree of Scorpio.
Mercury as Practical Director
The person with Mercury rising directly before the Sun is a think-
ing type. He is able to think and reason his way through problems
and difficulties confronting him, arriving at the best way to deal with
a situation. The mind is sharp and alert. It should be allowed to guide
the person through his or her everyday experiences.
One born with Mercury in oriental appearance should be able to

deal directly with a job, function, or technique without conflict or
external interference. Efficiency, practicality, and reliability may be
this type of person's forte, though he should try to cultivate creativity.
Venus as Practical Director
This type of person should be concerned with the value and ideals
behind his work, insisting upon making a personal impression on
everything he touches. Aesthetics, beauty, value, and meaning are
very important if Venus is in oriental appearance, and one should
use them as guides to practical living. This type of person is sensitive
and appreciative of people, things, and situations, and this should
assist him in realizing their value (and disadvantage) as they relate
to his life and work.

The Venusian sensitivity represented here is constantly seeking
creative expression and fulfillment in all that one does, and for this
reason the person with Venus in this position should seek out em-
ployment, or earn his living, in a field that leaves room for creative
expression and artistic judgments. Such persons should find work as
artist, designer, decorator, or buyer to be rewarding and fulfilling.
Moon as Practical Director
Refers to a person who has a special ability for keeping the prac-
tical, functional affairs of his life running smoothly. He or she is
equally at ease running a household or managing a business, and

both may be essential for this individual's happiness. However, if
one's Moon is in oriental appearance, one should be careful not to
become obsessively concerned with the maintenance and upkeep of
his home or office.
The lunar response represented here may be well utilized by in-

volving oneself in assisting and guiding others in their everyday lives.
For this reason, it is an excellent significator for the manager, coun-
selor, or teacher.
Mars as Practical Director
Characterizes the type of person who becomes totally involved in

whatever he or she is doing, often to the point of self-abnegation.
The Martian temperament found in persons having Mars rising di-
rectly before the Sun enables them to, sooner or later, accomplish
almost everything they set out to do, and they are usually not satis-
fied until their ambitions are finally realized.
The person with Mars in oriental appearance has a great asset in
his ability to stick with things, and for this reason he should be highly
productive. However, an awareness and sensitivity of others should
be developed, as he may be inclined toward exploitiveness as a means
of actualizing success. This configuration is symbolic of the business-
man, the promoter, and the athlete.
Jupiter as Practical Director
Such a person usually has a great number of personal resources

and a vast array of skills, enabling him to get things done easily; he
should experience little difficulty in the handling of practical affairs.
There is a good deal of social sense here; often, fulfillment can be
found through social activity and involvement.
If Jupiter is in oriental appearance, the person should have ability
for organizational work and dealing and relating with others, though
he should also try to develop a deeper understanding of those who
occupy a lower social station than himself.
Symbolic of the social worker and organizer.
Saturn as Practical Director
Characterizes the type of person who should be able to exercise

great self-disciplineand endurance in achieving his or her objective.
Such an individual has a deep understanding of things on the struc-
tural level, having a special ability for knowing how things run and
what makes things happen.
The Saturnian temperament represented here gives one a position
and air of authority, though one should be careful not to abuse this
power, as persons born with Saturn in oriental appearance often find
their way to influential positions in the fields of politics, science, and
academics.
Uranus as Practical Director
The type of person with Uranus in oriental appearance is out to

change everything he comes in contact with. The individual repre-
sented here is particularly suited to promoting and developing the
type of changes in the meaning, value, and understanding of existence
(both individual and collective) necessary for the realization of the
new age. One

with Uranus in this position should understand, how-
ever, that thepremature destruction of conventional institutions and
forms can pose as great a danger to social harmony as the antiquated
forms one hopes to transform.
The Uranian temperament represented here may find fulfillment in
the development and innovation of concepts and principles of per-
sonal and social significance in the field of the material and natural
sciences, as well as in the realm of philosophy and the arts.
Neptune as Practical Director

Characterizes the type of person who has a special ability for di-
recting his or her energiestoward psychological, mystical, or tran-
scendental experiences. Such persons often have definite intuitive
feelings, which may provide them with a valuable guide in practical
matters. However, there may be some difficulty experienced in the
process of bringing these special Neptunian perceptions into a clear
and reliable focus, and one with Neptune in this position may profit
by attempting to develop his sense of form and definition.
Persons with this arrangement may find conventional employment
difficult and frustrating. They may find the role of poet, occultist, or
astrologer more fulfilling.
Pluto as Practical Director
The person with Pluto rising immediately before the Sun is par-
ticularly apt at the development and perfection of new forms and
systems. This process is, however, more closely associated with the
process of giving new meaning and new significance to old and for-
gotten forms. In reality, "there is nothing new under the sun," only
new ways of looking and relating.
Pluto in oriental appearance is symbolic of the men and women
who are ahead of their time, often painfully ahead of the established
mentality and morality of the time. Persons with this arrangement in
their birth-charts should find fulfillment by involving themselves in
the reorganization and re-examination of social, intellectual, religious,
and political concepts.
IMPORTANCE OF THE HOUSE

The house occupied by the planet of oriental appearance reveals
the quality and type of individual experience that provides the most
fertile ground for the expression and fulfillment of the practical skills,
abilities, and ways of handling everyday affairs and opportunities
symbolized by the significator itself. In other words, the planet of
oriental appearance represents the special skills of the person, things
he is naturally good at, while the house occupied by this planet re-
veals the type of experience through which these skills can be ac-
tualized. For instance, if Neptune (my significator of directive
utilization) is found in the eleventh house of my birth-chart, I should
channel my special psychological, mystical, transcendental skills to-
ward eleventh-house experiences, such as the experience of working
with others on a social-professional level of co-operation. Perhaps
I would findwork as an astrologer, meditation instructor, or therapist
fulfilling and personally rewarding.
Significator in the First House

The person's skills and abilities can be best fulfilled when inte-
grated into the field of personality and the basic experiences of being.
One should be able to consciously control and use his special gifts
at will.
Significator in the Second House
One's special skills can find fulfillment through handling immedi-

ate situations. This asset may be particularly valuable when dealing
with matters that require an active relationship with substance or
matter.
Significator in the Third House
The skillsand abilities symbolized by the significator may be ac-

tualized and most useful in situations requiring the application of
practical knowledge and the use of the concrete mind.
Significator in the Fourth House
The person's special skills and abilities may be best used when
applied to matters of personal integration, of bringing the various
facets of his personality together as an operative whole.
Significator in the Fifth House

The person can best use his unique skills and abilities in experi-
ences of self-expression and creativity, of personalizing his day-to-

day duties, and discovering his own unique and individual way of
doing things.
Significator in the Sixth House

The skills and abilities symbolized by this type of person's sig-
nificator of directive utilization are best used when applied to the
process of growth through introspection and self-knowledge.
Significator in the Seventh House

The skills symbolized by the significator are best used when ap-
plied to matters of personal relationships, in experiences that require
deep understanding of and co-operation with others.
Significator in the Eighth House

The skills and abilities symbolized by the planet of oriental appear-
ance may be best utilized when applied to active participation within
a social whole, such as in the field of group activity and co-operation.
Significator in the Ninth House
One's special skills may be best utilized in assisting him in under-

standing the nature of existence and the underlying relationship exist-
ing between all things. The individual should use these abilities in
the formulation of concepts and systems.
Significator in the Tenth House

The person's special skills find fertile ground by seeking expres-
sion in the outer world of professional activity. They can be valuable
personal assets in the field of social, political, or spiritual activity.
Significator in the Eleventh House

The skills and faculties symbolized by the oriental-appearing
planet should be utilized in the field of experience associated with
working and co-operating with others on a social or professional level.
Significator in the Twelfth House

The person may best utilize his or her special abilities by channel-
ing them toward experiences that involve reorientation of personal
and social values and the questioning of conventionally accepted con-
cepts and beliefs. Such a person may find working in isolation or
work dealing with little-known or abstract matters rewarding.
MEDIUM COELI AS PRACTICAL SIGNIFICATOR

In addition to the routine examination of the planets placed around
the medium coeli and the planetary aspects formed to it, one should
also consider the balance of weight carried by the area around the
M.C. in relation to the area around the twelfth house and ascendant.
(a) If the houses surrounding both the ascendant and the M.C.
are occupied, the individual should have little or no difficulty co-
ordinating his personal, private interests with his business, profes-
sional, or practical affairs.
(b) If the houses surrounding both the M.C. and the ascendant are
unoccupied, the individual is unlikely to be so absorbed by either his
personal interests or his practical or business affairs that a conflict
between the two would result.
(c) If the ninth and tenth houses are full and the twelfth and first
houses empty, the individual's attention should be focalized upon his

practical responsibilities and affairs. This type of person is inclined
to be active in social-political movements.
(d) If the twelfth and first houses are full and the ninth and tenth
houses empty, there a general disinterest in the practical affairs of
is
life, and a lack of "social responsibility." This type of person may be

concerned with personal matters, having a sound sense of self and
identity.
DYNAMIC APTNESS AS SIGNIFICATOR

OF PRACTICAL ATTAINMENT
Dynamic aptness serves as an indicator of the individual's way of
gettingwhat he wants and of his characteristic way of approaching the
area within which he desires to express himself.
In a birth-chart, the square, opposition, semisquare, or sesqui-
quadrate of the most exact orb acts as the indicator of dynamic apt-
ness. Here one must consider:
1 the nature of the aspect,
2 the nature of the planets involved,
3 the applying and separating planets.
THE NATURE OF THE ASPECT

Square. Achievement and success depend upon the individual's
assumption of direct concern and responsibility for his own actions.
Opposition. The individual must employ subtle or indirect meth-

ods if he wishes to achieve his goals.
Semisquare or Sesquiquadrate. The individual may achieve his
goals through dynamic and intense activity.
THE NATURE OF THE PLANETS INVOLVED

The nature of the planets involved symbolizes the organic func-
tions that will be by the individual for the purpose of prac-
utilized
tical attainment. two planets are complements, such as
If the
Mars-Venus, the particular dyadic relationship will be a great personal
and practical asset.
THE APPLYING AND SEPARATING PLANETS

The applying planet is the quicker-moving planet if the aspect has
not yet reached exact orb, or the slower-moving planet if the aspect
has already reached exact orb. The separating planet is the quicker-
moving planet if the aspect has already reached exact orb, or the
slower-moving planet if the aspect has not yet reached exact orb.
The applying planet is the focal planet of dynamic aptness. It indi-
cates the functional operation that will bring about practical success
and fulfillment.
The separating planet indicates the area of experience to be acted

upon by the applying planet in order to bring about practical attain-
ment.
DIRECTIVE COMPATIBILITY:
THE TECHNIQUE OF SYNASTRY
The Triad of Personality Projection is the primary significator of
interpersonal compatibility. There are several techniques for deter-
mination of compatibility based on the comparative examination of

this triad as it relates to the Sun, Moon, and ascendant of another
person's chart.
COMPATIBILITY DETERMINATION
THROUGH ELEMENTAL COMPARISON
This technique is based upon the consideration of the status of
elemental compatibility existing between the Triad of Personality Pro-
jection of one individual and that of another. For instance, the Suns
of two persons' charts are said to be compatible if they are found in
the same or a compatible element (fire-air or earth-water) . On the

other hand, if they are not found in compatible elements (fire-water
or air-earth), a cross stimulus is said to be active within the field of
relationship.
Two Compatible, One Cross Stimulus
This arrangement is indicative of a comfortable and fundamentally

compatible relationship; the contrasting factor will act as a release
for the power of the relationship and provide it with new experiences.
Cross Stimulus Between Suns is symbolic of a mutual respect of

the other's individuality and differences, though they may frequently
clash.
Cross Stimulus Between Moons denotes a mutual respect and sen-

sitivity toward the other's feelings and manner of adjusting to life
experiences, even though there may be great contrast in this area of

the relationship.
Cross Stimulus Between Ascendants refers to a mutual apprecia-

tion of the other's uniqueness and special characteristics.
Two Cross Stimuli and One Rapport

Such a relationship will be more difficult to maintain, requiring
greater attention and more-frequent adjustments, than the "ordinary"
relationship. There is, however, a greater chance for individual free-
dom of expression and development within such a relationship.
Three Cross Stimuli and No Rapport

This situation is symbolic of a relationship that is unique (if a posi-
tive relationship is able to evolve at all) and based on an experience
not found in the ordinary type of relationship; there is some unique
and extraordinary factor involved here (karma?).
Three Rapports and No Cross Stimulus
Denotes a static state of affairs with little or no excitement, because

of the lack of new or different energies entering the relationship.
COMPATIBILITY DETERMINATION
THROUGH MODAL COMPARISON
This technique is based upon the status of the relationship exist-
ing between the modes of the Triad of Personality Projection of a

person's chart to that of another.
Two of the Same Mode, One Different
Denotes a basically functional relationship.
One of the Same Mode, Two Different
Indicative of a relationship in which there may be conflict rising

from the individual's particular manner of functioning. There is also
the possibility of combining the contrasting factors into a very deep
relationship.
Three of the Same Mode, None Different

Symbolic of a relationship in which both individuals tend to do the
same things in the same ways, with little improvisation.
Three Different, None in the Same Mode

Denotes a relationship in which the two individuals are unable to
work together, each
get their energies together at all; or are able to
in his own individual way, in an outstanding manner.
DETERMINATION OF COMPATIBILITY
THROUGH THE CONSIDERATION OF ASPECTS FORMED
WITHIN THE TRIAD OF PERSONALITY PROJECTION
This is perhaps the one area of astrological application where there
has been a good deal of "scientific" investigation, t and the actual
proof of the validity of this technique may be easily obtained. It is
based on aspects that are formed between the Sun, Moon, and as-
cendant of one person's chart and the positions of the Sun, Moon,
and ascendant in another person's birth-chart.
Trine or sextile aspects formed between one of these three factors
and any of the three as they are positioned in another's chart are
said to be indicative of a lasting and satisfying relationship, while
squares or oppositions may be symbolic of a relationship of a more
conflicting or difficult nature. In any case, the orbs for such aspects
mean a great deal and should be kept small and considered carefully,
along with the nature of the factors, signs, houses, and so on.
A quincunx aspect formed between any of these three factors is
most interesting and difficult to describe. The two individuals will
be drawn to one another by some mysterious force, and their relation-
ship may be highly productive and mutually satisfying in some areas,
though very weak or disappointing in others.
DETERMINATION OF COMPATIBILITY
BY THE CONSIDERATION OF PLANETARY ASPECTS
TO THE SUN, MOON, AND ASCENDANT
The moon and Venus are the traditional significators of the type
of woman a manmost receptive to and compatible with.
is said to be
By same tradition (which may be seen as somewhat rigid), the
the
Sun and Mars serve as significators for the type of man a woman
is said to be most compatible with. These significators are most potent
when aspecting one another or the Sun, Moon, or ascendant of an-
other's chart.
When the position of Uranus in one person's chart is aspecting
the Sun, Moon, ascendant, Venus, or Mars of another person's chart,
a compulsive relationship may be indicated.
t See Jung's Interpretation of Nature and Psyche.

Actually, any aspect formed between any planet in one chart and
any in another is significant and should be approached with an open
mind, without overstressing biological sex.
IMPORTANCE OF THE HOUSES

The houses are of considerable importance in synastry, particu-
larly in terms of individuality and experience. Much may be revealed
by comparing how the planets of one person's chart fall into the house
structure of another person's chart and vice versa.
A TRADITIONAL SYNASTRIC TECHNIQUE

A technique that has been used since the time of Ptolemy is the
determination of "marriage significators" by the application of a man's
natal Moon and the examination of aspects to a woman's natal Sun.
Here we should use the loosest possible definition of the terms mar-
riage, wife, and husband.
PTOLEMY'S "MARRIAGE SIGNIFICATORS"

In a man's chart, his "wife" is indicated by the planet with which
the Moon is in APPLYING aspect. If more than one planet is in
such an aspect, several relationships are indicated, partners being de-
scribed by the respective planets and the qualities of the relationships
described by the respective aspects. If no applying aspects are present
at birth, the Moon should be "applied" until an aspect is formed.
In a woman's chart the "husband" is indicated by the planet form-
ing an aspect with the natal Sun, providing the planet is from 0°
to 180° behind the Sun in the zodiac. If more than one planet is
in such an aspect, each partner is described by the respective planets

and the qualities of relationship by the respective aspects.
The more closely aspected planets generally indicate earlier rela-
tionships. In other words, if a man's Moon has two applying aspects,
one with a 2° orb and the other with a 4° orb, the planetary aspect
with the 2° orb is indicative of an early relationship, while the planet
with the 4°-orb aspect is symbolic of a later relationship.
8
SYNTHETIC POINTS:
INDICATORS OF STRENGTH
AND SENSITIVITY
[Synthetic points] refer to the operation of personality as a uni-

fied whole and as a unit in the infinitely complex interweavings
of social relationship.
Dane Rudhyar
The numerous mid-points and parts formed by planetary group-

ings and the nodal axes of the Moon and planets serve as important
indicators of personal strength and sensitivity. These abstract factors
point to the more complex and diversified reaches of personal experi-
ence and relationship.
There are literally hundreds of synthetic points in every astrological
chart; for this reason, we'll confine our presentation here of this valua-
ble and almost boundless realm of astrological symbolism to a selec-
tion of the most readily understood and applied points.
PLANETARY MID-POINTS
As stated in Part Two, planetary mid-points represent the points
through which the dynamic forces generated by a relationship exist-
ing between any two bodies (or, for that matter, any two astrological
factors) are released in their most operative, concrete, and external-
ized form. Because there are hundreds of such points, it is best to
select only those mid-points formed between two planets forming par-
ticularly important aspects, those that have a third planet activating
them, and those composing planetary dyads (in addition, of course,
to quadrant mid-points), for general use.
SYNTHETIC POINTS 241
FORMED
MID-POINTS
BETWEEN TWO ASPECTING PLANETS
This type of mid-point represents the point in the birth-chart where
the meaning, quality, and purpose of the particular aspect (deter-
mined by the nature of the aspect, its orb, and the planets, houses,
and signs involved) are released in the most operative and apparent
manner.
MID-POINTS ACTIVATED
BY A THIRD PLANET
If a third planet is within a degree or two of the mid-point of
two other planets, the third planet's function should be intimately in-
volved in the process symbolized by the particular mid-point
DYADIC MID-POINTS
The mid-point of a dyad, or planetary pair, is particularly signifi-
cant because it represents the point of release for an important facet
of multifunctional integration. When interpreting this type of mid-
point, it is important to consider not only the particular function of
the dyad but also the phase of relationship and the houses and
signs involved.
The following statements concerning dyadic mid-points are neces-
and general because of the abstract nature of these factors
sarily brief
and are meant to serve as basic guidelines rather than as rigid defini-
tions.
SOLI-LUNAR MID-POINT
The Point of Meaning

The mid-point of the Sun and Moon represents the externalization,
or practical realization, of one's purpose and the meaning of personal
existence.
The inverse point represents one's inner awareness, or intuition,
of one's purpose and the meaning of life.
MOON-SATURN MID-POINT
The Point of Identification and Adaptation
The Moon-Saturn mid-point represents the point in space (in terms

of the circle of houses and the zodiac) where the interfunctional re-
and adaptation
lationship of identification is released in its most oper-
ative and concrete manner.
Its inverse point symbolizes the process of internalization and the
spiritual release of the forces of identification and adaptation.
MERCURY- JUPITER MID-POINT
The Point of Associative Participation
The mid-point of Mercury- Jupiter represents the externalization of

the individual's powers of creative and associative participation within
the social sphere.
The inverse point symbolizes the individual's manner of giving per-
sonal meaning to his or her social participation and associations.
VENUS-MARS MID-POINT
The Point of Sex
The mid-point of Venus-Mars symbolizes how duality is external-

ized and operative within the field of the individual's personality. The
person's sensitivity to people and situations and his or her character-
isticmanner of approaching a situation is also represented here.
The inverse point is symbolic of the process of internalization of
duality and the manner in which the individual handles interpersonal
relationships and his or her own sexuality.
JUPITER-SATURN MID-POINT
The Point of Creativity
Creativity is the result, or the synthetic factor, of the individual's

relationship to the internaland external realms of relatedness. A fine
line divides the two worlds: the world within and the world without.
The internal realm provides one with a unique and individual ex-
istence and a specific point of view, while the external realm provides
the vast and varied forms of the universe to captivate the imagination.
The mid-point of Jupiter-Saturn is symbolic of the creative process
that gives meaning and individual expression to interplay between
the microcosm and the macrocosm, which is responsible for individual
consciousness. The house and sign of this point serve as indicators
of the type of experience and activity through which the individual
is most able to relate, in a creative manner, to the realm of internal-
external activity.
The inverse point may be considered an indicator of the source
of inspiration, which gives personal and spiritual meaning to the cre-
ative process.
MARS-URANUS MID-POINT
The Point of Transformation
The functional operation of the process of transformation is sym-

bolized by the Mars-Uranus mid-point. This is the point in the birth-
chart where the forces of transformation are most intense, and focused
and directed toward an external change.
The inverse point is representative of the process of the internal
or spiritual transformation, or transformation directed toward an in-
ternal change.
JUPITER-NEPTUNE MID-POINT
The Point of Reorientation
The mid-point of Jupiter-Neptune refers to the manner in which

the process of reorientation is operative within the individual's per-
sonality and the point in the birth-chart where the meaning of this
process is released in an external manner.

The inverse point is representative of the release of the internal
or spiritual meaning of the process of reorientation.
SATURN-PLUTO MID-POINT
The Point of Self-Refocalization
The mid-point of Saturn-Pluto represents the process of refocaliza-

tion and the manner in which it is operative within the individual's
personality and life. The point in the birth-chart where this factor
is found refers to the release of the interfunctional relationship exist-
ing between Saturn and Pluto (the Dyad of Refocalization) and the
point where this relationship will be most operative in terms of con-
crete or apparent refocalization of one's energies and consciousness.
The inverse point refers to the type of experience that brings about
an awareness of this process itself, as well as the release of the spiritual
or internal significance of the act of refocusing one's consciousness.
PLANETARY PARTS
Planetary parts serve as indicators of the points of greatest inter-
functional easeand sensitivity and are composed of any two planets
and the ascendant (or any other angle). Any triad is also a septenary
(organic whole made up of seven principles) the relationship between
;
the Three and the Seven is one of the most primary and essential
of all occult teachings. When the principles of a triad are brought
together as an operative whole, something takes place that makes
the triad more thanan assemblage of parts and more than a
just
triad in two-dimensional space. This synthesis of the Three gives birth
to an additional factor, a factor born out of the wholeness of the
triadic relationship. The fourth, or synthetic, principle transforms the
triad into a tetrad, a transformation that takes the relationship from
a two-dimensional plane to a three-dimensional, "solid" space form.
In addition, the synthetic principle combines the Three in such a way
that it is able to manifest itself in the form of four individual aspects.
The synthetic principle of the tetrad is symbolically composed of
four indices or parts of personality projection, which are actually the
four facets of the unified nature of the original triad. The part of
fortune is the primary part evolving from the Triad of Personality
Projection and serves as an archetype for all other planetary parts.
THE PART OF FORTUNE AS AN INDEX

FOR PERSONALITY PROJECTION
The part of fortune is today the most widely (and usually only)
used of the dozens of planetary parts developed centuries ago by the
mathematically inclined Arabian astrologers. The part of fortune is
the lunation cycle focused through the ascendant and is symbolic of
the point of expression for the power generated by the soli-lunar
relationship. It is a highly personal and intimate symbol (as is any
part involving the ascendant), because it is the synthesis of the Triad

of Personality Projection.
This part is not exclusively, or even primarily, a significator of
material wealth and fortune. Rather, it characterizes the quality and
type of personality that the individual will most likely develop and
project. It is the point of greatest interfunctional ease and is symbolic
of the individual's line of least personal resistance. The part of fortune
is a point of personal strength and happiness and operates through
the same process as that represented by the waxing hemisphere of
the lunation cycle; that is, the part of fortune is connected with the
development of organic structures.
One may say simply that the part of fortune is the point of most
natural externalization of personality. The placement of this part in
relation to the entire birth-chart is significant. The house (the most
important factor to consider when interpreting parts) in which the

part of fortune is found symbolizes the circumstances and type of
experiences in which the individual will find the greatest ease of func-
tion. The sign in which the part of fortune is found represents the
type of activity the individual will find most rewarding and will re-
spond to with the greatest ease.
When a planet is contacting (conjunctions and oppositions are the
only aspects to be used with planetary parts) the part of fortune,
the planetary function will be involved with the individual's search
for happiness within the personal realm of experience. The planet's
characteristics will also be externalized and made evident (if not
dominant) within the personality.
CONTACTS BETWEEN THE PART OF FORTUNE

AND THE PLANETS
Sun and Part of Fortune: Characterizes an individual seeking a
personal and self-directed life-style.
Moon and Part of Fortune: Is symbolic of a person who should

be involved and at ease with personal and mundane affairs. May also
represent an extremely sensitive individual.
Mercury and Part of Fortune: Refers to a personality with an
"intellectual" temperament.
Venus and Part of Fortune: Characterizes an introverted person,
who should be concerned with internal and personal matters. Personal
charm.
Mars and Part of Fortune: Refers to a person with great personal
strength or aggressiveness.
Jupiter and Part of Fortune: Characterizes an optimistic person-

ality that functions well within the social sphere.
Saturn and Part of Fortune:Denotes a serious and profound at-

pessimism and a sense of destiny. Such
titude, with the possibility of
a person's approach to things may be highly structured.
Uranus and Part of Fortune: Is representative of the type of per-
son who must constantly break down walls and overcome limitations
in order to feel at ease with life. Such an individual's life should
always be changing and expanding its field of relationships.
Neptune and Part of Fortune: Is indicative of a person who
wishes to participate in some kind of vast social or spiritual move-
ment. Such a person may be concerned with so-called "mystical"
things, often on a very subjective level.
Pluto and Part of Fortune: Characterizes the type of person who

should feel inclined to pursue and be at ease within political activities
and when participating in various forms of social agitation. On the

other hand, such a person may be concerned with the process of
refocalizing his energy to a higher level of activity.
THE POINT OF ILLUMINATION

The point of illumination is the polar opposite of the part of fortune
and carries the significance of the waning hemicycle of the lunation
cycle. This part is an expression of the release of the creative meaning
of the inner, or spiritual, self. It deals with the internalization of the
lunation cycle; the part of fortune deals with its externalization.
When the point of illumination is contacting a planet, the particular
function symbolized by the planet will be involved in the individual's
search for happiness within the spiritual realm of creative meaning.
THE PART OF SPIRIT

This part may be considered a "retrograde" index to the lunation
cycle. The formula for this part is ASC + Sun - Moon, meaning
it is a solar-dominant index. Actually, the part of spirit has very little
to do with spirit. Tradition and social-cultural conditioning are sym-

bolized by this part. It also refers to the hold die past and traditional
values have on the individual.
At the first and third quarters of the lunation cycle, the part of
fortune and the part of spirit are in opposition, referring to the conflict
between the past and the future, or between memory and expectation.
THE PART OF INSPIRATION

This is the polar opposite of the part of spirit and is symbolic
of the individual's inspiration and the type and quality of experience
he is moving toward or motivated by.
PARTS OF THE DYAD

OF IDENTIFICATION AND ADAPTATION
The synthesis of the Dyad of Identification and Adaptation with
the ascendant produces two parts: one with the Moon dominant, the
other in which Saturn is dominant.
TETRAD OF ADAPTIVE POINTING

Formula: Moon + ASC — Saturn
Meaning: The point in the birth-chart where the individual should
experience the greatest ease in adapting and adjusting to external cir-
cumstances.
Inverse: The point where the individual is most able to adapt and
adjust to internal and creative needs.
TETRAD OF IDENTITY POINTING

Formula: Saturn + ASC — Moon
Meaning: The type of experience through which the person is most
likely to realize his or her personal identity.
Inverse: The point in the birth-chart where the person is most
likely to realize his or her spiritual or creative identity.
The synthesis of the Moon with the I.C. and Saturn with the M.C.
produces two more significant parts:
TETRAD OF GROWTH
Formula: Moon -f I.C. — Saturn
Meaning: The type of experience through which the individual is
most likely to achieve outward growth and fulfillment.

Inverse: The point in the birth-chart where the person is most able
to make progress in terms of inward growth and fulfillment.
TETRAD OF ATTAINMENT
Formula: Saturn 4- M.C. — Moon
most able to realize and fulfill his place in the collective-planetary-

universal scheme of things.
Inverse: The point in the birth-chart where the individual is most

able to realize growth in terms of personal identity.
PARTS OF THE DYAD OF PARTICIPATION

AND ASSOCIATION
TETRAD OF SOCIAL POINTING
Formula: Jupiter + ASC — Mercury
Meaning: The individual's point of greatest ease in terms of social
participation and contribution.
Inverse: The type of social experience and activity the individual
should find spiritually valuable and beneficial.
TETRAD OF ASSOCIATION
Formula: Mercury + ASC — Jupiter
Meaning: The point in the birth-chart where the mind should ex-
perience the greatest ease of operation in terms of social contribution
and education.
Inverse: The point where the mind is most functional in the realm
of spiritual and creative association and education.
PARTS OF THE DYAD OF SEX

TETRAD OF EXPRESSIVE POINTING
Formula: Venus + ASC — Mars
Meaning: The point in the birth-chart where the individual should
experience the greatest ease of emotional expression.
Inverse: The type of experiences through which the individual
should be most able to express himself in a creative or spiritual
manner.
TETRAD OF FULFILLMENT POINTING

Formula: Mars + ASC — Venus
Meaning: The type of experience the individual should find most
fulfilling and through which he or she is most likely to seek self-
fulfillment.
Inverse: The type of experience through which the person should

find creative and inner fulfillment and satisfaction.
PARTS OF THE DYAD OF

INTERNAL/EXTERNAL RELATEDNESS
TETRAD OF PERSPECTIVE POINTING
Formula: Saturn + ASC — Jupiter
Meaning: The point in symbolical space from which the individual

views the world (both internal and external) and the perspective from
which he is most capable of defining existence.
Inverse: The point from which the individual is most capable of
defining his own place, as an individual, within the world.
TETRAD OF SUBJECT-MATTER POINTING

Formula: Jupiter + ASC — Saturn
Meaning: The area in the birth-chart from which the individual (the
artist) chooses his subject matter and draws his materials.
Inverse: The spiritual value or principle that stands behind the
subject matter and the tradition chosen by the individual.
PARTS OF THE DYAD OF TRANSFORMATION

TETRAD OF TRANSFORMATION
Formula: Uranus + ASC — Mars
most capable of effecting change and transformation and the area
in which one is most likely to succeed in penetrating barriers.
Inverse: The spiritual or creative purpose that directs the process

of transformation.
PARTS OF THE DYAD OF REORIENTATION

TETRAD OF REORIENTATION
Formula: Neptune + ASC — Jupiter
Meaning: The type of experiences through which the individual is
most able to respond to the need of reorientation.

Inverse: The spiritual or creative ideal that motivates the individ-
ual to reorient his consciousness.
PARTS OF THE DYAD OF REFOCALIZATION

TETRAD OF SELF-REFOCALIZATION
Formula: Pluto + ASC - Saturn
Meaning: The area in which the individual should place particular
attention upon the process of self-refocalization and the type of ex-
periences that will serve the individual as vehicles for the expression
of new forms of consciousness.
Inverse: The spiritual, transcendental, or creative value of experi-

ence that motivates the individual toward self-refocalization.
PLANETARY NODES
We have seen how planetary mid-points act as symbolic portals
through which combined planetary functions are released in a dynamic
and externalized manner, and how planetary parts serve as indicators
of areas where the relationship existing between a pair of planets
functions with the greatest ease in terms of one's individual life experi-
ences. In closing this chapter we'll explore how a planetary orbit,
when referred to the ecliptic, represents the entire cycle of a planet
as a dynamic element of the solar system, not as just a point in space.
THE LUNAR NODAL AXIS

Planetary orbits are never perfect circles and are never entirely
perpendicular to the plane of the ecliptic. As discussed elsewhere in
Part Three, this situation gives rise to the planetary cycle of latitude
and its nodal axis. During half of its orbit, a planet is north of the
ecliptic, and it is south of the ecliptic for the remaining half. When
the plane of a planet's orbit meets, or intersects, the plane of the
ecliptic, the planet is at its north node (completing the southern-
latitude cycle and beginning its travel through the northern hemi-
sphere of its cycle of latitude) or at its south node (completing the
northern-latitude cycle and commencing its route below the ecliptic).
Because the Moon is a satellite of the earth, it completes its cycle
much more rapidly than any satellite of the Sun, and for this reason,
in addition to reasons discussed in "The Lunation Cycle: the Arche-
typal Cycle of Relationship," the lunar nodal axis is considered as
an archetype in this brief presentation of the meaning of planetary
nodes.
THE MOON'S LATITUDE CYCLE

The maximum lunar latitude is 5° 17' north or south of the ecliptic.
At these points it is squaring its nodes and most distant, in both

is
space and function, from the earth, therefore most active and inde-
pendent in its own sphere. At maximum latitude the lunar function,
or one's manner of adjusting to the needs of life, operates in a spon-
taneous and detached manner.
When in the northern hemisphere of its latitude cycle, the lunar
function is of a very personal nature, dealing with the survival and
adjustment of the person in the outer world, often with very ambitious
designs. In the southern latitude of its cycle, the lunar function is
focused upon the discovery of the meaning of life through social,
political, or spiritual participation. Persons born with the Moon in
this hemisphere may seek to attain self-fulfillment through the release
of self by engaging the self with a social or spiritual movement. One
should, however, not place too much emphasis upon the Moon's lati-
tude (and likewise upon the latitudes of the planets) unless other
factors are involved, such as emphasis on the nodes.
THE MEANING OF THE NORTH LUNAR NODE

The position of the north lunar node symbolizes the area in the
birth-chart where the person should be able to act most freely and
should receive the greatest return (in terms of personal integration)
for his or her efforts. It is the symbolic point of intake and integration
of lunar materials (experiences, adjustments, etc.) that build the per-
sonality and the organic structures of self. The north lunar node is
the symbolic mouth of self— through which new experiences are taken
in, used, and assimilated by the entire organism.
The house (the most important factor to consider when studying
nodes) represents the type of experiences that, involving the greatest
amount of exertion on the part of the person, should also produce
the most beneficial and needed results.
The sign of the north node symbolizes the type of "food" or "fuel"
that is most readily assimilated by the organism for propelling the
lunar (or planetary) function through experience.
THE MEANING OF THE SOUTH LUNAR NODE

This node may be related to the spontaneous creative act or the
release of the seed, as well as to anything no longer needed by the
organism. It symbolizes the area of the birth-chart where the individ-
ual may expand his personality, while the north node represents the
area where the individual may build his personality. The south lunar
node is also the point of release for the contents of personality di-
rected toward the service of a greater whole. In addition, it represents
the establishment of habit through the repetition of an act, while the
north node represents gradual progress made through personal effort.
One may consider the south node a symbol of the unconscious, of

spontaneous or habitual activity.
The house of the south lunar node represents the type of experi-
ence in which the personis most likely to become entangled, repeating
the same experiences, or the same mistakes, time after time. These
experiences may be seen, from the person's point of view, as the
line of least resistance.
The sign of the south lunar node refers to the type of activities
about which the individual is most likely to be passive, or approach
in a negative or unconscious manner.
The Moon Contacting Its Nodal Axis

Persons born with the Moon near its north node may be strongly
influenced by the mother principle. Such a highly focused lunar nature
may enable the person to "feel" his or her way through life by de-
veloping a tactful and diplomatic manner, which may be channeled
toward the guidance of others.
Persons born with the Moon near its south node may repudiate the
mother principle and its influence. This may also refer to a desire
for some kind of transcendental mother image (such as a church or

organization) or even to the desire to exercise maternal authority
over others.
Lunar Nodal Axis Contacting the Horizon-Meridian

This situation represents the lunar function acting upon the basic
structure of individual selfhood in the most focused manner possible.
The personality should, in this case, display a lunar nature and act
as an agency for the release of the lunar function in all fields of
experience.
THE MEANING OF PLANETARY NODES

The framework described above may be applied to other planets
(excluding the Sun, of course, which has no latitude cycle and there-
fore no nodal axis ) . The north node of a planet represents the body's
point of integration and assimilation, while the south node represents
the release of the contents of the planet's function and the accumu-
lated past (habit) of the planetary function.
If one planet is on another's node, the node will "overtone" the
operation of the planet, adding contrast and color to its expression.
The one major difference between lunar and planetary nodes is
that planetary nodes are almost stationary in terms of zodiacal refer-

ence; they all move less than one minute of arc annually. This means
that the positions of a planet's nodes in the zodiac refer to how
the meaning of that planet should be (or is becoming) manifest within
the whole of humanity, in order to meet the call of a collective
or planetary need. The house positions of a planetary node, however,
refer to how the principle of the particular node relates to the person
as an individual and to his or her individual life experiences.
THE BIRTH-CHART AS A WHOLE
Your birth-chart is a message— a set of instructions outlining in

broad terms the best way for you to become what you are only
potentially at birth— that is, what place and function you were
meant to fulfill by being born at a precise place and moment.
Dane Rudhyar
On the preceding pages I have attempted to give an approach and

a procedure for the interpretation of the birth-chart more thorough
than any presentation previously given on the subject in one volume.
One who wishes to facilitate the various techniques given here is ad-
vised to relate all his or her findings to a cohesive, comprehensive,
and relevant framework; the use of techniques alone, without an or-
ganic structure of significance, will provide nothing but confusion and
a mass of unrelatable and meaningless information.
The birth-chart is, firstly, a symbolic statement, and secondly, a
unit containing limitless symbolic factors, which reveal their signifi-
cance (their symbolic syllable) only when considered in active rela-
tionship to all other symbolic factors within the birth-chart as a whole,
and to the whole person the chart represents. After one has studied
the symbolic factors with the chart one desires to make use of (there
are limitless symbolic factors within every astrological chart, so one
must select the most pertinent to the purpose of one's interpretation),
one should meditate upon the birth-chart so that the symbolic state-
ment contained by the chart may be revealed as an expression of
being, as a statement of the person's dharma as an individual.
Of course, such an experience of at-one-ment is not easily reached,
and one who is seriously interested in this approach to astrology
should not be considered a "failure" simply because this particular
faculty of perception has not yet actualized its potential.
THE BIRTH-CHART AS A WHOLE 255
It might be convenient at this point to mention, for the reader

who has not already assumed it, that the astrological technique can
and should be practiced upon the astrologer himself. The field of
astrological "self-practice" or "self-therapy" has been virtually un-
touched by traditional astrologers, though one can expect to see it
given more attention and consideration in the future by those involved
with the symbolic life.
PART THREE
Notes
Introductory quotes are from the following sources: Chapter 1: The

Practice of Astrology, by Dane Rudhyar (Penguin Books, 1970); Chapter
2: Guide to Horoscope Interpretation, by Marc Edmund Jones (Sabian
Publishing Society, 1969); Chapter 3: Essentials of Horoscope Analysis,
by Marc Edmund Jones (Sabian Publishing Society, 1960); Chapter 4:
Holism and Evolution, by Jan C. Smuts (The Viking Press, 1961 ) Chapter ;
5: The Lunation Cycle, by Dane Rudhyar (Shambala Publications, 1971);

Chapter 6: An Astrological Study of Psychological Complexes, by Dane
Rudhyar (Servire N.V., 1969); Chapter 7: On Becoming a Person, by
Carl R. Rogers (Houghton Mifflin, 1961); Chapter 8: The Astrology of
Personality, by Dane Rudhyar (Doubleday, 1970); Chapter 9: an extract
from a paper delivered by Dane Rudhyar to the 1972 convention of the
American Federation of Astrologers.
The essay "First Steps in the Study of Birth-Charts," now included in
Person-Centered Astrology, by Dane Rudhyar, was very useful in refer-
ence to Chapter 2. The scheme of focal points (Chapter 3) is based on
the concept of determinators of focal emphasis, originated by Marc Ed-
mund Jones and presented in Essentials of Horoscope Analysis.
The concept of the soli-lunar relationship and its eight soli-lunar types
was originated by Rudhyar and thoroughly discussed in The Lunation
Cycle.
Chapter 6, "Planetary Grouping," was inspired by An Astrological Study
of Psychological Complexes, as were parts of Chapter 7.
"Pythagorean Astrology," a study course by Marc Edmund Jones, was

a particularly useful reference for Chapters 7 and 8.
4
the Bmth-chaRt an6 time

TECHNIQUES
OF ASTROLOGICAL TIME ANALYSIS
1
THE CONCEPT
OF ASTROLOGICAL TIME ANALYSIS
What dynamic horoscopy fundamentally is the pro-

constitutes a
jection of the planets, either by purely symbolic motion or by
employment of the actual movements, to establish their signifi-
cant relations with the various positions of themselves and others.
Marc Edmund Jones
A true understanding of an individual person as an evolving entity

constantly involved in the process of personal unfoldment requires,
from the astrological approach, a time analysis of the birth-chart.
Here the birth-chart represents the archetypal pattern of individual
being, remaining as an unchanging factor throughout the life of each
person. One's personality is, however, in a constant state of unfold-
ment, from birth to death. Obviously, a newborn infant does not,
at the moment of birth, have a fully integrated personality, though
the singular event of birth provides the potential of developing a fully
integrated personality if proper conditions are present. In the course
of one's growth and development, certain potentials symbolized within
the birth-chart may be realized, in one manner or another; the person
experiences certain turning points and crucial periods that if properly
met can quicken his personal unfoldment. The time analysis of the
birth-chart, through the use of progressions and transits, may reveal
the nature and meaning of these turning points (past, present, and
future), providing one with a more complete understanding of the
individual he wishes to aid by means of astrology in the process of
self-actualization and personal unfoldment.
260 THE BIRTH-CHART AND TIME
THE USE OF ASTROLOGICAL TIME ANALYSIS

This form of astrological analysis has been greatly abused by both
and the public. The media, too, have projected a distorted
astrologers
image of astrology in which astrology, if it is given any validity at
all, is primarily seen as a type of fortunetelling. According to this
popular image, with the advice of an astrologer one can "make it
big," an astrologer being able to, supposedly, foretell specific events.

In turn, many astrologers specialize in the abuse of progressions and
transits, or overemphasize their importance in order to capitalize on
the neurotic curiosities, pet phobias, or financial preoccupations of
those who actually believe astrology is a means of fortunetelling. True
astrology, and most certainly the humanistic approach to astrology,
is not fortunetelling.
The time analysis of the birth-chart is used by the humanistic
astrologer to discover the crucial period of the individual's fife in
order to assist him in his own personal unfoldment; the prediction
of events, whether fulfilled or not, is potentially destructive to the
psychological being of the person, and is at best a superficial distrac-
tion. Although it is beyond the scope of this present work to give
a complete presentation of the philosophy, symbolism, and practice
of astrological time analysis (indeed, it would require at least an entire
volume), a practical guide to this area of astrological study will be
presented in the following pages.
THE BIRTH-CHART AND SYMBOLIC TIME

Astrological progressions and symbolic directions are not based
upon objective duration; rather, they deal with symbolic or subjective
time, which has significance only when related to an individual factor
(the birth-chart). Some symbolic directions are founded upon the
idea that one year of objective time is equal to one day or one degree
in terms of subjective duration. Other systems are of a more numer-
ological origin. Generally, all systems of symbolic direction (of which
there are many) are valid in terms of their frame of reference and
deal primarily with the gradual unfoldment of personality and po-
tentiality.
THE CONCEPT OF ASTROLOGICAL TIME ANALYSIS 261
THE BIRTH-CHART AND MANIFESTED TIME

Planetary transits refer to the actual and objective day-to-day posi-
tions of planetary bodies in the sky. Considered in relation to the
birth-chart, they may reveal information regarding the collective and
external forces that act upon the individual's personal existence.
VARIETIES OF PROGRESSIONS AND SYMBOLIC DIRECTIONS

Below, we will outline the several different methods of symbolic
direction and progression. Although the information derived from

each system is different, it is generally applied to the birth-chart in
the same manner. The various techniques for the application of these
progressions and symbolic directions will be discussed immediately
following the outline below.
Secondary Progressions
Formula: One year of life equals one day in the ephemeris.*
Philosophy: Birth is a continuing process. The day is the reflection
of the solar year. This system relates the collective factor (orbital
revolution of the earth) to the individual life process (axial rotation
of the earth).
Considerations: The solar factor (day-year) is dominant, condition-

ing all information derived by this system.
Consensus: Probably the most widely favored by present-day astrol-
ogers.
Primary Directions
Formula: One year of life is equal to about one degree on the M.C.
Philosophy: Relates the life process to the structure of individual
selfhood (horizon-meridian).
Considerations: Special and complex calculations are re-
tables
quired. Exact time of birthmust be known (an error of four minutes
equals one year). Planetary progression (movement) is almost non-
existent.
Consensus: Widely used in the past, though not very popular today.
* Mathematical calculations for the various systems of symbolic direction are
outlined in Appendix IV.
Radix, or Solar Arc, Directions
Origin: Developed by Valentine Naibod during the sixteenth cen-

tury and popularized by the Victorian astrologer Sepharial.
Formula: One year of life is equated to the daily motion of the
Sun. Increment may be added to all natal positions.
Philosophy: The solar factor is dominant in individual existence.
Solar motion is related to the individual life process.
Considerations: Daily lunar motion may also be used as annual

increment, giving a lunar nature to all directions.
Consensus: Popular in England and Europe.
One-Degree Measure
Formula: One year of life is equal to one degree. Increment may

be added to all natal factors.
Philosophy: Relates the archetypal solar symbol (the degree) to

one year of the life process.
Considerations: Archetypal and solar in origin and significance.

Combines the best of the primary and radix systems. Easy to use,
very significant and useful.
Consensus: Widely used and favored.
Duodenary Measure
Origin: Introduced by Charles Carter about fifty years ago, though

he does not claim to have invented it.
Formula: One year of life is equal to 2-1/2°. Increment may be
added to all natal factors.
Philosophy: Employs pure astrological numerology by dividing 30°

by 12, resulting in the increment of 2-1/2°.
Considerations: The natal positions progress or move through the

signs, houses, etc., more quickly by this system than most others, be-
cause of its larger increment, thus providing more frequent signifi-
cators. Purely numerological. May provide significant information
thai may not be obtained by another system.
Consensus: Seldom used, though often recognized as significant.
Septenary (Point of Life) Measure
Formula: One year is equal to 4-2/7°. Increment may be added

to all natal positions.
Philosophy: One year of the life process is correlated to one seventh

of 30°.
Considerations: Carries the symbolic meaning of 7. Related to the

destiny and structure of individuality. Correlated to the 84-year cycle
of Uranus. Particularly useful when related to the horizon-meridian.
Consensus: Seldom used.
Point of Self Measure
Formula: One year of life is equated to 12-6/7°. Increment may

be added to all natal factors.
Philosophy: Annual increment is found by the division of the quad-

rant (90°) by 7, or by the division of 360° by 28.
Considerations: Annual increment is point of life measure times 3.
Divides the Uranian cycle of 84 years into three smaller cycles, of

28 years each. The 28-year cycles may be correlated to the progressed
lunation cycle of 28-1/2 years and the transiting Saturnian cycle
of 29 years. Can give significant information concerning the unfold-
ment of individuality, particularly when applied to the horizon-
meridian.
Consensus: Seldom used.
CHOICE OF SYSTEMS
Each system of symbolic direction and progression is valid and sig-
nificant within its own sphere: each is theoretically best suited for
a particular type of time analysis, and each potentially reveals a par-
ticular type of life experience more reliably than the other systems.
However, the practical variations among systems and their relative
validity have not been clearly accounted for by significant in-depth
research; therefore, any statement concerning the validity or suitabil-
ity of one system over another must be very limited.
Unless one is very experienced with the use of these techniques,

or unless a particular type of information is desired for which one
specific technique is obviously best suited, one should concentrate
on the use of the one-degree measure or secondary progressions.
SIGNIFICANCE OF PROGRESSED POSITIONS

The increment given by a system of symbolic progression is added
to the natal positions, resulting in the progressed natal positions. Pro-
gressed positions have very little significance in themselves; they reveal
their meaning in terms of the personal existence of the individual
when they are applied or related to the birth-chart.
PROGRESSED ASPECTS
When a progressed position forms an aspect to a natal position
(extremely narrow orbs should be used, since in some cases one de-
gree may equal several years of living), the function symbolized by
the natal factor will be modified by, channeled through, or actualized
with the assistance of the progressed factor. The progressed positions
act as conditions through which the archetypal and unchanging natal
forces become manifest. The "meaning" of a progressed aspect is gen-
erally the same as that of a natal aspect (a square is always a square)
progressed aspects, however, reveal their significance in terms of be-
coming, while natal aspects are related to the structure of being (the
birth-chart).
In addition to aspects formed between a progressed position and
a natal position, aspects formed between two progressed planets are
also significant, though more abstract. Of particular importance are
progressed aspects formed between dyadic complements (such as
Mars and Venus).
ACTUALIZATION OF NATAL ASPECTS

A natal aspect may become actualized, releasing its great potential
of creative energy, during the time of life when the progressed- to-
natal or the progressed-to-progressed relationship reaches an angular
value of 0° to 180°. A
natal aspect progressed to conjunction may
become actualized in terms of activity, while a relationship progressed
to opposition may become actualized in terms of awareness. A natal
aspect progressed to a square may become actualized through con-

structive crises.
PROGRESSED HOUSE AND SIGN PLACEMENT

The progressive changes of position, in terms of house and sign,
can reveal the basic direction and orientation of any natal factor for
the date of progression. For instance,
if a person's natal Mars is in
his natal twelfth house, as Mars progresses into the first house, the
Martial function should become more apparent within the personality
(particularly as Mars contacts the ascendant), and he will probably
become more conscious of the planet's symbolic function as an active
force in his personal existence. The same holds true for the signs,
the progressed positions acting only as conditions through which natal
potentials become manifest.
TECHNIQUES
OF SYMBOLIC TIME ANALYSIS
Progressions, as applied to the unfoldment of the human person,

year after year, refer to the gradual demonstration and actualiza-
tion of [the] powers of understanding and intelligent adjustment
of life. . . .
Dane Rudhyar
SOLI-LUNAR TECHNIQUES
The progressed lunation cycle is the most primary and personal
index for the basic crises and turning points experienced by the in-
dividual person in the process of becoming. It is best here to employ
the secondary system of progression, because it deals with the natural
rhythm of the lunation cycle— New Moon to New Moon—which it
translates into a 29 V2 -year cycle. Generally, the progressed lunation

cycle is based upon the same structure as the archetypal lunation
cycle described earlier in the text, except that the progressed cycle
refers to the dynamic process of unfoldment and becoming, while
the natal lunation cycle is symbolic of being.
PROGRESSED NEW MOON

The progressed New Moon occurs when the progressed Sun and
progressed Moon occupy the same degree of the zodiac. It repre-
sents a period when old and familiar patterns adopted in the past
are potentially revealed as antiquated and useless vehicles that may
have been of value but are now dead weight. Here the
in the past
person may experience temporal disorientation, and his lite may
change dramatically as he adopts an entirely new frame of reference.

TECHNIQUES OF SYMBOLIC TIME ANALYSIS 267
Obviously, such a turning point may leave the individual in an un-

comfortable situation, and he may experience feelings of isolation and
disorganization. For this reason, the period immediately preceding
the New Moon should be a time for the reorientation and redirection
of one's life. The progressed New Moon is indeed a symbolic rebirth,
and within the moment of the New Moon is contained the seed for
the next 29 Y2 years of unfoldment and realization.
PROGRESSED FIRST QUARTER

The progressed First Quarter occurs when the progressed Moon
is 90° ahead of the progressed Sun in terms of the zodiac. During
this period of life, the individual should experience external confronta-
tions that may generally affect his basic instinctual and emotional
natures. This is a time when the instinctual and emotional natures
are at their apex in terms of the consciousness of the individual, as
well as a period of great emotional crisis. In addition, if these emo-
tional crises are not recognized and dealt with in a positive manner,
the personality may suffer deep frustrations, which could repress one's
emotional nature throughout the cycle.
PROGRESSED FULL MOON

The progressed Full Moon takes place when the progressed Moon
is 180 degrees ahead of the progressed Sun. This is a time of fulfill-
ment and decision. The individual must recognize the direction of
his life at this time and attempt to clarify his life purpose, personal
desires, and aims. During this period, one must face the basic issues
of life, order them according to his own nature, and give them creative
meaning in terms of his own existence.
Of course, the age of the person experiencing the progressed Full
Moon (as well as any other progressed significator) must be consid-
ered. For instance, if the person is very young we cannot speak of
an actual individual fulfillment, for what is being fulfilled is the child's
social-cultural background. One born during the waxing phase begins
to build his individuality within the structure and in terms of his racial-
social-cultural background. On the other hand, if he was born during
the waning Moon he would experience his first New Moon before
his first Full Moon; meaning, he more likely
is to clarify his life pur-
pose creatively and experience some kind of individual fulfillment
when his first Full Moon does occur. That is, if he was able to free
himself from cultural conditioning at the time of his first progressed
New Moon.
PROGRESSED THIRD QUARTER

The progressed Third Quarter takes place when the progressed
Moon is 90° behind the progressed Sun. This may be a time of crisis
in terms of thinking or consciousness. The experiences encountered

by the person during this period may drastically repolarize his beliefs,
thinking, and consciousness.
PROGRESSED LUNATION CHARTS

Because these turning points (progressed lunar phases) are so im-
portant, it is a good practice to calculate the secondary progressed
planetary positions for the moment of the progressed lunation and
locate them within the basic structure (horizon-meridian) of the birth-
chart. This progressed New Moon chart symbolizes the seed or pattern
of unfoldment for the entire 29y2-year cycle— and it is a good idea
to use it as a starting point when considering any type of progressed
information.
There are five factors to consider when examining a progressed
soli-lunar chart:
1. Progressed soli-lunar aspects to other progressed bodies. The

aspected planet will be involved, as well as the nature of the aspect,
in the process symbolized by the particular phase of the soli-lunar
relationship.
2. Progressed soli-lunar aspects to natal positions act as channels

through which the process symbolized by the phase of the soli-lunar
relationship may manifest itself objectively.
3. The natal house occupied by the progressed Sun and Moon re-
fers to the circumstances involved in the manifestation of the process

symbolized by the particular soli-lunar phase.
4. The signs of the progressed Sun and Moon indicate the type of
experience involved in the process.
5. Aspects between progressed planets and natal planets represent
forces operative during the same time period as the progressed luna-
tion.
Hermann Hesse
We may now turn our attention to the birth-chart and progressed

(second) New Moon chart of Hermann Hesse. Hesse was one of
the most popular and widely read German novelists before the out-
break of the First World War. During the war, his entire past life
fell apart, losing for him all of its value. There were several experi-
ences during this period (1914-17) that Hesse has stated "totally
transformed [his] concept of life." He writes that 1914 brought the
second major turning point in his life (the first being his decision
to be a writer, at age thirteen, close to the progressed First Quarter
Moon) :
". . . through this experience I crossed, for the first time,
over the threshold of life." During 1916, his father died, his son be-
came very ill, and his wife "lost her sanity"; also during this year,
Hesse himself entered a private mental hospital, where he experienced
seventy-two sessions with a Jungian psychiatrist.
Hermann Hesse (2nd New Moon Chart)
Demian, his first post-1914 novel, was published in 1919 under

a pseudonym, because Hesse felt that he was no longer the person
the public had identified with the name Hermann Hesse. This was
Hesse's first symbolic novel and is said to be the story of his rebirth
and experiences with Jungian psychology. During the following years

he wrote the outstanding works Siddhartha, Journey to the East,
Steppenwolf, Narcissus and Goldmund, and The Glass-Bead Game,
the book that won the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1946.
Hesse's birth-chart reveals a complex nature and a disseminating
Moon (he experienced his first New Moon while still quite young).
His second progressed New Moon occurred in mid-1914. The chart

for this occasion reveals that it took place in the seventeenth degree
of Leo, which is trine to his natal ascendant and very close to the
mid-point of the upper-western quadrant. In addition, the New Moon
forms a loose septile to Mercury (natal), which occupies the seventh

house, and the twenty-third degree of Gemini, as well as being the
planet of oriental appearance, obviously a significator of Hesse's writ-
ing talent.
The only progressed planetary bodies aspecting this progressed New
Moon are the very tight conjunction of Mars, stationary retrograde,
and Saturn retrograde in the third natal house occupying the sign
of Pisces. These two planets form a quincunx to the progressed New
Moon, and this conjunction may be regarded as representing the force
that transformed (through its "destructive" as well as "constructive"
powers) the course of Hesse's life. This conjunction was at closest
orb (0°20') during Hesse's lifetime during 1916 (both bodies at that
time retrograding), the most difficult period of his life as well as the
year he began his relationship with Jungian psychology.
NEW-MOON-BEFORE-BIRTH CHARTS
The New Moon before birth is representative of the seed moment
of the cycle upon which the individual was born— thus is a basic sig-
nificator of the past. A chart may be drawn for the moment of the
last New Moon before birth, placing the planetary positions within
the framework of the natal chart.
In the examination of the New Moon chart, one should consider:

1. Whether the New Moon before birth took place in the same sign
as the natal Sun. If so, the quality of the natal Sun's sign will pervade
the personality and nature of the individual; if not, the personality
will manifest a basic dualism in terms of quality.
2. Whether the New Moon before birth took place in the same house
as the natal Sun. If so, no conflict between fields of operation is indi-
cated; if not, the personality will be influenced by or active within
two distinct fields of operation.
3. Contacts between the New Moon and natal planets. The natal
planet will serve as a channel for destiny fulfillment.
4. Aspects between the New Moon and other planets within the
New Moon chart. These are symbolic of additional forces that may
tend to be related to the individual's past.
When referring to a New Moon chart, one may speak of karma,
inherent qualities, preconditioning, etc., it is understood
as long as
that the New-Moon-before-birth chart represents the essence of the
cycle the individual "came in on." That is, it is basically a tool for
Hermann Hesse (New Moon Before Birth Chart)
determining the special and unique forces operative within the indi-
vidual's "soul-field."
Now let's look at the New-Moon-before-birth chart of Hermann
Hesse. The planetary positions are calculated for the moment of the
New Moon (June 11, 1877, 14:32 G.M.T.) and referred to the
framework of Hesse's birth-chart. The New Moon occurred at 20°42'
Gemini, within the same house as the natal Sun, though in a different
sign, indicating a dualistic nature in terms of solar quality. One will
also notice that the natal Mercury is 2° from the position of the
New Moon, suggesting that Hesse's literary talent was an "inherent

gift" or "brought over from the past"; by any means, Hesse appears
to have been born to write. Further investigation will reveal a very
close square between the New Moon and the natal (and New-Moon-
before-birth) Saturn, representative of the close connection existing
between Saturn and the emergence of Hesse's true identity. There

isalso a sextile between the New Moon and the New-Moon-before-
birth Uranus, indicating that the natal Uranus-Saturn quincunx is a
key factor behind Hesse's unusual capability of self-transformation.
PLANETARY TECHNIQUES
After the progressed soli-lunar relationship has been considered,
the next phase of symbolic time analysis is the examination of pro-
gressed planetary positions.
When examining the progressed planetary positions, one should
consider:
1. the sign occupied by the planet and the time of life during which
a planet progresses into the following sign;
2. the house occupied by the planet, noticing any changes in house

placements in the recent past or near future;
3. aspects between progressed planets and natal factors;
4. aspects between progressed positions; and
5. the over-all progressed planetary pattern.
PROGRESSED DYADIC RELATIONSHIPS

The progressed phases of dyadic relationships may be examined
in the same manner as the soli-lunar relationship.
CHARTING THE PROGRESSED PLANETS

The progressed planetary positions should be charted, using the
natal-house cusps, on a form specially designed for this purpose. If
more than one system of planetary progression is used, a separate
form should be used for each.
SYMBOLIC TECHNIQUES
THE POINT OF SELF AND THE CYCLE OF UNFOLDMENT

The gradual process of unfoldment of individuality may be revealed
by the use of a factor, a purely symbolic point, called the point of
self. This point is found by assigning twenty-eight months of life to
each of the twelve houses, beginning at birth with the ascendant. A
complete cycle occupies twenty-eight years. This divides life into three
28-year cycles of unfoldment symbolizing the individual's particular
relationship to the archetypal energies of his birth-chart in terms of
unfoldment of individuality.
The progression of this point through the houses indicates the sym-
bolic unfoldment of individuality in terms of experience. Perhaps the
most suitable method of examining the progression of the point of
self, through 28-year cycle from ascendant to ascendant, is to relate
its
it to the archetypal structure of the lunation cycle, by hemisphere,
quadrant, and biquadrant.

The first 2 8 -year cycle of the point of self corresponds to the proc-
ess of mental development; the second cycle, from twenty-eight years
of age to fifty-six, is related to the expansion and control of the per-
sonal field of experience; the third, to the realization of spiritual
identity and the completion of the process of individualization at
the age of eighty-four. The last few years of each cycle, the twelfth-
house stage, are usually extremely critical, because they symbolize
periods of reidentification and form the crucial steps to the building
of the individuality. The first few years of each new cycle denotes
the emergence of a new meaning of life.
THE STUDY OF TRANSITS
IN ASTROLOGICAL TIME ANALYSIS
A transit is a focused manifestation of the unending pressure

applied by Nature upon the natal, archetypal structure of our
selfhood.
Dane Rudhyar
TRANSITS
A planet's transit position is its position as it is found in an
ephemeris for a particular day and hour; in other words, transits refer
to the present positions of the planets in the sky. Thus, they deal
with manifested, or objective, time. Basically, the transiting positions
are representative of the external or collective pressures or forces that
act upon human beings. The study of planetary and dyadic cycles
can be very significant (when approached with a proper attitude)
applied to the individual's life experiences.
In the examination of transiting positions one should consider:
1. the planetary position in terms of house and sign placement;
2. aspects between transiting positions and natal positions;
3. aspects between transiting positions and progressed positions;
4. transit retrograde cycles; and

5. aspects between transit positions, particularly polarities.
Charting Transit Positions
The transit positions should be charted in a manner similar to the

charting of progressed planets, preferably on a form that provides
an area for transits as well as progressions.
SOLAR AND LUNAR RETURNS

This technique is widely used by many astrologers. It involves
casting a chart for the exact moment of the Sun's return to the exact
position it occupies in the natal chart each year (called a solar return
chart), and casting a chart for the exact moment the Moon returns
to its natal position each month (lunar return chart). These charts
are supposed to reveal the pattern of unfoldment for the following
solar and lunar periods, when related to the birth-chart.
It may be more organic to substitute or implement solar and lunar
returns within a soli-lunar return chart. Such a chart would be cast
monthly, for the exact moment the transiting soli-lunar cycle returns
to the natal relationship, revealing the pattern of the next month in
terms of the individual's soli-lunar temperament.
SOLI-LUNAR RETURNS AND THE FERTILITY CYCLE

Research has been done by a Czechoslovakian psychologist, Dr.
Eugen Jonas, that shows, with 87 per cent accuracy, that a woman
is fertile when the transiting soli-lunar cycle is at the same phase
as it was at the time of her birth. In other words, a woman bora

under, for instance, a First-Quarter Moon, can conceive only when
the soli-lunar relationship in the sky is also in its first quarter. In
addition, Dr. Jonas has discovered that if conception does occur, the
sex of the child may be determined by the sign the Moon occupied
at the time of conception, the traditional positive signs (fire and air)
signifying a male child, and the negative signs (earth and water) signi-
fying a female child.
PART FOUR
Notes
The opening statement for Chapter 1 is from Scope of Astrological

Prediction, by Marc Edmund Jones (Sabian Publishing Society, 1969).
Those for Chapters 2 and 3 are extracted from The Practice of Astrology,
by Dane Rudhyar (Penguin Books, 1970).
The concept of the progressed lunation cycle and progressed lunation
charts was originated by Rudhyar and is more thoroughly treated in The
Lunation Cycle (Shambala Publications, 1971). The concept of the point
of self was also originated by Rudhyar and is discussed in his The Astrol-
ogy of Personality (Doubleday, 1970) and The Astrological Houses (Dou-
bleday, 1972).
A
epilogue
THE PERSONAL SIGNIFICANCE
OF ASTROLOGICAL STUDY
THE PERSONAL SIGNIFICANCE OF
ASTROLOGICAL STUDY
Astrology has been with us, though certainly not always retaining
its outward form, since the dawn of mind. It is difficult to
original
ascertain what kind of faculty led the first astrologer to the realization
of the relationship existing between man and the universe. We can
say, however, that any person who is an astrologer, in the true sense,
perceives life as an endless and remarkably complex web of relation-
ship. All existents— from the most minute cell in one's body to the
universe— are in some way intimately related and essentially insepara-
ble. Astrology is essentially an application of the law of correspond-
ence, and when applied to the life experiences of individual human

beings can be seen as a means of recognizing and actualizing one's
potential as a whole person. When seen in this way, it becomes ap-
parent that astrological study can and should effect a change in the
consciousness and evolutionary stature of the person who studies it.
The initial process before the man or woman who wishes to ap-
proach the astrological path is one of mental discipline and the de-
velopment of holistic perception. The experiences of the individual
during this process encourage one to see and understand all things
as wholes— as patterns composed of interrelated and interdependent
factors that reveal their significance only when they are perceived
in their structural totality (wholeness). The individual gradually be-
comes aware that the present is just one point— simply one moment—
of an entire cycle of complex and intricate relationship. As the ab-
stract mind emerges into the realm of symbolic cognition, astrology
becomes a highly sophisticated system of universal symbolism, which
gives the person the power to comprehend the secret of trans/inter-
functional relationships existing between wholes on any level of exist-
ence. When fluent in the symbolic language of astrology, the holistic
perception of archetypal and evolving forms, one has within one's
reach a valuable tool for integration and perfection through active
self-actualization.
Knowledge of the law of correspondence and the wise application
of such knowledge toward the integration of one's self constitutes
astrological "self- therapy." Astrological self-therapy, or self-practice,
differs from the conventional type of astrological practice, which
necessitates two parties: an "astrologer," one who knows and under-
282 EPILOGUE
stands, and a "client," one who is seeking knowledge and understand-

ing concerning his or her own personal existence. It differs because
astrological self-practice reveals directly to the individual the mean-
ing and significance of his or her personal existence. When an in-
dividual's consciousness penetrates beyond the superficial realms of
experience, one may make direct contact with the ageless body of
symbolic wisdom manifest within all things. This essence of astrologi-
cal wisdom, when assimilated by the consciousness, reveals the nature
of all things.
Astrology is an effective instrument of self-actualization, and in

a larger sense, self-perfection, when applied directly to the individual
experiences of the astrology student, and it is this concept of self-
perfection that should be a motivating factor in one's study of

astrology. Astrological study should be a process that commences with
the development of the mental faculties, both concrete and abstract,
and is completed when its primary purpose is accomplished: the trans-
formation of the individual into something more. This something more
has the characteristic of transcending duality through the reconcilia-
tion and synthesis of opposites.
Whenviewed from this perspective, there is no real distinction be-
tween true astrology and other "evolutionary vehicles," such as
tantrism and alchemy. Indeed, the processes achieve the same thing:
the transformation of the individual's consciousness through the inner
communion of self.
appendixes
I. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CASTING THE BIRTH-CHART 284
H. ANALYSIS OF ASTROLOGICAL EQUIPMENT 319
IH. TABLES 327
IV. CALCULATIONS FOR SYMBOLIC DIRECTIONS 342
V. BIRTH DATA FOR SAMPLE CHARTS 347
VI. ASTRONOMICAL DATA 350
APPENDIX I
INSTRUCTIONS FOR CASTING THE BIRTH-CHART
INTRODUCTION Learning to Cast the Birth-Chart

:
PART ONE: Equipment Necessary to Cast the Birth-Chart

PART TWO: Calculations Necessary to Cast the Birth-Chart
PHASE I: FINDING LOCAL SIDEREAL TIME
STEP 1 Preparation of the Birth Data
STEP 2 Finding Converted Time
STEP 3 Finding Greenwich Mean Time
STEP 4 Finding True Local Time
STEP 5 Finding Sidereal Time
STEP 6 Adjusting Sidereal Time
STEP 7 Finding Local Sidereal Time
PHASE II: ASCENDANT AND HOUSE CUSPS
STEP 1 Finding the Ascendant and House Cusps
STEP 2 Adjusting the Ascendant
PHASE III: PLANETARY POSITIONS
STEP 1 Finding the Positions of the Planets
STEP 2 Adjusting the Positions of the Planets
STEP 3 Placing the Planets in the Houses
PHASE IV: FINDING THE PLANETARY ASPECTS
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
How to Use the Midnight Ephemeris
Southern-Hemisphere Births
Nodes of the Moon
Part of Fortune
Planetary Latitude
Declinations
ANSWERS TO EXERCISES
INTRODUCTION
LEARNING TO CAST THE BIRTH-CHART
There are two basic requirements for learning to cast the birth-chart: a
basic knowledge of arithmetic, and patience. There is no real reason why
anyone cannot master the process. Many, of course, become frustrated or
confused at certain points, but if one step is taken at a time and mastered
before going on to the next, many headaches will be saved. And, of course,
it always takes longer to perform a structured routine the first few times,
before one has become familiar with the process and confident in his or
her ability to perform well. Although the procedure may seem inordinately
laborious to the beginner, an experienced astrologer can cast the basic
birth-chart in fifteen or twenty minutes.
In the following pages, I've tried to present the process of casting the
birth-chart in the simplest and clearest way possible. Sample exercises
are included, with answers in the back, for those who wish to check
their progress as they go along step by step.
I've used a noon ephemeris for the examples here, for the simple reason
that the ephemeris most astrologers use {Die Deutsche Ephemeride) is
calculated for noon for the years 1850-1930 and for midnight thereafter.
It iseasier to master the procedure for using a midnight ephemeris after
one has learned to use a noon ephemeris than vice versa.
PART ONE
EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO CAST THE BIRTH-CHART*
Before we can begin to cast a birth-chart, we must have on hand the
necessary information and equipment.
1. The first thing needed is the correct berth data:

a. the Name of the person for whom we wish to cast the chart
b. the Date of his or her birth : the day, month, and year
c. the Place of the birth: the city or town, the state or province,
and the country
d. the Time of the birth, as accurately as possible, in hours and
minutes, carefully noting whether the birth took place in the
a.m. or the p.m.
Example of proper birth data:
NAME: Example
BIRTH DATE: August 27, 1945
BIRTHPLACE: New York, New York, U.S.A.
BIRTH TIME: 5:45 a.m.
2. An Ephemeris for the year of the birth will be needed. Ephemerides

are published for each year; the ephemeris for one year is not inter-
changeable for the ephemeris of any other year. There are many fine
ephemerides available; they are individually reviewed in Appendix II.
The ephemeris gives the positions of the planets (the Sun and Moon
are called "planets" to avoid confusion) for each day, as they relate to
the ecliptic of the zodiac. The ephemeris also gives Sidereal Time,
which is used to determine the ascendant and house cusps.
3. A Table of Houses will also be needed as a reference in finding the

ascendant and house cusps.
4. Time-Change References are needed to determine whether or not

Daylight-Saving Time was in use at the time and place of birth. The
principal work you'll need is Time Changes in the U.S.A., by Doris
Doane.
5. Tables of Longitude and Latitude are used to determine the lati-
tude and longitude of the birthplace. The latitude is used as a factor in
finding the ascendant in the table of houses, while the longitude is used
as a factor in finding Local Sidereal Time. A table of latitude and
longitude may be found in some ephemerides and tables of houses.
* An analysis of astrological equipment is given in Appendix II.

APPENDIX I 287
Time-Zone References are needed to determine the time zone in

which the birth took place. Time-zone references are given in some
ephemerides and atiases, as well as in Time Changes in the U.S.A.
Chart Forms are the blank forms in which the ascendant, cusps,
planets, etc. are placed to make up the birth-chart, or "horoscope."
A Tabulation Sheet is simply a sheet of paper on which all the vital

information and factors are recorded for easy reference. Having all
the important factors in one orderly place saves much confusion and
frustration. A sample tabulation sheet is given below.
NAMR
RTRTH datf.
BIRTHPLACE EAT LONG
BIRTH TIME AM PM DST or WT
CONVERTED TIME TLT LST

GMT GREENWICH DATE
asc SUN
2nd MOON
3rd MERCURY
10th VENUS
11th MARS
im TUPITER
SATURN
URANUS
PART OF FORTUNE NEPTUNE
LUNAR NODES PLUTO
This tabulation sheet is for recording the most basic information needed
to cast a birth-chart.
OUTLINE OF THE FIRST PHASE:
FINDING LOCAL SIDEREAL TIME
1 Have birth data on hand.
2. Find Converted Time.
3. Find Greenwich Mean Time.
4. Find True Local Time.
5. Find Greenwich Noon Sidereal Time.
6. Adjust Sidereal Time for time of birth.
7. Find Local Sidereal Time.
(1) Example:
August 27, 1945
New York City, 73°57' W Long., 40°45' N Lat.
5:45 a.m. War Time
(2) 5:45 Given Time

— 1:00 to correct War Time
4:45 Converted Time
(3) 4:45 Converted Time

+ 5:00 Time WEST of Greenwich
9:45 GMT
(4) 4:45 Converted Time

+ :04:12 1 °03' EAST of time center
4:49:12 TLT
(5) 10:21:25 Noon GMT, August 27, 1945

Sidereal Time,
— :22 Adjustment Factor for Interval
(6) 10:21:03 Adjusted Sidereal Time
— 7:10:48 Interval between TLT and Noon
(7) 3:10:15 Local Sidereal Time
PART TWO
CALCULATIONS NECESSARY TO CAST THE BIRTH-CHART
Phase I: Finding Local Sidereal Time (LST)
Local Sidereal Time is the key factor involved in finding the ascendant
and house cusps. When we have found Local Sidereal Time we may turn
to the table of houses, and using the latitude of the birthplace and Local
Sidereal Time as cross references, we will then know the ascendant and
cusps of the houses.
A brief outline of the procedure used in calculating LST is given above.
If you examine the outline, you will notice that it involves the use of
several different variations of time. An explanation of each variation is
given in the tabulation below.
The Variations of Time That Are Used in
Casting the Birth-Chart
1. Given Time is the time of birth according to the clock.

2. Converted Time is Given Time with any of the necessary corrections
made for time changes, such as Daylight-Saving Time or War Time.
3. True Local Time (TLT) is the actual or solar time at the time and
place of birth.
4. Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) is the time it is at Greenwich,
England, or 0° longitude, at the time of birth.
5. Sidereal Time (ST) is the key to the ascendant. Sidereal Time is

given daily in the ephemeris, calculated for either noon or midnight
GMT, depending on the ephemeris. Sidereal Time measures the year
in terms of 24 "hours," beginning with the vernal equinox and pro-
gressing at a rate of about four minutes a day.
6. Adjusted Sidereal Time (Adjusted ST) is the Sidereal Time, as

given in the ephemeris, adjusted to the time of birth by GMT.
7. Local Sidereal Time (LST) is the Adjusted ST, calculated for the
place of birth.
We will also be dealing with:
Time Changes, such as Daylight-Saving Time and War Time;
Time Zones, which are certain predetermined areas where all clocks are
set to a standard time;
290 APPENDIXES
Time Centers, which are the longitudes within the time zone where Con-
Time is also True Local Time.
verted
Time Zones
The surface of the globe is divided into sections formed by imaginary
lines extending from north to south. These lines are called meridians of
longitude, and their positions are indicated in degrees. The earth being a
sphere, there are, of course, a total of 360 degrees of longitude. Greenwich,
England, has been designated as 0° Longitude; all locations west of
Greenwich for a distance of 180° are considered West Longitude. Con-
versely, all locations east of Greenwich for 180° are considered East
Longitude. The International Date Line is roughly on the 1 80th meridian.
The Sun appears to progress along the horizon at the speed of 15° of
longitude per hour, or one degree every four minutes. Because of the fact
that 15° is equal to one hour, most standard time zones are positioned at
intervals of 15° longitude. There are four time zones in the continental
United States:
1 the Eastern Time Zone, 5 hours west of Greenwich

2. the Central Time Zone, 6 hours west of Greenwich;
3. the Mountain Time Zone, 7 hours west of Greenwich; and

4. the Pacific Time Zone, 8 hours west of Greenwich.
Within a time zone all clocks are synchronized to a standard time; that
is, all clocks read the same time within a time zone, with the possibility of
inconsistencies in regard to Daylight-Saving Time. While this system of
standard times tends to eliminate much confusion with regard to com-
merce, it does not assure true, or actual, time.
To cite an example: New York City and Pittsburgh are both within the
Eastern Time Zone and both same standard time, even though New
use the
York, being approximately 74° West Longitude, is several hundred
at
miles east of Pittsburgh, which is at approximately 80° West Longitude.

Now, when the sun is "on the meridian," it is noon by true time. However,
when the sun is directly overhead at New York, the clocks read 1 56 a.m.,
1 :
and, on the other hand, when the sun is at thenoon position in Pittsburgh,
the clocks read 12:20 p.m. Because of this discrepancy, we must make the
proper adjustments to Converted Time to find True Local Time.
APPENDIX I 291
PHASE I: STEP 1
PREPARATION OF THE BIRTH DATA
Before we can cast the birth-chart, the time, place, and date of birth
must be known. To cast an absolutely accurate chart, the exact time of
birth must be known, right down to the second. However, very few people
know their birth times within such a fine margin of exactitude. Although
preferable to know the time of birth within the minute, this also is not
it is
always known; a margin of ten or fifteen minutes will assure a reasonably

accurate chart with a three to five degree margin of error on the angles.
Once we have the proper birth data on hand, we should transcribe it
onto the tabulation sheet, along with the longitude and latitude of the
birthplace, as well as the time zone.
How to Find Latitude and Longitude

To find the latitude and longitude of the birthplace, refer to the refer-
ences given in Part One of this You will also find a sample
appendix.
table of latitudes and longitudes in Appendix III. The sample gives the
latitude and longitude for most cities in the U.S.A., along with their time
zones and the hours west of Greenwich. You will notice that at the head
of the two left columns is printed "Lat. N" and "Long. W," meaning
Latitude North and Longitude West. The numbers in these columns cor-
respond to the cities given in the extreme left. In the case of locations in
the Eastern Hemisphere, the longitude would be east; for the Southern
Hemisphere, the latitude would be south.
Example : The latitude of New York City is 40° 45' North;

the longitude of New York City is 73°57' West.
The between the birthplace and Greenwich may be found
interval in the
section headed "Hours WEST of Greenwich" in the sample.
Example: The time zone for New York City is the Eastern
Time Zone, six hours West of Greenwich.
EXERCISES:
1. Find the latitude and longitude for San Francisco, California.
2. Find the latitude and longitude for Chicago, Illinois.
3. Find the latitude and longitude for New Haven, Connecticut.

4. Find the latitude and longitude for Denver, Colorado.
292 APPENDIXES
5. Find the time zone for Madison, Wisconsin.
6. Find the time zone for Boise, Idaho.
7. Find the time zone for Ann Arbor, Michigan.
8. Find the time zone for Las Vegas, Nevada.
PHASE I: STEP 2
FINDING CONVERTED TIME
Time Changes
If the birth took place during a time change, one hour must be deducted
from the Given Time; the result is called Converted Time. The two types
of time changes practiced in the U.S.A. are War Time (WT) and Daylight-
SavingTime (DST).
War Time
War Time was practiced in this country in the entire years of 1918 and
1919 and from February 9, 1942, 2:00 a.m. to September 30, 1945,
2:00 a.m. If the birth took place during War Time, one hour must be
deducted from the Given Time.
Daylight-Saving Time
Daylight-Saving Time is a source of much confusion for the astrologer.
Daylight-Savin g Time is practiced, in some
from April to October.
areas,
Time Changes by Doris Doane, gives a complete listing of
in the U.S.A.,
time changes in the United States and is an essential reference for every
astrologer. If the birthplace was on Daylight-Saving Time at the time of
birth, one hour must be deducted from the Given Time.
Example: August 27, 1945

New York City
5:45 a.m. Daylight-Saving Time
5:45 Given Time
- 1:00 To correct DST
4:45 Converted Time.
If Birth Was Not During a Time Change

If the birth did not take place during a time change, Converted Time
will be the same as Given Time.
APPENDIX I 293
Adjusting for the 24-Hour Clock System
The Converted Time should now be adjusted for the 24-hour clock
system and entered on the tabulation sheet. The purpose of the 24-hour
clock system is to eliminate the possibility of confusing an a.m. birth with
a p.m. birth.
Examples of the 24-hour clock system:
12:00 midnight = 00:00; 3:00 a.m. = 3:00;
6:00 a.m. = 6:00; 9:00 a.m. = 9:00;
12:00 noon = 12:00; 3:00 p.m. = 15:00;
6:00 p.m. = 18:00; 9:00 p.m. = 21 :00.
EXERCISES:
9. Find Converted Time for 2:30 a.m., January 2, 1944, Iowa City,
Iowa.
10. Find Converted Time for 6:11 p.m., December 10, 1933, Seattle,
Washington.
11. Find Converted Time for 5:02 p.m., September 30, 1945, Los
Angeles, California.
12. Find Converted Time for 8 54 a.m., DST.:
13. Adjust 11:33 p.m. to the 24-hour clock system.
14. Adjust 7 34 a.m. to the 24-hour clock system.

:
15. Adjust 3:12 p.m. to the 24-hour clock system.
16. Adjust 10:47 a.m. to the 24-hour clock system.
PHASE I: STEP 3
FINDING GREENWICH MEAN TIME (GMT)
Ephemerides record the Sidereal Time and the positions of the planets
but once a day, for either noon or midnight Greenwich Mean Time, de-
pending on the ephemeris. We must know the GMT
of the birth if we
wish to make the necessary adjustments to the figures given in the ephem-
eris. The process of adjusting the planetary positions and the Sidereal Time
assures a greater degree of accuracy with regard to the positions of the
ascendant and the planets.
294 APPENDIXES
Calculating Greenwich Mean Time

To find GMT we must first know the time difference between the birth-
place and Greenwich. To find this time difference, we may refer to the
sample Table of Latitudes and Longitudes given in Appendix III. The
second column from the right gives the hours from Greenwich for the
corresponding city.
Once we know the time difference between the birthplace and Green-
wich, GMT may be found by the following rule:
If the longitude of the birthplace is WEST of Greenwich, ADD the
time difference to Converted Time. The result will be the GMT.
If the longitude of the birthplace is EAST of Greenwich, SUBTRACT
the time difference from the Converted Time.
Example 1: 4:45 Converted Time, New York City.

New York is 5 hours, or 5 time zones,
WEST of Greenwich.
4:45 Converted Time

+ 5:00 WEST of Greenwich
9^45t GMT.
Example 2: 15:43 Converted Time, Berlin, Germany,

one hour EAST of Greenwich.
15:43 Converted Time

- 1:00 EAST of Greenwich
14:43 GMT.
How to Know if Longitude Is East or West

When referring to the Table of Longitudes and Latitudes: if the degrees
of longitude are followed by the letter "E," the longitude is EAST; if the
longitude is followed by "W," the longitude is WEST.
When Greenwich Mean Time Exceeds Twenty-Four Hours

Often, when working with GMT, exceeds twenty-
the calculated GMT
four hours. In such cases, twenty-four hours should be subtracted from the
figure and the Greenwich Date will be a day later than the local date.
t GMT should always be adjusted to the 24-hour clock system.

.
APPENDIX I 295
Example: 22:43 Converted Time, July 4, 1934

+ 8:00 WEST of Greenwich
30:43
- 24:00
6:43 GMT, July 5, 1934.
When Time Difference Is Greater Than Converted Time

There are also cases in which the time difference between Greenwich
and the place of birth is greater than the Converted Time. In these cases,
twenty-four hours should be added to the Converted Time. The Greenwich
date will then be a day earlier than the local date.
Example : 1:13 Converted Time, March 27, 1 958

1:13 Converted Time, March 27, 1 958

+ 24:00
25:13
22 : 1 3 GMT, March 26,1958.
When GMT Changes Date

When the Greenwich date is different from the local date, we must keep
in mind that it will be necessary to use the Greenwich date when referring
to the ephemeris. The GMT and the Greenwich date should now be en-
tered on the tabulation sheet.
EXERCISES:
17. Find the Greenwich Mean Times for the following Converted Times:
a. 3:10, Boston, Massachusetts
b. 13:57, Boulder, Colorado
c. 5:34, Cleveland, Ohio
d. 21 :53, Portland, Maine, August 6, 1945
e. 9:10, Berlin, Germany (one hour east of Greenwich)

f 14: 22, Sydney, Australia (ten hours east of Greenwich)
g. 8:11, Athens, Greece (two hours east of Greenwich)
h. 16:53, Madrid, Spain (0 hours east of Greenwich)

296 APPENDIXES
PHASE I: STEP 4
FINDING TRUE LOCAL TIME (TLT)
True Local Time is the actual time of birthand is used in the calculation
of Local Sidereal Time. To True Local Time, we must know the
find the
longitude of the birthplace, the time zone, and the zone's time center.
What Is a Time Center?
The standard time for each time zone is based on the actual, or local,
time at the time center, or meridian. Thus, the only longitude within the
time zone where the Standard Time is also the True Local Time is the
longitude occupied by the time center. The time centers are positioned at
regular intervals of 15° of longitude (with a few exceptions), beginning
with 0° Longitude (Greenwich).
The time-zone centers for the continental United States are: Eastern
Time Zone, 75° West Longitude; Central Time Zone, 90° West Longitude;
Mountain Time Zone, 105° West Longitude, Pacific Time Zone, 120°
West Longitude.
How to Find True Local Time

To find True Local Time, the difference between the birthplace and the
time center must be determined. This interval may be found in the Table of
Longitudes and Latitudes under the column headed variation between
standard time and tlt. If the place of birth is not listed, or if you are
using a table that does not give this information, follow this rule:
If the birthplace is EAST of the time center (a place east of the time
center will be of a lesser degree of longitude in the Western Hemisphere
and larger in the Eastern), ADD 4 minutes to the Converted Time for
each degree the birthplace is EAST of the time center.
If the birthplace is WEST of the time center (a place west of the time
center is of a larger degree of longitude in the Western Hemisphere and is
lesser in the Eastern), SUBTRACT 4 minutes from the Converted Time

for each degree the birthplace is west of the time center.
Example 1: 4:45 Converted Time, New York City,

73°57' West Longitude
4:45:00 Converted Time

-f 4:12 one degree EAST of time center
4:49:12 TLT.
:
APPENDIX I 297
Example 2: 9:43 Converted Time, Des Moines, Iowa,
93° 38' West Longitude
9:43:00 Converted Time

- 14:32 four degrees WEST of time center
9:29:32 TLT.
After True Local Time has been calculated, it should be entered in its
proper place on the tabulation sheet.
EXERCISES:
18. Find the True Local Time for the following Converted Times
a. 12:24, Chicago, Illinois
b. 4:56, Baltimore, Maryland
c. 21:15, Eureka, California
d. 15: 45, Poughkeepsie, New York

e. 3:46, Las Vegas, Nevada
f. 18:50, Omaha, Nebraska

g. 7:10, Easton, Pennsylvania
h. 22:32, Gary, Indiana
PHASE I: STEP 5
FINDING SIDEREAL TIME (ST)
Time is given in the ephemeris once for each 24-hour period,

Sidereal
calculated fornoon GMT (or midnight GMT if you are using a midnight
ephemeris). By referring to the ephemeris for the proper year and month,
you may easily find the Sidereal Time.
In the sample ephemeris found in Appendix III you will notice that the
day of the month is given in the extreme left column. Next to the day
column you will find the column where the Sidereal Times for each day
are given, in hours, minutes, and seconds; this column is headed s.t. To
find the proper Sidereal Time, first locate the Greenwich date of birth in
the day column; the figure directly to the right of the day, in the st column,
is the Sidereal Time for the date of birth and should be transcribed.
Example: The Greenwich Noon Sidereal Time for

August 27, 1945, is 10:21:25.
298 APPENDIXES
EXERCISES:
19. Find the Greenwich Noon Sidereal Time for the following days:
a. August 3, 1945
b. August 23, 1945

c. August 11, 1945
d. August 29, 1945

e. August 17, 1945
f. August 8, 1945
PHASE I: STEP 6
ADJUSTING SIDEREAL TIME
Because the ephemeris gives Sidereal Time but once daily, for noon (or
midnight) i GMT, and because Sidereal Time is in a state of constant pro-
gression, an adjustment must be made to it if the of birth is not GMT
noon. In other words, the ephemeris gives us Sidereal Time for the day,
and we must then adjust it for the time of birth.
Adjusting Sidereal Time involves three steps: (1) finding the interval
between GMT and noon; (2) finding the adjustment factor, which is based
on the interval between GMT
and noon and the daily progression of
Sidereal Time; (3) adjusting the Sidereal Time, which is done by either
adding or subtracting the adjustment factor from the noon Sidereal Time.
1. Finding the Interval Between GMT and Noon

If GMT is before noon (less than 12:00), SUBTRACT GMT from 12
hours. The result will be the interval.
If GMT is after noon (more than 12:00), SUBTRACT 12 HOURS
from GMT. The result will be the interval.
Example 1: 12:00
- 9:45 GMT (before noon)
2:15 Interval between GMT and noon.
Example 2: 16:15 GMT (after noon)

-12:00
4:15 Interval between GMT and noon.
t From this point on, our examples are based on the use of a noon ephemeris.
The procedure for using a midnight ephemeris is found on page 315.
5
APPENDIX I 299
2. Finding the Adjustment Factor

Sidereal Time progresses at a steady rate of about 3 minutes 56 seconds
per day. The tables below give the correct proportion of this movement
to use when adjusting Sidereal Time.
To find the adjustment factor, ADD the factor for the hours of interval
to the factor for the minutes of interval. The result will be the adjustment
factor.
Example: For an interval of 2 : 1
2 hours 20 sec. factor

15 minutes 2 sec, factor
2:15 22 sec. Adjustment Factor.
TABLE A TABLE B
Hours of Minutes of
Interval Factor Interval Factor
1 10 sec 0-3 sec
2 20 sec 4-9 1 sec
3 29 sec 10-15 2 sec
4 39 sec 16-21 3 sec
5 49 sec 22-27 4 sec
6 59 sec 28-33 5 sec
7 1 min. 9 sec 34-39 6 sec
8 1 min. 18 sec 40-45 7 sec
9 1 min. 28 sec 46-51 8 sec
10 1 min. 38 sec. 52-57 9 sec
11 1 min. 48 sec 58-60 10 sec.
12 1 min. 58 sec
3. Adjusting the Sidereal Time

If GMT is BEFORE noon, SUBTRACT the adjustment factor for the
interval from the Sidereal Time. The result will be the Adjusted Sidereal
Time.
If GMT is AFTER noon, ADD the adjustment factor for the interval
to the Sidereal Time. The result will be the Adjusted Sidereal Time.
300 APPENDIXES
Example 1: 10:21:25 ST, 9:45 GMT, August 27, 1945

10:21:25 ST, noon GMT,August 27, 1945
— :22 Adjustment Factor for 2 1 :
10:21:03 Adjusted Sidereal Time.
Example 2: 8:54:41 ST, 16:15 GMT, August 5, 1945

8:54:41 ST, noon GMT, August 5, 1945
-f :41 Adjustment Factor for 4:15
8 55 22
: : Adjusted Sidereal Time.
EXERCISES:
20. Find the interval between GMT and noon for the following times:
a. 15:43 GMT
b. 9:21 GMT
c. 23:10 GMT
d. 5:22 GMT
21. Find the adjustment factors for the following intervals

a. 9:55
b. 0:33
c. 5:10
d. 3:53
22. Find the Adjusted Sidereal Times for the following times
a. 3:53:33 ST, 18:10 GMT
b. 9:22:47 ST, 4:32 GMT
c. 5:36:11 ST, 14:45 GMT
d. 1:49:18 ST, 7:24 GMT
PHASE I: STEP 7
FINDING LOCAL SIDEREAL TIME (LST)
We have now come to the seventh, and final, step in calculating Local
Sidereal Time, which will enable us to find the ascendant and the house
cusps. In this step we will adjust the Adjusted Sidereal Time for the
place of birth.
Finding Local Sidereal Time involves the following procedure: (1 ) find-
ing the interval between TLT
and noon, and (2) adding or subtracting
the interval to or from the Adjusted Sidereal Time.
APPENDIX I 301
1. Finding the Interval Between TLT and Noon

If the birth is BEFORE noon TLT, SUBTRACT TLT from 12 hours.
The result will be the interval.
If the birth is AFTER noon TLT, SUBTRACT 12 hours from TLT.
The result will be the interval.
Example 1: 12:00:00
- 4:49:12 TLT (BEFORE noon)
7:10:48 Interval between TLT and noon.
Example 2: 18:25 TLT (AFTER noon)

- 12:00
6 25
: Interval between TLT and noon.
2. Finding Local Sidereal Time
If the birth is BEFORE noon TLT, SUBTRACT the interval between

TLT and noon from the Adjusted Sidereal Time. The result will be the
Local Sidereal Time.
If the birth is AFTER noon TLT, ADD the interval between TLT
and noon to the Adjusted Sidereal Time. The result will be the Local
Sidereal Time.
Once the Local Sidereal Time has been calculated, it should be en-
tered onto the tabulation sheet.
Example 1: 10:21:03 Adjusted ST

— 7:10:48 Interval, 4:49:12 TLT
3:10:15 Local Sidereal Time.
Example 2: 8:42:21 Adjusted ST

+ 2:10:11 Interval, 14:10 TLT
1 : 52 2 1
: Local Sidereal Time.
When Local Sidereal Time Exceeds Twenty-Four Hours
In some instances, the addition of the interval to the Adjusted ST re-

sults in a figure greater than 24 hours. In such a case, 24 hours should
be subtracted from the figure. The result will then be a usable Local
Sidereal Time.
302 APPENDIXES
Example: 18:05:39 Adjusted ST
+ 10:00:00 Interval
28:05:39
-24:00:00
When Interval Is Greater Than Adjusted Sidereal Time

Often when dealing with births before noon TLT, the interval is found
to be greater than the Adjusted Sidereal Time, from which it must be

deducted. In such a case, 24 hours should be added to the Adjusted
Sidereal Time.
Example: 2:11:53 Adjusted ST

5:03:00 Interval
2:11:53
+ 24:00:00
26:11:53
- 5:03:00 Interval
Should the Seconds in Local Sidereal Time Be Dropped?

If the exact time of birth is not known, LST should be rounded off to
the nearest minute. If the exact time of birth is known, little accuracy
will be lost by rounding off LST to the nearest minute; the matter is left
to the astrologer's personal preference.
EXERCISES:
23. Find the interval between TLT and noon for the following times:
a. 10:50 TLT
b. 3:23 TLT
c. 23:45 TLT
d. 15:13 TLT
24. Find Local Sidereal Time for the following times
a. 6:55 Adjusted ST, 3: 15 TLT
b. 11:23:29 Adjusted ST, 14:47 TLT
c. 3:27:21 Adjusted ST, 22:38 TLT
d. 20:58: 14 Adjusted ST, 7:20 TLT
APPENDIX I 303
25. Find Local Sidereal Time from the following birth data:
a. August 2, 1945, Kansas City, Missouri, 1:15 p.m. War Time
b. August 30, 1945, Albany, New York, 3:23 a.m. War Time
c. August 12, 1945, Toledo, Ohio, 10:25 p.m. War Time
d. August 22, 1945, Erie, Pennsylvania, 7:49 a.m. War Time
PHASE n: ASCENDANT AND HOUSE CUSPS
PHASE II: STEP 1
FINDING THE ASCENDANT AND HOUSE CUSPS

Now that we have calculated the Local Sidereal Time, our next task
is to find the ascendant and the house cusps, adjust the ascendant, and
place the ascendant and the cusps on the chart form.
To and houses, we must know the latitude of the
find the ascendant
birthplace and the Local Sidereal Time. We must also have on hand a
table of houses, a sample of which is given in Appendix III.
Finding the Ascendant
Most tables of houses include tables for 0° to 60° latitude. The first
thing to do is find the section of the tables for the latitude nearest the
birthplace. We then locate the figure in the column headed st, which is
the nearest to the Local Sidereal Time (the figures in the ST column are
given at intervals of about four minutes). When we have found the fig-
ure, which we shall call the "Nearest Sidereal Time," the ascendant may
be found directly to the right in the column headed ASC. The ascendant
is given in degrees and minutes; the sign of the ascendant is the first sign
inserted directly above the figure for the ascendant.

The ascendant may be rounded off to the nearest degree, adjusted to
assure the utmost possible accuracy, or entered into the tabulation sheet
directly from the table.
Finding the House Cusps*
Equal House System

If you wish to use the Equal House System, the degree of each cusp
will be the same as the degree of the ascendant. The signs for the cusps
will progress in their natural order from the ascendant to the twelfth
house.
* A discussion of the various systems of house division can be found in Part

Two of the text.
APPENDIX I 305
/
Example: Ascendant for 40°45 North Latitude,
3:10:15LST,is27°23'Leo.
ASC 27°23' Leo

2nd 27°23' Virgo
3rd 27°23' Libra
and so on to
12th 27°23' Cancer.
Finding the Medium Coeli for the Equal House Chart.
The tenth-house cusp by the Equal House System is not always of the
same degree as the medium coeli (the tenth-house cusp by the Quadrant
House System, given in the Table of Houses). The degree and sign found
in the tenth-house column that corresponds to the Nearest ST in the
Table of Houses should be used as the M.C. in the Equal House chart.
Quadrant House System
If you prefer to use a Quadrant House System, the house cusps may
be found in the Table of Houses, on the same horizontal line as the
ascendant. The column headed 12 is the 12th-house cusp, 11 gives the
llth-house cusp, 10 gives the lOth-house cusp (which is always the same
as the medium coeli by Quadrant House Systems), 2 gives the cusp for the
second house, and the column headed 3 gives the third-house cusp. The
remaining six houses may be found through oppositions.
: 40°45 ' North Latitude, 3 10:15 LST

ASC 27°23' Leo DEC 27° 23' Aquarius
2nd 20° Virgo 8th 20° Pisces
3rd 19° Libra 9th 19° Aries
10th 20° Taurus 4th 20° Scorpio
11th 25° Gemini 5th 25° Sagittarius
12th 28° Cancer 6th 28° Capricorn.
There are several quadrant house-division systems, each giving slightly

different house cusps for the same LST. The most widely used is the
Placidus System (the system used in the sample Table of Houses in Ap-
pendix III); it was, until recently, difficult to obtain tables for any other
systems.
306 APPENDIXES
Porphyry System of Quadrant Division

If you prefer to use the Porphyry System (a quadrant system), the
house cusps may be calculated by the division of the number of degrees
within each house of that (and the opposing) quadrant. The ascendant
and medium coeli are, of course, the same as by the Placidus System.
EXERCISES:
26. Find the ascendants for the following LST's
a. 2:34:48 LST, 41° North Latitude
b. 0:59:00 LST, 41° North Latitude
c. 4:22:37 LST, 41° North Latitude
d. 1:33:00 LST, 41° North Latitude
PHASE II: STEP 2

ADJUSTING THE ASCENDANT (optional)
This step should be taken if the exact time of birth is known; it is
optional for the beginning student. It involves adjusting the ascendant

from the Nearest ST to the LST.
Because Sidereal Time is listed in the Table of Houses at intervals of
about four minutes, we must make an adjustment to the ascendant that
corresponds to the Nearest ST if we wish to assure the utmost possible
accuracy. Of course, if the Nearest ST is the same as, or very close to,
the LST, this step is not necessary.
How to Adjust the Ascendant

To adjust the ascendant, follow this procedure of interpolation:
1. Find the interval between Nearest ST and LST.

Example: 2:16:09 LST
-2:14:42 Nearest ST
1:27 Interval
:87 Converted to seconds.
2. Find the interval between Nearest ST and Next Nearest ST in seconds

of value.
Example: 2 18:35 Next Nearest ST

-2 14:42 Nearest ST
3:53
:233 Interval in seconds.
APPENDIX I 307
3. Find the interval between Nearest ASC and Next Nearest ASC in
minutes of value.
Example: 16°31' Leo, Next Nearest ASC
-15^45/ Leo, Nearest ASC
46' Interval in minutes.
4. Divide (2) by (1).
Example: 233 -f- 87 = 2.6.

5. Divide (3) by the quotient of (4) the result
; is the Adjustment Factor.
Example: 46' -r 2.6 =18' Adjustment Factor.
6. If LST is GREATER than Nearest ST, ADD Adjustment Factor to

Nearest ASC. The result will be the adjusted, or exact, ascendant.
If LST is LESS than Nearest ST, SUBTRACT Adjustment Factor
from Nearest ASC. The result will be the adjusted ascendant.
Example: 15°45' Leo, Nearest ASC.
+ 18' Adjustment Factor
16°03' Leo, Adjusted Ascendant.
PHASE III: PLANETARY POSITIONS
PHASE
STEP 1 III:
FINDING THE POSITIONS OF THE PLANETS

After we have calculated the ascendant and the house cusps and placed
them on the chart form, our next phase is finding the planets' positions.
The Greenwich noon position of the planets may be found in an ephemeris
(midnight positions are given in the case of a midnight ephemeris).
Naturally, because the positions are given for a predetermined time, some
adjustment is likely to be necessary if accuracy is desired.
Finding the Positions of the Planets in the Ephemeris
If you turn to the sample ephemeris in Appendix III, you will notice
that the month and year of the particular table, and the time for which the
positions are calculated, are given in the heading. Also at the head, you
will notice that the table is for the longitudes of the planets. Some ephem-
erides also include tables for the latitudes and declinations of the planets
whose symbols are given at the head of the column. t Once we have found
the Greenwich date in the day column, the calculated longitudes of the
planets may be found in their respective columns directly to the right, on
the same horizontal line as the day.
The sign in which a planet is located at the first of the month is given
at the head of each column, just below the planet's symbol. However,
some planets change signs during the month, and in such cases the newly
entered sign's symbol is inserted into the column at the day of the sign
change. One must be careful to remember that the sign given at the head
of the column is not necessarily the sign a planet is in on any day but the
first of the month. Failure to consider this is an error frequently made by
the beginner.
Example: Venus was in 26°42' Gemini on August 1.
On August 27, Venus was in 26°25'

Cancer.
t The location of Pluto in the ephemeris varies, depending on the year and
the publisher. In the sample ephemeris, Pluto appeals at the foot of the table,
given once monthly.
. :
APPENDIX I 309
EXERCISES:
27. Find the noon GMT
positions of the following planets
a. August 1 0, 1 945 Mercury, Venus, and Moon
;
b. August 21,1 945 Sun, Jupiter, and Neptune

;
c. August 4, 1945; Mars, Saturn, and Uranus

d. August 1 6, 1 945 Sun, Mercury, Venus, and Moon
;
PHASE HI: STEP 2

ADJUSTING THE POSITIONS OF THE PLANETS
WITH PLANETARY-MOTION TABLES
A simple method of accurately adjusting the position of the planets is
given below, using tables of planetary motion. You will find a complete
set of these tables in Appendix III; a small section of a table appears below
as an example.
How to Use Tables of Planetary Motion

Planetary-motion tables provide an easy and accurate method of
planetary adjustment. If you look in Appendix III, you will notice that
there are three sets of tables, one for the Sun, another set for the Moon,
and another for the remaining planets. To adjust the planets' positions,
follow this procedure:
1 Have the interval between GMT and noon on hand.
2. Find the daily motion of the planet, which is the degrees and/or
minutes that the planet progressed in longitude, or regressed in the
case of retrogradation, during the twenty-four hours before or after
the noon Greenwich date.t To find the planet's daily motion, follow
this procedure:
If the birth is BEFORE noon GMT, SUBTRACT the planet's noon
position for the day BEFORE birth from the planet's position on the
day of birth. The result will be the daily motion of the planet. However,
if the planet is in retrograde, the process should be reversed.
If the birth is AFTER noon GMT, SUBTRACT the noon position
of the planet for the day of birth from the planet's position for the day
AFTER. The result will be the daily motion. If the planet is in retro-
grade, reverse the process.
3. Go to the proper table and find the vertical column headed by the
degree and/or minutes nearest to the daily motion of the planet.
t When a planet appears to be moving backward, it is called retrogradation.

A letter "R" is inserted into the planet's column on the day it begins to retro-
grade. A "D" is inserted when the planet is no longer in retrograde.
310 APPENDIXES
4. Then go down the column until you come to the line that is on the
same horizontal as the Hours of Interval. The figure given on that line
is the Adjustment Factor for the Hours of Interval.
5. At the bottom of the table is a section used for finding the Adjustment
Factor for the Minutes of Interval.
6. When you have found the Adjustment Factor for the Minutes of
Interval, ADD it to the Adjustment Factor for the Hours of Interval;
the sum will be the Adjustment Factor for the planet.
How to Adjust the Planet's Position
If GMT is AFTER noon, ADD the Adjustment Factor to the noon

position of the planet.
IF GMT is BEFORE noon, SUBTRACT the Adjustment Factor from
the noon position of the planet.
DAILY MOTION OF THE PLANETS

INTERVAL
IN HOURS 0°30' 0°35' 0°40' 0°45' 0°50'
1 1'15" 1'27" 1'40" 1'52" 2'05"

2 2'30" 2'55" 3'20" 3'45" 4' 10"
3 3'45" 4'22" 5'00" 5'37" 6'15"

5'00" 6 40" 7'30" 8'20"
,
4 5'50"
5 6'15" 7'17" 8'20" 9'22" 10'25"
6 7'30" 8'45" lO'OO" 11'15" 12'30"
INTERVAL
IN MINUTES
10 12" 14" 16" 19" 21"

20 25" 29" 33" 37" 42"
30 37" 44" 50" 56" 1'02"
Sample Table of Planetary Motion
When Exact Position of Planet Exceeds 30°

It can happen that when the Adjustment Factor is added to the noon
position, the result is greater than 30°. In such cases, 30° should be sub-
tracted and the next sign given to the planet.

APPENDIX I 311
Example: 29° 54' Libra, noon position

+ 0°23' Adjustment Factor
30°17'
-30W
0°17' Scorpio, adjusted position.
When Adjustment Factor Is Greater Than Noon Position
It can also happen that when the Adjustment Factor is to be subtracted
from the noon position, the Factor is greater than the noon position. In
such cases, 30° should be added to the noon position and one sign taken
from the planet.
Example: 0°13' Cancer, noon position

— 1°06' Adjustment Factor
0°13' Cancer
+ 30°00 /
30° 13' Gemini

- 1 °06' Adjustment Factor
29°07' Gemini, adjusted position.
Examples for Phase III: Step 2:
1. Mars's noon position is 18° Cancer; daily motion is 35'; GMT is 16:15.
Adjustment Factor for Hours of Interval is 6'.

Adjustment Factor for Minutes of Interval is 21".
Adjustment Factor is 6'21"; round off to 6'.
18°00' Cancer, noon position
+ 06' Adjustment Factor
18°06' Cancer, adjusted position of Mars.
2. Noon position is 5° 13' Virgo; daily motion is 40°; GMT is 8:45.
Adjustment Factor for Hours of Interval is 5'15".

Adjustment Factor for Minutes of Interval is 26".
Adjustment Factor is 5'41"; round off to 6'.
5° 13' Virgo, noon position
— 06' Adjustment Factor
5°07' Virgo, adjusted position.
312 APPENDIXES
PHASE ffl: STEP 3

PLACING THE PLANETS IN THE HOUSES
Our final task in this phase will be the placement of the planets in the
houses. This step simply involves placing the planets between the houses'
cusps in which the degrees and signs of the planets fall.
Example: Jupiter 0°26' Scorpio falls in the third

house, between 23 °08' Libra and 21 °
Scorpio.
PHASE IV: FINDING THE PLANETARY ASPECTS
We are now ready to find the planetary aspects, which are the angular
relationships between two or more planets, or between two or more planets
and one of the angles.
WHEN ARE ASPECTS FORMED?

An aspect is formed when two or more planets, or two or more planets
and one of the angles, are within a certain number of degrees of each
other. There are many aspectual angles used in astrology; the major ones
are listed below.
Orbs
Each aspect is given an orb, which is a certain number of degrees more
or less than the exact degree of the aspect allowable for the planets still
to be considered in aspect. Thus, if two planets are 87° apart, they are still
considered to be in square aspect to each other, even though the exact

aspect is 90°. However, the size of the orbs allowed does differ a good
deal, depending upon the particular planets and the astrologer, though the
general tendency seems to be moving in the direction of smaller orbs at
this time. The orbs given with the aspects below are the orbs recommended
for initial use.
ASPECT SYMBOL BETWEEN ORB KEY WORD
Conjunction CT 0° 7°-10° Unifying

Semisquare L 45° 2°- 3° Intense
Sextile * 60° 2°- 3° Productive
Square D 90° 5°- 6° Constructive
120° 6°- 7° Co-operating
Trine A
Opposition </> 180° 8°-10° Opposing or
Complementary
314 APPENDIXES
Example 1: Jupiter 22°35' Leo
Saturn 20°41 / Leo
1°54' distance between.
Jupiter and Saturn are in conjunction,

with a 1° 54' orb.
Example 2: Moon 29°01' Taurus

ASC 27°23' Leo
1°38' and 3 signs or 90°.
Moon is square ASC, with a 1 °38' orb.
Example 3: Venus 26° 19' Virgo

Mars 22°59' Gemini
3°20' and 3 signs or 90°.
Venus and Mars are square, with a 3°20 /

orb.
Some Easy Rules for Finding Aspects
1. Check the modes. Signs of the same mode are spaced at intervals of
90°. Thus, two planets in the same mode but not the same sign are
most likely to form no other aspect except squares or oppositions.
Example: Sun 10° Scorpio is square to Mars 12°

Leo, both being in fixed signs.
2. The same is true for the elements, only at 120° intervals, thus forming
trines.
Example: Moon 19° Pisces is trine with Venus 22°

Cancer, both being water signs.
3. Conjunctions are obvious, due to their closeness.
4. Semisquares are always 1 % signs away from the position of the

planet.
Drawing in Aspect Patterns

Aspected planets may be connected by colored lines on the birth-chart
as an aid to visual interpretations. The scxtiles and trines may be done
in blue ink; the semisquares, squares, and oppositions in red; and the
conjunctions in green ink.
.
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
HOW TO USE THE MIDNIGHT EPHEMERIS

If you are using a midnight ephemeris, you will need to follow a slightly
different procedure from the one given above.
1. The GMT is always used as the interval between GMT and midnight.
In all cases in which the interval between GMT and noon called is
for, simply use the GMT as the interval.

2. When adjusting the ST (PHASE I: STEP 6), find the Adjustment
Factor for the GMT. The Adjustment Factor is then ALWAYS
ADDED to the midnight ST, which is found in the ephemeris.
3. When finding the LST (PHASE I: STEP 7), ALWAYS ADD the
TLT to the Adjusted ST.
4. When adjusting the planets' positions, ALWAYS ADD the Adjust-

ment Factor to the midnight positions of the planets.
Example: August 27, 1945, 9:45 GMT, 4:49:12 TLT.
22:19:26 Sidereal Time, midnight GMT 8/27/45

+ 1 :35 Adjustment Factor for 9:45
22:21:01 Adjusted Sidereal Time
+ 4:49:12 TLT
27:10:13
-24:00:00
SOUTHERN-HEMISPHERE BIRTHS
If the birth has taken place in the Southern Hemisphere (south lati-
tude) some additional adjustments must be made:

,
1 ADD 1 2 hours to the LST.
2. The ASCand the house cusps are found by using the north latitude
in the table of houses, which is of the same degree as the latitude
for the birthplace. The signs for the ASC and the cusps should then
be reversed.
316 APPENDIXES
Example: 13:53:17 LST

+ 12:00:00 for south latitude
25:53:17
- 24:00:00 LST over twenty-four hours
for
1:53:17 LST for south latitude.
.ASC for 1:53:17 for 41° north latitude is 12°
Leo; by reversing the sign, we have an ASC
of 12° Aquarius for the southern latitude
birth.
NODES OF THE MOON

Most ephemerides include the position of the Moon's nodes, which are
not used by all astrologers though they are important as indicators of
personal strength and sensitivity. Usually the north node is given in the
ephemeris; the south node is always its polar opposite.
cfb north node, \f south node.
PART OF FORTUNE
Some astrologers (including the writer) use one of the Arabic parts,
the part of fortune, which may be found by this formula: Ascendant -f
Moon — Sun.
Example: 27° Taurus ASC (2nd sign)

+ 29° Leo Moon +(5th sign)
56° Libra (7th sign)
-30°
26° Scorpio (8th sign)
- 3° Leo Sun -(5th sign)
23° Gemini (3rd sign)
The part of fortune is 23° Gemini.
PLANETARY LATITUDE
Most ephemerides include tables for the latitudes of the planets, which
measure the distance a planet is north or south of the terrestrial equator.
The meaning of a planet's latitude is given in the text.
APPENDIX I 317
DECLINATIONS
Most ephemerides also include tables for the declinations of the planets.
The declination of a planet is the distance, measured in degrees, a planet
lies north or south of the Celestial Equator.
Parallels of Declination
When two or more planets are of the same degree of declination, they
are said to be parallel. An orb of 1 V2 ° is usually allowed.
ANSWERS TO EXERCISES
1. 37°47 /N, 122^6^ c. 11:10
2. 41 °52/ N, 87°39'W d. 6:38
3. 41 ^S'N, 72°55'W 21. a. 1 minute, 37 seconds
4. 39°45 ,N, 104°59'W b. 5 seconds
5. Central Time Zone c. 51 seconds
6. Mountain Time Zone d. 38 seconds
7. Eastern Time Zone 22. a. 3:54:34
8. Pacific Time Zone b. 9:21:33
9. 1::50 c. 5:36:38
10. 18 :11 d. 1:48:33
11. 17:02 23. a. 1:10
12. 7:54 b. 8:37
13. 23:33 c. 11:45
14. 7:34 d. 3:13
15. 15:12 24. a. 22:10
16. 10:47 b. 14:10:29
17. a. 8:10 c. 14:05:21
b. 20:57 d. 16:18:14
c. 10:34 25. a. 8:40:29
d. 2:53, August 7, 1945 b. 00:58:22
e. 8:10 c. 18:15:27
f. 4:22 d. 4:30:20
g- 6:11 26. a. 19°30' Leo
h. 16:53 b. 0°56' Leo
18. a. 12:33:24 c. 10°22' Virgo
b. 4:49:32 d. 7°31' Leo
c. 20:58:20 27. a. Mercury 4° 10' retrograde
/
d. 15:49:20 Virgo; Venus 6°50 Can-
e. 4:05:28 cer; Moon 16° 31' Virgo
f. 18:16:12 b. Sun 28°00'26" Leo; Jupi-
g. 7:09:08 ter 29° 15' Virgo; Neptune
h. 22:42:40 4°50' Libra
19. a. 8:46:48 c. Mars 8° 13' Gemini; Sat-
b. 10:05:39 urn 18°2' Cancer; Uranus
c. 9:18:20 16°26' Gemini
d. 10:27:18 d. Sun 23°13'46" Leo; Mer-
e. 9:41:59 cury 0°42' retrograde
f. 9:06:31 Leo; Venus 13°31' Virgo;
20. a. 3:43 Moon 28° 3 2' Scorpio
b. 2:39
.
APPENDIX II
ANALYSIS OF ASTROLOGICAL EQUIPMENT
1 Ephemerides
2. Tables of Houses
3. Tables of Longitudes
and Latitudes
4. Time-Change References
5. Miscellaneous
ANALYSIS OF ASTROLOGICAL EQUIPMENT
It is not unusual for the active astrologer to invest a large amount of

money in various tables, references, forms, etc. Often the beginner may
be somewhat confused by the vast array of astrological paraphernalia,
and it may be difficult for him to judge what is actually necessary and
what is simply a convenience. This situation is often further complicated
by a limited budget. For this reason, I have included a short analysis of
the tools of the astrological trade, which I hope will be helpful.
Generally, all the many fine ephemerides available are accurate. How-
ever, some ephemerides, such as the200 Year Ephemeris, provide data
on a monthly rather than daily basis. Such tables are not practical for
regular and precise work. Other than this, the major considerations to
base one's choice on are economy, ease of use, and aesthetics.
In the choice of a table of houses, the situation is basically the same.
The case is different, however, when one is considering a table of longi-
tudes and latitudes: an astrologer can get along without a table of longi-
tudes and latitudes if he does not mind searching for the needed data in
other, less convenient sources; also, these tables are available through
only one publisher.
One must also consider the purchase of time-change references, which
an astrologer can hardly do without. Only one publisher offers complete
and reliable time-change information.
Because publication of astrological equipment and literature is a spe-
cialty field, prices may vary considerably from dealer to dealer and area
to area, and, of course, in this day of economic uncertainty, prices are
always subject to change.
EPHEMERIDES
DIE DEUTSCHE EPHEMERIDE
Distributed by New York Astrology Center, 127 Madison Ave., New
York, New York 10016.
Band I 1850-1889; about $14.
Band II 1890-1930; about $14.
Band III 1931-1950; about $14.
Band IV 1951-1960; about $10.
Band V 1961-1970; about $10.
Band VI 1971-1980; about $10.
appendix n 321
I use these ephemerides in my own work. Knowledge of the German

language not required. These ephemerides are hardbound, small, and
is
aesthetic in appearance. They include ST, and planetary longitudes, lati-

tudes, and declinations. Pluto is included after 1960. Bande I and II are
calculated for noon GMT, while the remaining Bande are calculated for
midnight GMT.
PLUTO EPHEMERIS
Omega Associates, Chicago, Illinois.
1773-2000; about $4.
Gives the longitude and latitude of Pluto for every ten days. Interpola-
tion tables are included to adjust position for any day. Paperback.
RAPHAEL'S EPHEMERIS
London, England.
1860 to date, single years only; about $2 per year.

Very and useful. Includes, in addition to the planetary longitudes,
fine
latitudes,and declinations, a daily aspectarian listing the time of major
aspects, and daily motions. Calculated for noon GMT. Paperback. The
great disadvantage of this table is its cost, but it is one of the finest.
ROSICRUCIAN EPHEMERIS
The Rosicrucian Fellowship, Oceanside, California.
20-year clothbound, 1860-1879; about $10.

10-year paperbound, 1880-1889 to 1960-1969; $5 each.
1-year paperbound, 1857 to date; $1 each.
This ephemeris is one of the most economical, though rumored to be

not entirely reliable. It has lots of information: times for New and Full
Moons are included from 1923; from 1936 it includes a daily aspectarian,
the times the Sun and the Moon enter each sign, and the monthly posi-
tions of Pluto. Large print. Calculated for noon GMT.
GOLGGE EPHEMERIS
Distributed by New York Astrology Center, 127 Madison Ave., New
York, New York 10016.
1961-1965; about $4.
1966-1970; about $4.
1971-1975; about $4.50.
322 APPENDIXES
This handsome vinyl-covered, paperbound table gives the positions of

the Sun and the Moon twice daily, for noon and midnight; all other posi-
tions are calculated for midnight GMT. Includes daily aspects and the
date and hour of lunar phases.
200 YEAR EPHEMERIS

Macoy Publishing Company, Richmond, Virginia.
1800-2000; $15.
Gives both geocentric and heliocentric longitudes once every month,

as well as latitudes and declinations. Does not include positions for the
Moon. Calculated for noon GMT.
EPHEMERIS OF THE MOON

1800-2000; $5.
A
supplement to the 200 Year Ephemeris. Gives daily positions of the
Moon in addition to the hour and minute the Moon enters each sign and
the date and time of each New and Full Moon. Hardbound. Calculated
for noon GMT. Very useful when calculating progressed lunations.
TABLES OF HOUSES
dalton's table of houses
Hardbound; about $4.
This is an excellent table. Sidereal Time is given for each whole degree
in terms of the M.C. The ascendant is given in both degrees and minutes
of arc, calculated for each whole degree of geographic latitude. Adjust-
ments for an intermediate latitude and LST may be easily calculated.
Large, clear format.
RICE TABLE OF HOUSES
American Federation of Astrologers, 6 Library Court S.E., Washington,

D.C. 20003.

This is the most impressive and complete table of houses I've seen.
If you can afford it, it's a good investment.
appendix n 323
OCCIDENTAL TABLE OF HOUSES

Occidental Publishing Company, P.O. Box 38, Occidental, California
95465.
Paperback; about $8.
This newly published table of houses contains information for the

Campanus, Regiomontanus, and Placidus systems of house division.
ROSICRUCIAN TABLE OF HOUSES
The Rosicrucian Fellowship, Oceanside, California.
Paperback; about $3.50.
Data are calculated for each whole degree of geographic latitude, mak-
ing it easy to adjust for an intermediate latitude. Large, clear print.
TABLES OF LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES

LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES IN THE U.S.

D.C. 20003.
This reference is extremely useful and labor-saving. Every community

in the country with a population of 2,500 or more (by the 1940 census)
is included. Longitudes and latitudes are given in degrees and minutes.
The inclusion of TLT (called "L.M.T." in table) variations from the
standard time for each community is particularly useful.
LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES

throughout the world [except the U.S.]
D.C. 20003.
same format as Longitudes and Latitudes

Basically the in the U.S. In-
cludes over 5,000 cities and 185 countries.

324 APPENDIXES
TIME-CHANGE REFERENCES
TIME CHANGES IN THE U.S.A.,
by Doris Chase Doane

Professional Astrologers Incorporated, P.O. Box 2616, Hollywood, Cali-
fornia 90028.
Paperback—spiral bound; about $5.
Time changes have always been a major barrier to accurate astrological

work, and until recently there was little reliable and easily accessible
information regarding them.
Time Changes in the U.S.A. is essential for anyone who plans to cast
charts. The time-change situation in this country has been remarkably
confusing; for instance, until very recently there was no nationwide regu-
lation of time changes. It was not uncommon for one community within
a state to practice Daylight-Saving Time while others in the same state
did not Time Changes in the U.S.A. relieves the astrologer of the weight
of this confusion. It is well laid out and easy to use. We are all indebted
to Doris Chase Doane for her great contribution to astrology.
TIME CHANGES IN CANADA AND MEXICO,

fornia 90028.
Paperback— spiral bound; about $4.
Similar to Time Changes in the U.S.A.
time changes in the world [except U.S.A., Canada, and Mexico],

fornia 90028.
Paperback— spiral bound; about $4.
It would be impossible to record every time change throughout the

world, largely because in many instances records were not kept or they
were destroyed or lost. However, this reference is about as complete as
possible. It includes, in addition to tables for Daylight-Saving Time and
War Time, valuable information concerning the adoption of calendar
revisions, time-zone and meridian adoptions, etc.
appendix n 325
MISCELLANEOUS
TABLES OF DIURNAL PLANETARY MOTION
D.C. 20003.
Spiral-bound paperback; about $5.
This table of planetary motion enables one to find the exact Adjust-
ment Factor for planetary adjustment for every hour and every minute
of the day for every minute of planetary motion.
ORMECO PLANETARY SLIDE RULE

Orbimetrix Co., P.O. Box 2252, Canoga Park, California 91306
Six-inch diameter, plastic; about $4.
Replaces tables of planetary motion and logarithms, a real time and

labor saving device.
ASPECT FINDERS
There are several aspect finders available, ranging in price from one
dollar up,which may help the inexperienced or less mathematically in-
clined astrologer in discovering aspecting planets.
CHART FORMS
There are several types of commercially available chart forms. Only
forms that represent the horizon-meridian as perpendicular axes, how-
Those which emphasize
ever, are suitable for a person-centered approach.
the zodiac (by having the360 degrees inscribed along the periphery) and
upon which the horizon-meridian are to be drawn in by the astrologer as
non-perpendicular lines, stress the factor of collective, human nature
rather than the personal and individual factors of existence.
APPENDIX III
TABLES
1. Ephemeris, August 1945

2. Table of Houses, 41 ° North Latitude
3. Tables of Latitudes and Longitudes in the U.SA.
4. Tables of Planetary Motion
co
1—
U-l
l-H
h- On *—
r—i *— CM
CO «n vo CO
CM CM CM is CO
O CM co »n
CO CO CO
^*N. •
C^ <\
Tf Tf ^f * "fr Tf * -* ^J- Tf ^ rt -<i-
ON ~< "t vo ON
-h CM CM cs CM
i—i co r- Os
CO CO CO co CO
m ,_,
'^*
co
-^ M"
m
H- H
vo vo VO V0 VO VO VO VO ô VO vo VO vo
o c-< m CM
o ON
O c-
»—
Tfr-* On VO
CM CO CO ^r
oo —* r^
o o
^t ^f IT) ^t
ô o t> t*- oo 00 co oo oo oo 00 00 ON ON
ON — o CM CO ^f in vo vo oo o —
o o
1
cm co >n <^h CM CO Tt uo ^^ CO "*
Cvf $
in iO «n VO VO VO vo vo vo r- r- t-» r^
CM CS CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
co co CO CO CO
^ CO rt CO CO CO
^m CO
m
^h O
* in CO r— lO CO CO *-H CO <-*
H CO
o N
\q MO r- 00 00 Ov o o ~ CM CM CO Tj*
s
«n o C3
r^ cm CO
*-H CM
tT)
o
*—
^f
VO Ov vo I— ^^
o i-H r— co o 00 «n cm
m
in
o
(
"<fr
g
ON
H
o
o
<+1
30
VO
N
O Tf oo 1—
fi) q
>n oo ^
^
^f VO oo
<i
O
CM
w rn »-l O "* CM »— CM CM 1—1 CM *n CM
w S 3 CM ON vo CO 1—1 CO VO CO ^ o oo vo in
^ o o
«4 <
3
o
03
<J
•sh
a
o
.-I
o ^f
H
to
VO t*- oo
CM CM CM
r—
«o *-H
( »— CM CO
i
CM CO Tf m
«n
^J-
vo
>n
c^ On
*-*
O
»—
On CM
CO O
CM co
m
3 c- VO vo
^r tj- ^r CM
O O
»—*
oo
^1-
o r^
CM Tf
DO g*
CO Tf "fr ^t- "t
&
-* rf ^> <* ** CO CO CM.
r» co f» r- O r- 00 i-i ^f c** CO O vo
CM lO CM xt- r~ l
* »-< in co in CO p-i ^r
0- o
m r» IT) CM o t**in cm r* o m CO O
Tt- * «* ^r CO CO CO CO CM CM CM CM
< m O
00 o\ a 2J1
CM CO tj- vo C^- 00 ON
p-« CM
CO
m CM CO
in m *
tvO
T* Tj"
.
00 Tf pH r- Tf
CO. CO CO CM CM
o
CM
r- co
«—< «-H
o o o o
00 CM VO Tf 00 CM VO Tt OO CM VO
CO Tf ^ m in in """' ""* "* CM CM
00 Ov Ov On ON Os ON ON
d 00 00 co oc oo
cd
*-h CM CO * »n VO r» oo CN o _^ CM CO
i—i «—
P
i 1
t t i (i i 4 <t 4 t1
i «
r- on
co co rt
o n
^-
rf
't
^
^
oo
^- io
o cn
m cn rt
inm vo oo
10 >n m o
o\
omo o io
o rj-
rt rt rt rt rt rt rt rt rt rt rt rt rt ^tioiomin
t-»on
rt rt
^
m mm ioôo ooooo
co rt m vo oo co vo t> oo o ^
,-< »-«
cn rt in
,-• ,-t ,-h
vo vo vo vo vo vo vo t-» f- c-- t-» r>- c*~ r-» r^ r- t-- t^
rj-
H -h ON
CN CN
m
CO
CN
"* m O 00
OS VO CN
O
in
T-1
~-< 00 in
CN CN CO
CN os h- CO
rt rt m o o
»—
<tf
ON ON ON ON Os 0* OS O
CN
O o O O o CN
CN CN CN CN CN
Oo O
CN CN
1—1
CN CN
„_,
o m 3
VO rt VO r- OS ,_ CO in t^- OS ,-H CO r--OS --H r-
m O CN CO in o CN CO in CN CO in o »-4
r*»oo oo
CN CN CN
00 00
CN CN
CO OS Os
CN CN CN
OS Os OS
CN CN CN
O o O o o T-H *-l
00 00 CO
TfrCN O VO rt
rt CN O O
CN
<fr
00
i—i
O
CN CO
VO CN
»-<
O
m r^
CN
in CN On so CO
O rt in CO
rt m VO VO r- CO CO ON O O »— »— CN CO CO rt *t in
o
CN CN
»
CN CN CN CN CN CN CN CN o
^3
rt
rt VO CN
rt co CO
in VO
CO in
3
CO
CO in
CO in
VO f- »n f- VO
rt in CN rt O r- vo CN »— «n
CN in i— •— >ni
in
ON
CN
£
rt vo 00
\
o <N
*m o 8 i— »n
X f-
Os Tt ON co
x>
ON CN CO i—i rt
M
•4->
s
*~* CN »— CN H
,* »— CN t-H CN ""• CN "H CN •^ CN T-4
a O
rt CN —
CN CO CO
o
in
CO
in
CO r- r-
o »— CN
r» VD vo
CO rt in
m
O vo in vo r^ i> 00
CN CO rt in O < 1
O
«- CN CO rt in r- CO ON o *—< CN rt «n VO 1*- CO OS o
CN cn CN CN CN CN CN CN CN
1
Ph
</i
VO ro OS
Oo o Q
on r^ CN <* co •— os 00 r- CN rt co
O CN -<t m o ~ T— CN CO in CO «n CO O »n
o
Q
CN -H o OS Os CO r- VO
CN CN CN CN CN
»n •+ rt CO CN
CN CN CN CN CN
CN CN (N r-i CN
CN CN CN CN CN
k> in VO t-» rt o
O m VO CO CN CN VO CN OS i** r- O
CN o
rt CN •— rt CN 3 m rt CN CO CN CN CN co
00 V0 CO
o O O O
Os vp ro «n cs CO — CN ON r- in CO i-t
»-H
r—t o «n in in m m rt rt rt rt rt
»-< CN CO
CN CN CN
rt m
vo r^ 00
CN CN cn cn CN
00 On
CN CN
O ^H CN CO rt m VO r^
O
— VO
oo co ON
m vo CO Os VO
in •n rt rt
CN os »n cn OS
rt co CO CO CN
in CN CO in
i CN CN »-i
O rt 00 »— m os co ONi-» ^ CO t^ *— in h« »— m
m m O O O
«.r,
co co CO rt * <* i-M CN CN CN CO CO
OS ON ON ON Os o> OS ON o o OOO OO©oo

rtinvo
«-,r-ii-i
M» Oh
hh hMCS G\ CNcortinvO
CNCNCNCNCN
h OO G\ O h
CNCNCNCOCO
•n \c h oo G\ o M ro ro 't to o r-oo
<\ i-i cn
CN
CO 0\O h CN CO Tf »n V£> t> 00 CO CN O w
CN CN
LO i— VO CN
xf CO r-i o O
in
VO CN CN
co CN o M dI h O
^t rn h o
1
V3 CO CO
>n n M ^
in VO C-- 00 CO CA
«-i h O H
(S (N
CN CO tJ- in
CN CN CN CN
lovotôo
CN CN CN CN
f*> 00 ON O
CN
CN CO
CN cn CN CN
in M3
CN CN CN CN
X 00
CN CN CN
CN CO <* iri V0 r* CO ON
i—
O
CN
CN
CN CN CN
CO
CN
ITS
CI CN
2 X) VO O CO ON O z CN CO Tt m vc r- CO CN o CN
CN
cn m
cn ^-
rf CO CO CN
CO in CN
CM _< _ Ô OOOO
NO 00 CO ON o o i—i i—
CO
W rj- 00 CN \D O Tf CO M VDO^J-OO CN VO
oo
D 00 S CN CN co co co ^f \T >o ^ in
O CN CN cn CO
53
O
w
*-i CN CO Tf inVOt^CO CNCNOi-t CN CO "3" in
3
OÔr-H^H
_ _ CN
_ CN CO
_ Tt" ^
^^^^
MD t^ CO O ^
^.^^^
ON i-<
CN
cs ,_ ^_, ,_h
O O
i-
m 1-
CO CN
OOCNO
O ^ in CO CN
i—
O < 00 O m O^tVScN
O^tCNi-.
CO "i
O -tf
3 O CNCNcOrf O O
<
o« ON ON *--< CO in VO [> CO CO
r-ir-HCNCN CNCNCNCN CNCN CN"CN CN CN CN
p
•->
CJ rN in r-- 00 ON o CN
— 1
CN CO in VQ X CN
K-l 2 1=1 i — C ) CN CN CN CN CN CN CN CN CN
o
i—i '"^
.
VO t> co o\ o 2 CN CO ^t m VC O CO 0" O
3 X> CN CN
O - CN CO ^t in VC t> CO on 3
3 CN m — m
2r-
o h h ooco-h
O ^ m
CN CN Tt
co co ^ m
O 1- CN O cn
O ^f CN r- o co
Tf CO —
C-l
g
Ocoo^
o rt co M in
— ^ cn cn on co vo o ^ r- -i in
cncoco^ Tj-în»n
r-i <
i i 1
(
cn co m m
CN CN CN CN
vot-oocN
CN CN CN CN
£** cn co tj- m \o c^ oo c\ o h
M
CN
ro -^ >n
CN CN CN
vo t> oo on
CN CN CN CN
0\
cjl'-
|
<N co ^f m no t>- 00 ON ON
O
O ON
^ CN ~h
co cn
o no
h m \o co
^f rn
W
(N
00 00
in h M
o
CN Tt CO CN
in ^j- co cn 23 co co
o
<N
o\
CN
o h c^ ^ m \f in m no O h oo C\ O r—i
M M tn
O PH CN CO ri- in VO OC CN a - CN rr -t in no t> 00 ON
Q
.
00 CN O -H CN CO Tf in no 00 ON c i— CN co -t in
CN CN CI CN
CN CO
CN CN cn CN CN CN CN
CN
CN
o
CO ti
i— CN CO Tf >n NO t> 00 ON O
»—
O o o Tfmmoo
o o o
-h '-hcn^j-cn
no no "3- ~-< no
tJ-
CN CN CO CO r- CN CO Tf
in
tj- O^rN^t
^j- 1 inr-iCN^
00 CN NO O Tf 00 CN O '-iinONCO 00 CN NO O T}-ONCOt>
'-•CNCNCO COCO^t^* in<nin ,— cn i
t-i cn cn co co
CO CO CO "t ^f
inv^rôo onO'-icn co rt- ^j- in vot^co onhi «-< CN co «3*

^h ^ ^ ,_, ^-.^(nj^ CN CN CN CN CN CN CN CN:<S
1
cn co -^ in no no r- r- oo on w-h cncn^--^- invot^r>

CNCNCNCN CNCNCNCN CN CN p:
no on on oo
»ncocNO
no «n oo co
inco>-iO
O
m
<—ion
co i— •
—
o ( inO"3-cN
^f co
coOmcN
^ O 1- w h o
o h m en co -3- m no vo i> oo on on o i— i cn cn co tj- in
^H C) CO ^r >n V£> no c*« 00 ON CN O — — i i CN CO -t >n VO
CN CO in NO OQ ON - CN CO ** in no t> 00 ON O r—
CN CN CN CN CN CN cn CN H T—
no r^ 00 ON
r— 1
O
CN C i
CN co
cs CN
<n no
CN CN CN CN
00
CN gjX)
-1 CN CO rf in
no oo co in
h o or~-ino
—< on cn oo cnoonoo r-rôo
in co cn o in 1-incocN'—i OincocN — o m in
QC
in
M VO O mhmm
m CO t> »— in CO CN NO O
(N cn cn 1-
it h ^ in ON CO Ô O
t 1- >n >o ^ *-<
o ^ *-* CN
332 APPENDIXES
3. TABLE OF LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES

IN THE U.S.A.
Hours TLT Variation
WEST of from Standard
Lat. N Long. W Greenwich Time
m. s.
ALABAMA:
Montgomery 32°21' 86°18' 6 + 14 48
ARIZONA:
Phoenix 33°27' 112°04' 7 -28 16
ARKANSAS:
Little Rock 34°45' 92° 16' 6 - 9 04
CALIFORNIA:
Berkeley 37°52' 122° 16' 8 - 9 04
Eureka 40°48' 124°10/ 8 -16 40
Los Angeles 34°03' 118°15' 8 + 7 00
Oakland 37°48' 122° 16' 8 - 9 04
Sacramento 38°35' 121°3(r 8 - 6 00
San Bernardino 34°06' 117°18' 8 +10 48
San Diego 32°43' 117°10' 8 + 11 20
San Francisco 37047/ 122°26' 8 - 9 44
COLORADO:
Colorado Springs 38°50' 104°49' 7 + 44
Denver 39°45' 104°59' 7 + 04
CONNECTICUT:
Hartford 41°46' 72°41' 5 + 9 16
New Haven 41°18' 72°55' 5 + 8 20
DELAWARE:
Dover 39°09' 75°32' 5 - 2 08
DISTRICT OF
COLUMBIA:
Washington 38°53' 77°00' 5 - 8 00
FLORIDA:
Miami 25°47' 80°11' 5 -20 44
Pensacola 30°25' 87°13' 6 + 11 OS
Tampa 27°57' 82°27' 5 -29 48
GEORGIA:
Atlanta 33°46' 84°23' 5 -37 32
IDAHO:
Boise 43°37' 116°12' 7 -44 48
APPENDIX HI 333
Hours TLT Variation

m. s.
ILLINOIS:
Chicago 41°52' 87°39' 6 + 9 24
Peoria 40°43' 89°35' 6 + 1 40
Rockford 42° 16' 89°06' 6 + 3 36
INDIANA:
Fort Wayne 41°04' 85°09' 6 + 19 24
Gary 41°36' 87°20' 6 +10 40
Indianapolis 39°46' 86°10' 6 + 15 20
IOWA:
Cedar Rapids 41°59' 91 °4V 6 - 6 40
Des Moines 41°36' 93°38' 6 -14 32
Iowa City 41 °4<Y 91°32' 6 - 6 08
KANSAS:
Kansas City 39°07' 94°38' 6 -18 32
Wichita 37°42' 97°20/ 6 -29 20
KENTUCKY:
Louisville 38°15' 85°45' 5 -43 00
LOUISIANA:
Baton Rouge 30°26' 9i°ir 6 - 4 44
New Orleans 29°57' 90°04' 6 - 16
MAINE:
Augusta 44°19' 69°47' 5 +20 52
Portland 43 o 39 , 70° 16' 5 + 18 56
MARYLAND:
Annapolis 38°59/ 76°29' 5 - 5 56
Baltimore 39°19' 76°37' 5 - 6 28
MASSACHUSETTS:
Boston 42°22' 71°04' 5 + 15 44
Cambridge 42°22' 71°07' 5 + 15 32
Pittsfield 42°27' 73°15' 5 + 7 00
Springfield 42°06' 72°36' 5 + 9 36
MICHIGAN:
Benton Harbor 42°07' 86 28' 5 -45 52
Detroit 42°20' 83°03' 5 -32 12
Flint 43°01' 83°41' 5 -34 44
Grand Rapids 42°55' 85 4(r 5 -42 40
MINNESOTA:
Duluth 46°47' 92°06' 6 - 8 24
Minneapolis 44059/ 93°16' 6 -13 04
334 APPENDIXES
Hours TLT Variation

m. s.
MISSISSIPPI:
Jackson 32°18' 90°11' 6 - 44
MISSOURI:
Kansas City 39°06' 94°36' 6 -18 24
St. Louis 38°38' 90°12' 6 - 48
MONTANA:
Helena 46°35' 112°02' 7 -28 08
NEBRASKA:
Lincoln 40°49' 96°42' 6 -26 48
Omaha 41°15' 95057/ 6 -23 48
NEVADA:
Las Vegas 36°10' 115°08' 8 + 19 28
NEW HAMPSHIRE:
Concord 43°13' 71°32' 5 + 13 52
NEW JERSEY:
Atlantic City 39°22' 74°26' 5 + 2 16
Elizabeth 40°40/ 74° 13' 5 + 3 08
Jersey City 40°43' 74°02' 5 + 3 52
Trenton 40° 13' 74°45' 5 + 1 00
NEW MEXICO:
Santa Fe 35°41' 105°57' 7 - 3 48
NEW YORK:
Albany 42°39' 73047/ 5 + 4 52
Buffalo 42°53' 78°52' 5 -15 28
New York 40°45' 73°57' 5 + 4 12
Poughkeepsie 41°43' 73°55' 5 + 4 20
Rome 43°13' 75°27' 5 - 1 48
Troy 42°44' 73°41' 5 + 5 16
Utica 43°06' 75° 14' 5 - 56
NORTH CAROLINA:
Charlotte 35°14' 80°51' 5 -23 24
Raleigh 35°47' 78°38' 5 -14 32
NORTH DAKOTA:
Bismarck 45049/ 100°47 / 6 -43 08
OHIO:
Akron 41°05' 81°31' 5 -26 04
Cleveland 41°30' 81°43' 5 -26 52
Columbus 39°58' 83°01' 5 -32 04
Toledo 41°39' 83°33' 5 -34 12
appendix m 335
Hours TLT Variation

m. s.
OKLAHOMA:
Tulsa 36°09' 96°00' 6 -24 00
OREGON:
Portland 45°31' 122°41' 8 -10 44
PENNSYLVANIA:
Allentown 40°36' 75°28' 5 - 1 52
Easton 40°41' 75°13' 5 - 52
Erie 42°07 / 80°05' 5 -20 20
Philadelphia 39°57' 75°11' 5 - 44
Pittsburgh 40°27' sow 5 -20 00
RHODE ISLAND:
Providence 41°49' 71°25' 5 + 14 20
SOUTH CAROLINA
Charleston 32°42' 79°53' 5 -19 32
SOUTH DAKOTA:
Sioux Falls 43°33' 96°44' 6 -26 56
TENNESSEE:
Memphis 35°09' 90°03' 6 - 12
Nashville 36°10' 86°47' 6 + 12 52
TEXAS:
Dallas 32°47' 96°47' 6 -27 08
Houston 29°45' 95°23' 6 -21 32
UTAH:
Salt Lake City 40°46' 111°54' 7 -27 36
VERMONT:
Montpelier 44° 16' 72°35' 5 + 9 40
VIRGINIA:
Arlington 38°53' 77°06' 5 - 8 24
Norfolk 36°51' 76°18' 5 - 5 12
WASHINGTON:
Seattle 47°37' 122°2CV 8 - 9 20
Spokane 47°40' 117°25' 8 + 10 20
WEST VIRGINIA:
Charleston 38°21' 81°38' 5 -26 32
Wheeling 40°04' 80°44' 5 -22 56
WISCONSIN:
o
Madison 43 °05 / 89 24' 6 + 2 24
Milwaukee 43°02' 87°55' 6 + 8 20
336 APPENDIXES
Hours TLT Variation

m. s.
WYOMING:
Casper 42°51' io6°i8' 7 - 5 12
Cheyenne 41°09' 104°49' 7 + 44
ALASKA:
Anchorage 61°10' 149°55' 10 + 20
Fairbanks 64°51' 147°43' 10 + 9 08
Juneau 58°18' 134°25' 8 -57 40
HAWAII:
Hilo 19°44' 155°05' 10.5 + 9 40
Honolulu 21°19' 157°52/ 10.5 - 1 28
PUERTO RICO:
San Juan 18°28' 66°0T 4 -24 28
appendix m 337
4. TABLES OF PLANETARY MOTION
INTERVAL MOTION OF THE SUN

IN
HOURS 57* 58' 59' 1° l°0l' 1°02'
m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s.
1 2 20 2 25 2 27 2 30 2 32 2 35
2 4 40 4 50 4 55 5 00 5 05 5 10
3 7 00 7 15 7 22 7 30 7 37 7 45
4 9 20 9 40 9 50 10 00 10 10 10 20
5 1140 12 05 12 17 12 30 12 42 12 55
6 14 00 14 30 14 45 15 00 15 15 15 30
7 16 20 16 55 17 12 17 30 17 47 18 05
8 18 40 19 20 19 40 20 00 20 20 20 40
9 2100 2145 22 07 22 30 22 52 23 15
10 23 20 24 10 24 35 25 00 25 25 25 50
11 25 40 26 35 27 02 27 30 27 57 28 25
12 28 00 29 00 29 30 30 00 30 30 3100
INTERVAL
IN MINS.
m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s.
10 24 24 25 25 25 26
20 47 48 49 50 50 52
30 111 112 114 115 116 117
40 1 35 1 37 1 38 1 40 1 42 1 43
50 159 2 01 2 03 2 05 2 07 2 09
338 APPENDIXES
INTERVAL MOTION OF THE MOON

IN
HOURS 10°0' 10°30' 11°0' 11°30' 12°(y 12°30'
° m. m. ° m. ° m. ° m. ° m.
1 25 026 027 029 30 031
2 050 52 55 57 100 102
3 115 119 122 126 130 134
4 140 145 150 155 2 00 2 05
5 2 05 211 218 2 24 2 30 2 36
6 2 30 2 37 2 45 2 53 3 00 3 08
7 2 55 3 04 312 3 21 3 30 3 39
8 3 20 3 30 3 40 3 50 4 00 410
9 3 45 3 56 4 08 419 4 30 441
10 410 423 4 35 4 47 5 00 512
11 4 35 449 5 02 516 5 30 5 44
12 5 00 515 5 30 5 45 6 00 615
INTERVAL
IN MINS.
m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s.
10 410 4 22 4 35 4 47 5 00 512
20 8 20 8 45 911 9 35 10 00 1025
30 12 30 13 07 13 46 14 22 15 00 15 37
40 16 40 17 30 18 22 19 10 20 00 20 50
50 20 50 2152 22 55 23 57 25 00 26 02
appendix m 339
INTERVAL MOTION OF THE MOON

IN
HOURS 13°0' 13°30' 14°0' 14°30' 15°0' 15°30'
° m. ° m. ° m. ° m. ° m. ° m.
1 32 34 35 36 37 39
2 105 107 110 112 115 117
3 138 141 145 149 153 156
4 210 215 2 20 2 25 2 30 2 35
5 242 249 2 55 3 01 3 07 314
6 315 3 23 3 30 3 38 3 45 3 53
7 3 48 3 56 4 05 414 4 23 431
8 420 4 30 4 40 4 50 5 00 5 10
9 4 52 5 04 515 5 26 5 37 5 49
10 5 25 5 38 5 50 6 02 615 627
11 5 58 611 6 25 6 39 6 53 7 06
12 6 30 6 45 7 00 715 7 30 7 45
INTERVAL
IN MINS.
m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s.
10 5 25 5 37 5 50 6 02 615 627
20 10 50 1115 1140 12 05 12 30 12 55
30 1615 1652 17 30 18 07 18 45 19 22
40 2140 22 30 23 20 2410 25 00 25 50
50 27 05 28 07 2910 3012 3115 3217
340 APPENDIXES
INTERVAL MOT] ON OF THE PLA1 ÊTS

IN
HOURS 0°1' 0°10" 0°20' 0°30' 0°40' 0°50'
m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s.
1 02 25 50 1 15 140 2 05
2 05 50 140 2 30 3 20 4 10
3 07 1 15 2 30 3 45 500 6 15
4 10 140 3 20 5 00 6 40 8 20
5 12 2 05 4 10 6 15 8 20 10 25
6 15 2 30 5 00 7 30 10 00 12 30
7 17 2 55 5 50 8 45 1140 14 35
8 20 3 20 6 40 10 00 13 20 16 40
9 22 3 45 7 30 11 15 15 00 18 45
10 25 4 10 8 20 12 30 16 40 10 50
11 27 4 35 9 10 13 45 18 20 22 55
12 30 5 00 10 00 15 00 20 00 25 00
INTERVAL
IN MINS. I
m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s.
10 00 004 08 12 16 21
20 00 08 17 25 33 42
30 00 12 25 37 50 102
40 00 17 33 050 107 1 23
50 00 21 42 102 123 144
APPENDIX III 341
INTERVAL MOTION OF THE PLANETS

IN
HOURS 1°00' 1°10' 1°20' 1°30' 1°40' 1°50'
m. s. m.s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s.
1 2 30 2 55 3 20 3 45 4 10 4 35
2 5 00 5 50 6 40 7 30 8 20 9 10
3 7 30 8 45 10 00 11 15 12 30 13 45
4 10 00 11 40 13 20 15 00 16 40 18 20
5 12 30 14 35 16 40 18 45 20 50 22 55
6 15 00 17 30 20 00 22 30 25 00 27 30
7 17 30 20 25 23 20 26 15 29 10 32 05
8 20 00 23 20 26 40 30 00 33 20 36 40
9 22 30 26 15 30 00 33 45 37 30 41 15
10 25 00 29 10 33 20 37 30 4140 45 50
11 27 30 32 05 36 40 41 15 45 50 50 25
12 30 00 35 00 40 00 45 00 50 00 55 00
INTERVAL
IN MINS.
m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s. m. s.
10 25 29 33 37 41 45
20 50 58 107 115 123 132
30 115 127 140 152 2 05 2 17
40 1 40 1 57 2 13 2 30 2 47 3 03
50 2 05 2 26 2 47 3 07 3 28 3 49
APPENDIX IV
CALCULATIONS FOR SYMBOLIC DIRECTIONS
1. Secondary Progressions
2. One-Degree Measure
3. Duodenary Measure
4. Septenary Measure
5. Point-of-Self Measure
.
APPENDIX IV 343
1. SECONDARY PROGRESSIONS
Formula: One year = one day.
Increments: Annual— 24 hours.
Monthly— 2 hours.
Daily— 4 minutes.
Procedure : ( 1 ) Find progressed date and time.
(2) Find progressed positions.
Example: The progressed date and timefor a person 24 years 6 months
5 days of age be found by ADDING the increment of
may
24 days (24 years), 12 hours (6 months), and 20 minutes
(5 days) to the birth date and GMT. The exact progressed
positions may be taken from the ephemeris, making any nec-
essary adjustments for GMT, using the progressed date.
2. ONE-DEGREE MEASURE
Formula: One year = one degree.
Increments : Annual— 1 °
Monthly— an arc of 5 minutes.
Daily— an arc of 10 seconds.
Procedure: (1) Find increment.
(2) Add increment to natal factors.
Example: To 37 years 5 months

find progressed positions for a person
10 days of age, simply ADD
37 degrees (37 years), 25 min-
utes (5 months), and 100 seconds (10 days) to natal factors.
344 APPENDIXES
3. DUODENARY MEASURE
Formula :One year = two and one half degrees.
Increments Annual— 2 % °
:
Monthly— 12 minutes 30 seconds.

Daily— 25 seconds.
Procedure : ( 1 ) Find increment (using table given below)
Table of Duodenary Increments
YEAR INCREMENT MONTH INCREMENT DAY INCREMENT
1 2°30/ 1 12'30" 1 25"

2 5° 2 25' 2 50"
3 7°30/ 3 37'30" 3 1'15"
4 10° 4 50' 4 1'40"
o 02'30" 2'05"
5 12°3C 5 l 5
10 25° 6 1°15' 6 2'30"
20 50° 7 1°27'30" 7 2'55"
30 75° 8 1°40' 8 3'20"
40 100° 9 1°52'30" 9 3'45"
50 125° 10 2°05' 10 4'10"
60 150° 11 2°17'30" 20 8'20"
70 175° 12 2°30' 30 12'30"
Example: The increment for a person 53 years 2 months 13 days of age

is 133°00'25".
.
APPENDIX IV 345
4. SEPTENARY MEASURE
Formula: One year = 4%°.
Increments Annual— 4 % °
: •
Monthly-21'25".
Daily-43".
Procedure: (1 ) Find increment (using table given below)
Table of Septenary Increments
1 4°17' 1 21'25" 1 43"

2 8°34' 2 42'50" 2 1'26"
3 12°51' 3 1°04'15" 3 2'08"
4 17°09' 4 1°25'40" 4 2'51"
5 21°26' 5 1°47'05" 5 3'34"
10 42°51' 6 2°08'30" 6 4, 17"
20 85°44' 7 2°29'55" 7 5'W
30 128°35' 8 2°51'20" 8 5'43"
40 171°26' 9 3°12'45" 9 ^2S ff
50 214°17 /
10 3°34'10" 10 ,
7 08
,/
60 257°08' 11 3°55'35" 20 wn"

70 300° 12 4° 17' 30 21'25"
Example: The increment for a person 23 years 2 months of age is
99°17'50".
346 APPENDIXES
5. POINT-OF-SELF MEASURE
Formula: One year = 12%°.
Increments: Annual— 12%°.
Monthly- 1°04'17".
Daily-2'09".
Procedure : ( 1 ) Find increment (using table below )
Table of Point-of-Self Increments
1 12°52' 1 1°04' 1 2'
2 25°43' 2 2°09' 2 4'
3 38°35' 3 3°13' 3 6'
4 51°22' 4 4° 18' 4 9'
5 64° 14' 5 5°22' 5 11'
10 129°31' 6 6°26' 6 13'
20 258 °02' 7 7°30' 7 15'

30 27°33' 8 8°35' 8 17'
40 157°04' 9 9°39' 9 19'
50 284°35' 10 10°44' 10 21'
60 66°06' 11 11°48' 20 43'
70 215°37' 12 12°52' 30 1°04'
Example: The increment for a person 30 years 6 months of age is
33°59'15".
APPENDIX V
BIRTH DATA FOR SAMPLE CHARTS
348 APPENDIXES
BIRTH DATA FOR SAMPLE CHARTS

Roberto Assagioli: February 27, 1888; Venice, Italy; Noon. Source:
Dane Rudhyar.
Baba Ram Dass: April 6, 1931; Boston, Mass.; 10:40 a.m.
Alice Bailey: June 16, 1880; Manchester, England; 7:32 a.m. Source:
Dane Rudhyar.
Sarah Bernhardt: September 25, 1844; Paris, France; 8:00 p.m.
Source: Sabian Symbols in Astrology by Marc Jones.
Annie Besant: October 1, 1847; London, England; about 6:00 p.m.
William Blake: November 28, 1757; London, England. Source: 1001
Notable Nativities by Alan Leo.
John Brzostoski: July 1, 1926; near New York City; 5:00 p.m.
Lewis Carroll: January 27, 1832; Daresbury, England; 3:48 a.m.

Marie Curie: November 7, 1867; Warsaw, Poland; 8:45 p.m. Source:

Sabian Symbols in Astrology by Marc Jones.
Adelle Davis: February 25, 1904; Union Township, Ind.; 3:00 a.m.
Isadora Duncan: May 27, 1878; San Francisco, Calif.; 2:25 a.m.
Bob Dylan: May 24, 1941; Duluth, Minn.; birth time unknown. Chart
is speculative.
Sigmund Freud: May 6, 1856; Freiberg, Moravia; 6:30 p.m. TLT.

Source: The Life and Work of Sigmund Freud by Ernest Jones.
George Gurdjieff: January 13, 1877; Alexandropol, Russia; 12:39

a.m. Source: R. Davidson.
Hermann Hesse: July 2, 1877; Calw, Swabia; 6:30 p.m. Source: Por-
trait of Hesse by Bernhard Zeller.
Marc Edmund Jones: October 1, 1888; St Louis, Mo.; 8:37 a.m.
Source: His book Sabian Symbols in Astrology.
Janis Joplin: January 19, 1943; Port Arthur, Tex.; 9:45 a.m.
C. G. Jung: July 26, 1875; Kesswill, Switzerland; 7:20 p.m.
Karl Krafft: May 10, 1890; Basel, Switzerland; 12:50 p.m. Source:
Urania Children by Eric Howe.
J. Krishnamurti: May 12, 1895; Madanapalle, South India; 12:25 p.m.
Timothy Leary: October 22, 1920; Springfield, Mass.; 10:45 a.m.

APPENDIX V 349
Meher Baba: February 25, 1894; Bombay, India; 4:35 a.m. Source:
Sabian Symbols in Astrology by Marc Jones.
Maria Montessori: August 31, 1870; Chiaravalle, Italy; 1:20 p.m.
Source: Dane Rudhyar.
Richard M. Nixon: January 9, 1913; Yorba Linda, Calif.; 9:30 p.m.
George Sand: July 1, 1804; Paris, France. Source: Sabian Symbols in
Astrology by Marc Jones.
Bobby Seale: October 22, 1936; Dallas, Tex.; 10: 30 p.m.

Theosophical Society: November 17, 1895; New York, N.Y.; 8:00
P.M.
APPENDIX VI
ASTRONOMICAL DATA
1. Retrograde Motion
2. Earth's Revolution Around the Sun
and the Phenomenon of the Ecliptic
3. The Superior and Inferior Conjunctions
of Mercury and Venus
4. Maximum Planetary Latitudes
5. Average Daily Motion of the Planets
6. Table of Retrograde Motions
7. Longitudes of the Planetary Nodes
APPENDIX VI 351
1. RETROGRADE MOTION
Planets do not actually change their direction of motion; they simply
appear from the point of view of the earthbound observer. This phe-
to,
nomenon brought about by the relationship existing between the posi-

is
tion of the earth on its orbit to the positions of other planets on their
respective orbits. Let's take the case of Mars for an example. The earth
occupies a position in the solar system nearer the Sun than Mars, and
because of this it requires less time to complete one orbit around the
central solar body (365 days for earth, 687 earth days for Mars). When
in the course of its orbit earth approaches the position of Mars, the ap-
parent daily motion of Mars begins to decelerate (see Figure 1, point 1);
several weeks later Mars appears stationary (point 2) ; Mars then begins
its retrograde phase, as earth overtakes it in space (point 3), remaining
in retrograde for 58-81 days.
ntcfmoSs
Figure 1 (Appendix)
352 APPENDIXES
2.EARTH'S REVOLUTION AROUND THE SUN

AND THE PHENOMENON OF THE ECLIPTIC
As discussed in Part Two of the text, the ecliptic of the zodiac repre-
sents the apparent path of the Sun around the earth. The Sun, however,
is actually stationary, or at least relatively so, in space, while the earth
actually revolves around the Sun. This actual revolution produces the
apparent solar motion and the ecliptic of the zodiac (see Figure 2)
#p&£tfie££3*
°rbitqfx
Figure 2 (Appendix)
3. THE SUPERIOR AND INFERIOR CONJUNCTIONS

OF MERCURY AND VENUS
The phenomenon of the superior and inferior conjunctions of Mercury
and Venus is illustrated on page 353, in Figure 3.
APPENDIX VI 353
eartfi
Figure 3 (Appendix)
MAXIMUM PLANETARY LATITUDES

Moon: 5°-6° Jupiter: 1%
Mercury: 4°-5° Saturn: 3°
Venus: 7°-8° Uranus: 1°
Mars: Neptune: 2°
Pluto: 18°
354 APPENDIXES
5. AVERAGE DAILY MOTION OF THE PLANETS

Sun: 59'08" Jupiter: 4'59"
Moon: 13°10'35" Saturn: 2'01"
Mercury: 1°23' Uranus: 0'42"
Venus: 1°12' Neptune: 0'24"
Mars: 31'27" Pluto: 0'15"
6. TABLE OF RETROGRADE MOTIONS

Mercury: 20-24 days Saturn: 4% months
Venus: 40-43 days Uranus: 5 months
Mars: 58-81 days Neptune: 5 months
Jupiter: 4 months Pluto: 6 months
7. LONGITUDES OF THE PLANETARY NODES

MERCURY: annual increment 42.6"
1900: 17°10'48" Taurus 1940' 17°38'12" Taurus

1910: 17°16'54" 1950 17°45'18"
1920: 17°24'00" 1960 17°52'24"
1930: 17°31'06" 1970 17°59'30"
VENUS: annual increment 32.4"
16 o 08 16
, ,,
1900: 15°45'36" Gemini 1940 Gemini
1910: 15°51'16" 1950 16°13'56"
1920: 15°56'56" 1960 16°19'36"
1930: 16°02'36" 1970 16°25 , 16 ,/
MARS: annual increment 27.7"
1900: 18°57'22" Taurus 1940 19°15'40" Taurus

o / ,,
1910: 19°01'59" 1950: 19 20 17
o , ,,
19°24 , 54 ,/
1920: 19 06 36 1960
1930: 19°11 , 03 ,/ 1970: 19°29 / 31 / '
APPENDIX VI 355
JUPITER: annual increment 36.7"

1900 9°28'12" Cancer 1940 09°52'40" Cancer
1910 9°34'19" 1950 09°58'47"
1920 9°40/26" 1960 10°02'56"
1930 9°46'33" 1970 10°09'03"
SATURN annual increment 31.4"
1900 22°47'05" Cancer 1940 23°07'01' Cancer

1910 22°52'19" 1950 23°12'15'
1920 22°57'33" 1960 23°17'29'
1930 23°02'47" 1970 23°22'43'
URANUS: annual increment 18.0"
1900 13°29'24" Gemini 1940 13°41'24" Gemini

1910 13°32'24" 1950 13°44'24"
1920 13°35'24" 1960 13°47'24"
1930 13°38'24" 1970 13°50 , 24"
NEPTUNE: annual increment 39.4"
1900 10°40'51" Leo 1940 11°07'07" Leo

1910 10°47'25" 1950 11°13'41"
1920 10°53'59" 1960 n°20'i5"
1930 11°00'33" 1970 11°26 , 49"
PLUTO: annual increment 48.8"
1900 18°57'21" Cancer 1940 19°29'53' Cancer

1910 19°05'29" 1950 19°38'01'
1920 19°13'37" 1960 19°46'09'
1930: 19 21'45' 1970: 19°54'17'
BiBliOQRaphy
I. ASTROLOGY
II. PSYCHOLOGY
IH. PHILOSOPHY
BIBLIOGRAPHY 359
I. ASTROLOGY
harry f. darling. Organum Quaterni (Lakemont, Ga.: CSA Press,
1968).
Margaret e. hone. The Modern Text-Book of Astrology (London:
L. N. Fowler & Company Ltd., lsted., 1951;4thed. 1968).
marc edmund jones. "Arabian Astrology," a study course (Stanwood,
Wash.: Sabian Publishing Society, 1932-33).
. Astrology: How and Why It Works (Stanwood, Wash.: Sabian Pub-
lishing Society, 1945, 1969).
• Essentials of Astrological Analysis (New York: Sabian Publishing
Society, 1960).
. The Guide to Horoscope Interpretation (Stanwood, Wash.: Sabian
Publishing Society, 1941, 1969).
. How to Learn Astrology (Stanwood, Wash.: Sabian Publishing So-
ciety, 1941, 1969).
Problem Solving by Horary Astrology (Stanwood, Wash.: Sabian
.
Publishing Society, 1943, 1966).

"Pythagorean Astrology," a study course (Stanwood, Wash.: Sabian
.
Publishing Society, 1929).

. The Sabian Symbols in Astrology (Stanwood, Wash.: Sabian Pub-
. Scope of Astrological Prediction (Stanwood, Wash.: Sabian Pub-
lishing Society, 1969).
. "Symbolical Astrology," a study course (Stanwood, Wash.: Sabian
Publishing Society, 1931).
DANE RUDHYAR. The Astrological Houses: The Spectrum of Individual Ex-
perience (New York: Doubleday, 1972).
. An
Astrological Study of Psychological Complexes and Emotional
Problems ('S Gravenhage, Netherlands: Servire N.V., 1969).
. Astrological Timing (New York: Harper & Row, 1972).
.The Astrology of Personality (New York: Lucis Press, 1936; New
York: Doubleday, 1970).
. The Lunation Cycle ('S Gravenhage, Netherlands: Servire N.V.,
1967; Berkeley, Calif.: Shambala Publications, 1971).
. My Stand on Astrology (Palo Alto, Calif.: The Seed Center, 1972).
. Person-Centered Astrology (Lakemont, Ga.: CSA Press, 1973).
. The Practice of AstrologyGravenhage, Netherlands: Servire
('S
N.V., 1968; Baltimore: Penguin Books, 1970).
.The Pulse of Life (New York: David McKay, 1943; 'S Gravenhage,
Netherlands: Servire N.V., 1963; Berkeley, Calif.: Shambala Pub-
lications, 1970).
360 BIBLIOGRAPHY
. Triptych ('SGravenhage, Netherlands: Servire N.V., 1968).

— . Various articles in Horoscope and American Astrology, 1942 to
date.
n. PSYCHOLOGY
roberto assagioli. Psychosynthesis (New York: The Viking Press, 1965).
Robert s. de ropp. Sex Energy (New York: Dell Books, 1969).
viktor E. frankl. The Doctor and the Soul: From Psychotherapy to
Logotherapy (New York, Alfred A. Knopf, 1955; New York: Ban-
tan Books, 1971).
. Man's Search for Meaning: An Introduction to Logotherapy (Bos-
ton: Beacon Press, 1959; New York: Pocket Books, 1963).
jolande jacobi. The Psychology of C. G. Jung (New Haven: Yale Uni-
versity Press, 1943, 1968).
aniela jaffe. From the Life and Work of C. G. Jung (New York: Harper
&Row, 1971).
c. G. jung. Analytical Psychology (New York: Random House, 1970).
. Memories, Dreams, Reflections (New York: Random House, 1961).
. The Spirit in Man, Art, and Literature, Bollingen Series (Princeton
University Press, 1966).
. "Synchronicity: An Acausal Principle." In The Interpretation of
Nature and the Psyche, Bollingen Series (New York: Pantheon Books,
1955).
, ed.Man and His Symbols (New York: Doubleday, 1964)
a. h. maslow. The Farther Reaches of Human Nature (New York: The
Viking Press, 1971).
. The Psychology of Science (Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1969).
. and Peak-Experiences (New York: The Viking
Religions, Values,
Press, 1970).
. Toward a Psychology of Being (New York: Van Nostrand-Reinhold,
1968).
rollo may. Man's Search for Himself (New York: W. W. Norton, 1953).
ola raknes. Wilhelm Reich and Orgonomy (Baltimore: Penguin Books,
1971).
wilhelm reich. The Function of the Orgasm (New York: Farrar, Straus
&Giroux, 1942).
carl r. Rogers. On Becoming a Person (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1961 ).
.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 361
m. PHILOSOPHY
frater achad. The Anatomy of the Body of God (New York: Samuel
Weiser, 1969).
alice A. bailey. Esoteric Astrology (New York: Lucis Publishing Com-
pany, 1951, 1970).
. A Treatise on Cosmic Fire (New York: Lucis Publishing Com-
pany, 1925, 1962).
h. P. blavatsky. The Secret Doctrine, 2 vols. (Pasadena, Calif.: Theo-
sophical University Press, 1963).
JOHN blofeld. The Tannic Mysticism of Tibet (New York: E. P. Dutton,
1970).
claude bragdon. A Primer of Higher Space {The Fourth Dimension)
(Tucson, Ariz.: Omen Press, 1972).
titus BURCKHARDT. Alchemy (Baltimore: Penguin Books, 1971 )
manly hall. The Secret Teachings of All Ages (Los Angeles: The
p.
Philosophical Research Society, 1928, 1971).
franz hartmann. Paracelsus (New York: John W. Lovell, 1891, 1963).
E. J. holmyard. Alchemy (Baltimore: Penguin Books, 1957).

jolande jacobi, ed. Paracelsus: Selected Writings, Bollingen Series
(Princeton University Press, 1951, 1958).
laura dewttt JAMES. William Blake & the Tree of Life (Berkeley:
Shambala Publications, 1971).
marc Edmund jones. Occult Philosophy (Stanwood, Wash. : Sabian Pub-
max kaltenmark. Lao Tzu and Taoism (Palo Alto, Calif.: Stanford Uni-
versity Press, 1969).
john michell. City of Revelation (London: Garnstone Press, 1972).

. View over Atlantis (London: Sago Press, 1969; Ballantine Books,
1972).
L. GORDON plummer. The Mathematics of the Cosmic Mind (Wheaton,
111.: Theosophical Publishing House, 1970).
Arthur e. powell. The Solar System (Wheaton, 111. : Theosophical Press,
1930, 1957).
Oliver l. reiser. A New Earth and a New Humanity (New York: Creative
Age Press, 1942).
Dane rudhyar. Directives for New Life (Railroad Flat, Calif.: Seed Pub-
lications, 1971).
. The Planetarization of Consciousness (New York: Harper & Row,
1972).
362 BIBLIOGRAPHY
gershom G. scholem. On the Kabbalah and Its Symbolism (New York:

Schocken Books, 1965).
The Secret of the Golden Flower, translated and explained by Richard
Wilhelm (New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1931, 1962).
jan christiaan smuts. Holism and Evolution (New York: Macmillan,
1926; New York: The Viking Press, 1961).
Arthur waley. The Way and Its Power (New York: Grove Press, 1958).
Herbert weiner. 9Vz Mystics: The Kabbala Today (New York: Holt,
Rinehart & Winston, 1969; Macmillan, 1971).
holmes welch. Taoism: The Parting of the Way (Boston: Beacon Press,
1957, 1965).
^q -
nn
c
;
Psychology, Astrology
A HANDBOOK FOR THE

HUMANISTIC ASTROLOGER
MICHAEL R. MEYER
The humanistic, person-centered approach to astrology, as
its name an astrological parallel to the "Third
implies, is
Force" of psychology. This new approach to astrological

knowledge and practice has been introduced by Dane
Rudhyar in Person-Centered Astrology; a collection of six
essays first published as a series of six booklets during
1969-1971. The formulation of the humanistic, person-
centered approach to astrology represents the culmination
of over forty years of extensive research, reinterpretation
and restatement of the ideas and concepts of astrology on
the part of Rudhyar and the beginning of a new era in the
history of the ancient study of astrology.
From the humanistic approach the birth-chart is not some-

thing which the person has to overcome and is not judged
in terms of good or bad. The humanistic, person-centered
astrologer sees the birth-chart as a seed-pattern, describ-

ing what the individual may grow to become, what he or
she is potentially; though, of course, the person may not
actually fulfill this potential to its fullest. In other words, the
birth-chart describes what should be and what experiences
are needed to bring about the actualization of what is at
the moment of birth only a set of potentials.
From A HANDBOOK FOR THE HUMANISTIC ASTROLOGER by

Michael R. Meyer
A Doubleday Anchor Original jlôh^
COVER DESIGN BY: ONE PLUS ONE STUDIO ISBN: 0-385-05729-6

Handbook: Humanistic

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Handbook: Humanistic

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

$4.

BOOK DESIGN BY BENTE HAMANN

Illustrations by Michael R. Meyer and Nancy Kleban

Preface by dane rudhyar xvii

Part One: Astrological Philosophy;

Part Two: Astrological Principles;

1. THE BIRTH-CHART AND ITS IMPLICATIONS 21

10. PLANETARY NODES AND PARTS:

Part Three: Technique and Procedure of Astrological

Astrology as an Instrument of Self-

1. THE PROCESS OF ASTROLOGICAL INTERPRETA-

Part Four: The Birth-Chart and Time:

1. THE CONCEPT OF ASTROLOGICAL TIME ANALY-

Epilogue: The Personal Significance

I. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CASTING THE BIRTH-CHART 284

1. JANIS JOPLIN 128

16. ROBERTO ASSAGIOLI 173

18. ADELLE DAVIS 176

23. SARAH BERNHARDT 185

24. ISADORA DUNCAN 186

Astrology today offers significant answers to the very critical ques-

by the cyclic motion of the planets; as it is observable in the most

My initial contact with Dane Rudhyar and

came during was living in Berkeley,

that I first noticed a copy of Rudhyar's newly published The Luna-

time, I thought a complete and concise textbook of astrology from

and in Berkeley, California, from September 1971 until now, May

I have attempted to present the subject of astrology here in a man-

of certain configurations and factors throughout the text.

The inner urge to start the International Committee for Human-

relation to Freudian psychoanalysis and the experimental laboratory

far beyond my expectations. Some of the most progressive-minded

[Astrology is] man's first attempt to understand the apparent

THE EMERGENCE OF ASTROLOGY

tary intelligence of the human race had to be implemented and

awareness of seasonal changes in the environment and the way these

of lower animals, only on a conscious and intellectual level rather

destruction of matter, resulting in the chain reaction of pollution

This knowledge was eventually lost or veiled, and astrology be-

up until the dawn of the "Age of Reason"— the eighteenth century,

THE LNDIVIDUALLZATION OF ASTROLOGY

trology in his Tetrabiblos, and astrologers have closely followed his

started to regain popularity after its decline in the eighteenth cen-

through the influence of Alan Leo, and in America by Evangeline

upon which this book is based to gain extensive recognition. This

What is the purpose of astrology? Before any discussion of as-

the process of refinement, as sharp as a diamond, (2) a symbolic lan-

ASTROLOGY AS A DISCIPLINE OF MIND

plex and intricate relationships. It gives one an objective awareness

ASTROLOGY AND HOLISM

The Basic Concepts of Holism

1 Holism regards all organic things as wholes, not just assemblages

8 Opposites are reconciled and harmonized within the whole.

ASTROLOGY AS A SYMBOLIC LANGUAGE

the language of the holistic perception of archetypal and evolving

patterns. As a symbolic language, astrology correlates everything with

centuries into a universal system and language, in order to express

organic wholes for the purpose of revealing a universal or particular

actualization after a positive relationship with astrology as a disci-

Astrology may be applied to three general areas:

3 to the occult, or esoteric.

ASTROLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL

The present work is primarily concerned with this area of astro-